Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / MHP

MHP

mhpc · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker mhpc
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · MHP
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

CONTENTS

3

03-23

24-61

62-87

STRATEGIC REPORT

BUSINESS REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

4     War in Ukraine

5     MHP at a Glance

6  Performance Highlights

7  Company Overview

16  Our Business Model

21  Chairman’s Statement

23  CEO’s Statement

88-155

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

26  Key Performance Indicators

63  Corporate Governance Report

31  Financial and Operational Review

66  Board of Directors

40  Measures of Financial Performance

73  Audit & Risk Committee Report 

43  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

51  S172 Statement & Stakeholder 

Engagement

54  Corporate Responsibility

60   Non-Financial Information Statement

79  Nominations & Remuneration  

Committee Report

82   International Government Relations 
& Public Affairs Committee Report

84  Management Report

163-164

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

90  Statement of the Board of Directors

163  Financial Calendar

91 

Independent Auditor’s Report

163  Key Contacts & Advisors

97   Consolidated Financial Statements

164  Glossary of Terms

104  Notes 

MHP at a glanceSTRATEGIC
STRATEGIC
REPORT
REPORT

BUSINESS
BUSINESS
REVIEW
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
INFORMATION

3

STRATEGIC
REPORT

4     War in Ukraine

5     MHP at a Glance

6  Performance Highlights

7  Company Overview

16  Our Business Model

21  Chairman’s Statement

23  CEO’s Statement

MHP at a glanceSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

4

War in Ukraine

WAR IN UKRAINE

Due  to  shelling  by  the  occupying  forces 
on  March  12,  in  the  village  of  Kvitneve  (Kyiv 
region), a fire broke out in a warehouse (rented 
by the Company, two buildings) where frozen 
MHP chicken meat products were stored. As a 
result of the fire, over 3,000 tonnes of poultry 
products  were  lost.  The  facility  was  one  of 
the largest warehouses for storage of frozen 
products  in  Ukraine  and  was  predominantly 
used by large local retail chains.

As hostilities in the Donetsk region intensified, 
in April, MHP decided to temporarily suspend 
operations  of  the  “Ukrainian  Bacon”  (meat-
processing  operations,  c.34,000  tonnes 
annual capacity, Kramatorsk district, Donetsk 
region). 

As of the date of the report release, the facility 
has  not  been  damaged  and  is  under  MHP 
control.

Currently, MHP has a key responsibility in the 
food security of Ukraine and it has continued 
its  operations  despite  significant  difficulties 
and  disruptions.  MHP  fully  understands  how 
important  poultry  production  is  for  Ukraine 
and  its  population  at  this  difficult  time.  All 
MHP employees are fully committed to every 
effort  to  ensure  that  Ukrainians  have  access 
to food now and at any time in the future. The 
Company  continues  providing  humanitarian 
aid  (mainly  through  food  supply)  to  the 
population of Ukraine since the beginning of 
the war and working hard to manage logistical 
challenges across all regions of Ukraine. Since 
the  war  began,  the  Company  has  provided 
around  11,000  tonnes  of  free-of-charge 
poultry products, other food, equipment, cars, 
diesel  and  different  materials  as  part  of  its 
humanitarian mission.

SINCE THE WAR BEGAN, 
THE COMPANY HAS 
PROVIDED AROUND

11,000

TONNES OF FREE-OF-
CHARGE POULTRY 
PRODUCTS

The  military  invasion  of  Ukraine  by  Russian 
forces  began  at  5  am  on  24  February, 
marking  the  beginning  of  a  full-scale  war 
across  Ukraine.  Russian  invaders  have 
shown  utter  disregard  for  civilian  lives  and 
directed  lethal  firepower  on  cities,  towns 
and  villages;  production  facilities,  hospitals, 
houses,  cars  and  bystanders  on  the  streets; 
elderly people and families with children who 
were seeking shelter from the fighting. Many 
human lives have tragically been lost. At the 
time  of  publication  of  this  report,  the  war  in 
Ukraine continues at extended scale, inflicting 
destruction to the country’s infrastructure and 
the Ukrainian population.

As  reported  by  MHP  earlier,  since  the 
beginning of the war the Company has been 
facing significant logistical and infrastructure 
challenges in Ukraine. While MHP continued 
commercial  sales  in  Ukraine  since 
the  war  began,  export  sales  have 
ceased  as  a  result  of  ports  being 
closed, while export delivery by truck 
remained  practically  impossible. 
During  March  and  April,  MHP  team 
has  been  developing  alternative 
logistic  routes  for  exports,  so  that 
insignificant  volumes  have  been 
delivered  outside  of  Ukraine.  Driven 
by  restricted  sales  both  inside  and 
outside  of  the  country,  MHP  had  to 
decrease  poultry  capacity  utilization 
to 80-85%.

Copyright 2022 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5

MHP at a glance

MHP AT A GLANCE

IN A HIGHLY UNCERTAIN OPERATING ENVIRONMENT, MHP IS UNDERTAKING ALL 
NECESSARY EFFORTS TO MAINTAIN ITS PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES AND 
INFRASTRUCTURE NOT DAMAGED BY MILITARY ACTION IN ANTICIPATION OF RETURNING 
TO FULL-SCALE PRODUCTION AS SOON AS IS PRACTICALLY POSSIBLE. IN THIS STRATEGIC 
REPORT WE PROVIDE AN OVERVIEW OF THE GROUP’S OPERATIONS AND STRATEGY AS AT 
THE END OF 2021. 
MHP IS THE INTERNATIONAL FOOD AND AGROTECH COMPANY THAT CARES ABOUT 
ITS PEOPLE, THE ENVIRONMENT AND COMMUNITIES, AND IS TRANSFORMING INTO A 
CULINARY COMPANY.

1   The Group’s operations in the 

Netherlands also include a cutting plant. 

2    For more information on our strategy 

please see the Management Report on 
page 84.

OUR VISION

OUR MISSION

WHERE WE OPERATE

TO BE A WORLD-LEADING 
SUSTAINABLE FOOD PRODUCER

TO PROVIDE OUR CUSTOMERS WITH HIGH 
QUALITY, SUSTAINABLE FOOD PRODUCTS 
AND CULINARY SOLUTIONS THAT ARE SAFE 
AND RESPONSIBLY PRODUCED, AT THE 
SAME TIME AS ANTICIPATING AND MEETING 
OUR CUSTOMERS’ EVOLVING PRIORITIES 
AND REQUIREMENTS

WE ARE HEADQUARTERED IN UKRAINE 
WITH OPERATIONS IN UKRAINE AND IN 
THE BALKANS, AND WITH DISTRIBUTION 
CENTRES IN THE UAE, SAUDI ARABIA, THE 
NETHERLANDS2  AND THE UK. WE EXPORT 
TO OVER 80 COUNTRIES, PRIMARILY IN 
MENA, THE EU, CIS AND AFRICA. EXPORT 
REVENUE CONSTITUTES 53% OF GROUP 
REVENUE

OUR MEDIUM- TO LONG-TERM STRATEGIC PRIORITIES2 

5

DEVELOP THE CULINARY 
CATEGORIES IN OUR 
PORTFOLIO

TRANSFORM INTO A 
CUSTOMER-CENTRIC 
COMPANY

INCREASE THE 
EFFICIENCY OF 
OUR BUSINESS 
PROCESSES 

DEVELOP OUR FIVE-YEAR 
STRATEGY, MISSION AND 
VALUES OF MHP

BECOME THE 
UNDISPUTED LEADER 
IN THE AGRICULTURAL 
MARKET OF UKRAINE 

MHP at a glanceSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

6

Performance highlights

PERFORMANCE 
HIGHLIGHTS 

OPERATIONAL & STRATEGIC HIGHLIGHTS

TRANSFORMATION TO A CULINARY COMPANY

7 

FOLD INCREASE

YEAR-ON-YEAR IN SALES OF 
VALUE-ADDED1  PRODUCTS 

ESTABLISHMENT OF 
STATE-OF-THE-ART 
CULINARY RESEARCH AND 
INNOVATION CENTRE IN 
KYIV 

LAUNCH OF PILOT 
PROJECTS TO CONTINUE 
DEVELOPMENT OF MORE 
CUSTOMER-CENTRIC 
PRODUCTS AND ROUTES 
TO MARKET 

180 

MEATMARKET STORES

180 MEATMARKET 
CONVIENIENCE STORES 
AND 49 DÖNERMARKET 
POINTS-OF-SALE IN 
OPERATION BY YEAR END

2.0 

“FOOD EXPERIENCE” 
CONCEPT

EVOLUTION OF 
MEATMARKET 
CONVENIENCE STORE 
TO LAUNCH 2.0 “FOOD 
EXPERIENCE” CONCEPT

1    Value-added products include ready-

to-cook and ready-to-eat products and 
marinated products

89 

SHOPS ARE IN 
CITIES

91 

SHOPS ARE IN TOWNS 
AND VILLAGES

23 

REGIONS

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
INFORMATION

7
7

Group Overview

GROUP 
OVERVIEW

MHP IS THE LEADING PRODUCER OF POULTRY AND CULINARY 
PRODUCTS IN UKRAINE1  AND ONE OF THE LEADERS IN POULTRY 
PRODUCTION AND MEAT PROCESSING IN THE BALKANS 
THROUGH ITS PERUTNINA PTUJ (“PP”) OPERATIONS. MHP 
HAS THE HIGHEST MARKET SHARE  AND DOMESTIC BRAND 
RECOGNITION FOR ITS PRODUCTS2.

IT IS ALSO ONE OF THE LARGEST GRAIN PRODUCERS IN 
UKRAINE3 A LEADING PROCESSED-MEAT PRODUCER IN 
UKRAINE1 AND THE LEADING BIOGAS PRODUCER IN UKRAINE1. 

1 Source: SSSU
2 Source: InMind 
3 Source: Агрохолдинги Украины | TRIPOLI.LAND 
4  Domestic revenue comprises revenue generated from sales by MHP Ukraine 

in Ukraine; and revenue generated from sales by Perutnina Ptuj in the 
Balkans

5  For information on the performance of each business segment and on 

the drivers behind the year-on-year trends please see the Financial and 
Operational Review section on page 31 

GROUP REVENUE, %

GROUP EXPORT REVENUE BY 
PRODUCT TYPE, %

CONTRIBUTION TO GROUP 
REVENUE BY BUSINESS5, %

Chicken meat

Vegetable oils

Grains

Meat-processing 
products

Other products

Poultry & Related 
Operations

Grain Growing 
Operations

Meat-Processing & 
Other Agricultural 
Operations

European 
Operating Segment 
(Perutnina Ptuj)

%
3
5

%
7
4

%
3
5

%
7
4

%
1
6

%
7
5

%
8
6

%
8
6

Domestic4

Exports

%
7
2

%
3
2

%

1
1

%
2
1

%
3

%
3

%
2

%

1

%
8

%
7

%
7

%
8

%
7
1

%
7
1

2020

2021

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

8

Group Overview

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Group is organised into and operates through four business segments: Poultry and Related Operations; Grain Growing Operations; Meat-Processing 
and Other Agricultural Operations; and the European Operating Segment (“EOS”, comprising the operations of Perutnina Ptuj or “PP”).

More information on the operational and financial results of each of the business segments can be found in this Group Overview and in the Financial and 

Operational Review section on pages 7 and 31. 

 A snapshot of the operations and strategy of each business segment is set out below.

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS

GRAIN GROWING OPERATIONS

%
4
5

%
6
4

%
7
5

%
3
4

2020

2021

Processes and sells chicken meat (fresh and frozen), vegetable 
oils (sunflower and soybean) and mixed fodder.

%
5
8

%
4
7

Strategy
A twofold approach: 
• 

Domestic1

Exports

• 

 for export markets, international diversification and product 
optimisation, including a shift towards value-added products 
in some markets; 
 for  domestic  markets,  a  focus  on  more  value-added 
products and market penetration through development of 
sales channels.

%
5
1

%
6
2

2020

2021

Domestic1

Exports

Grows crops for fodder production and for sale to third parties.

Strategy
Sustainable  optimisation  of  the  landbank;  technology-driven 
efficiency improvements.

MEAT-PROCESSING & OTHER 
AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS

Produces  and  sells  sausage  and  cooked  meat,  convenience 
foods and produce from cattle and dairy operations.

Strategy
Focus on more value-added products and market penetration.

%
5
8

%
7
6

%
3
3

%
5
1

Domestic1

Exports

2020

2021

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT
(PERUTNINA PTUJ)

A poultry meat and meat-processing company headquartered 
in  Slovenia  and  with  production  assets  in  Slovenia,  Croatia, 
Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina.

Strategy
To  become  the  number  one  producer  of  poultry  meat  and 
processed-meat products across the Balkans; a focus on more 
value-added products, export markets and market penetration.

%
2
7

%
0
7

%
8
2

%
0
3

2020

2021

Domestic2

Exports

1  Domestic revenue comprises revenue generated from sales by MHP Ukraine (Poultry & Related Operations; 
Grain Growing Operations; and Meat-Processing & Other Agricultural Operations) in Ukraine.

2 Domestic revenue comprises revenue generated from sales by Perutnina Ptuj in the Balkans.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

9

Group Overview

TRANSFORMATION TO A 
CULINARY COMPANY 

MHP is changing. The Group is transforming 
from  a  raw  materials  provider  to  an 
international culinary company. This evolution 
reflects  the  accelerating  changes  in  the 
food  production  landscape  as  consumer 
preferences shift to sustainable food choices, 
and higher value-added and further processed 
products such as those in our ready-to-cook 
and ready-to-eat ranges. 

The  development  of  our  value-added  and 
cooked product ranges is one of our strategic 
priorities and is supported by our state-of-the-
art culinary research centre in Kyiv. For more 
information on the culinary centre; and on the 
development of our routes to market see the 
CEO’s Statement on page 23. 

DIVERSIFIED INTERNATIONAL 
AND DOMESTIC STRATEGY

Underpinning  our  culinary  transformation 
is  the  development  and  expansion  of  our 
diversified  international  markets  and  strong 
position  in  our  domestic  market.  As  a  result 
of the continued execution of our geographic 
diversification  strategy,  combined  with 
product  mix  optimisation  (the  “right  product 
to the right market”), the Group now exports 
to  over  80  countries,  with  export  revenue 

constituting  53%  of  total  revenue  in  2021 
(2020:  53%).  MENA,  EU,  CIS  and  Africa  are 
the  primary  export  markets  and  are  now 
supported by four distribution centres in the 
UAE,  the  Netherlands,  Saudi  Arabia  and  the 
UK  following  the  opening  of  the  two  Saudi 
Arabia and UK centres during the year. 

The  Group’s  organic  growth  in  both  its 
domestic  and  international  markets  will 
be  supplemented  by  acquisitions  and  we 
continue  to  monitor  global  developments 
and  potential  opportunities  to  accelerate 
and  expand  our  culinary  transformation, 
particularly in the UK, EU and MENA.

THE GROUP’S VERTICAL 
INTEGRATION MARKS IT OUT 
FROM ITS PEERS 

Both MHP Ukraine and PP operate vertically-
integrated  business  models,  owning  and 
operating  modern  facilities  at  each  of  the 
key  stages  of  the  chicken  meat  production 
process:  grain  and  fodder  production;  egg 
production and incubation; hatching; breeding; 
slaughtering; value-added or processed food 
production; sales, marketing and distribution. 
A graphical overview of the business models 
at  both  MHP  Ukraine  and  PP  can  be  found 
in  the  Business  Model  section  on  pages 
16 and 17. 

The  Group’s  vertically-integrated  business 
models  ensure  a  highly  competitive  cost-
base versus industry peers; enhanced quality 
control  and  higher  biosecurity  of  the  poultry 
flock  and  poultry  production;  significantly 
reduce the Group’s dependence on suppliers 
and farmers; and reduce its exposure to raw 
material price volatility. 

Importantly, our business models also support 
the  circular  economy1  and  the  elimination 
of  waste  in  the  poultry  production  process. 
At  each  stage  of  production,  the  waste  and 
by-products  are  taken  and  converted  into 
products  that  are  either  used  by  the  Group 
directly or sold to third parties: manure is used 
to  produce  biogas,  electricity  and  organic 
fertiliser;  and  granulated  husks  to  produce 
clean  energy,  used  at  production  sites  to 
replace  gas,  and  fresh  bedding  for  chicken 
rearing.

Vertical  integration  is  also  a  key  enabler 
of  MHP’s  contribution  to  the  Global  Food 
Security Index (“GFSI”) with regard to quality, 
safety,  financial  and  physical  accessibility  of 
food, natural resources and sustainability.

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS 

More  detail  on  the  operations,  brands  and 
strategy of each of the Group’s four business 
segments is set out below.

1  The circular economy is a systemic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In 
contrast to the ‘take-make-waste’ linear model, a circular economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the 
consumption of finite resources. (source: The Ellen MacArthur Foundation)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

10

Poultry & Related Operations

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS

POULTRY & RELATED 
OPERATIONS

BRANDS

68%

OF GROUP REVENUE 
IN 2021

OPERATIONS 

The  Poultry  &  Related  Operations  Segment 
produces,  processes  and  sells  chicken 
meat  (fresh  and  frozen),  culinary  products 
(marinated,  ready-to-cook  and  value-added 
products),  vegetable  oils  (sunflower  and 
soybean),  and  mixed  fodder.  It  includes 
three chicken meat complexes, two breeding 
complexes,  three  sunflower  oil  plants,  one 
soybean crushing plant, three feed mills and 
two biogas complexes. 

MHP  is  the  leading  poultry  producer  in 
K U R A T O R
Ukraine.  MHP  supplies  chilled  and  frozen 
chicken, culinary and other meat products to 
a number of nationwide supermarket chains, 
including  Fozzy,  Metro  Cash  &  Carry,  ECO, 
Novus  and  Auchan.  MHP  also  produces  and 
sells  vegetable  oils  (sunflower  and  soybean 
oils) as a by-product of its fodder production, 
mainly  to  international  traders.  This  is  an 
important source of hard currency revenue. 

Ukraine focussed

Export product 

EXPORT

NASHA RIABA

APETYTNA

BASCHINSKY

VINNYTSKI 
KURCHATA

UKRAINIAN 
CHICKEN

•  Chilled products
•   Available whole and 

in parts

•   Chilled marinated and 

formed products
•   Available whole and 

in parts

•   Frozen convenience food
•   Ready-to-eat and chilled 

•  Chilled products
•   Available in parts and 

•   Сhilled and frozen 

products

processed meat products 
including sausages and 
smoked chicken 

by-products

•   Available whole and 

in parts

KURATOR

•  Sales to HoReCa
•   Chilled and frozen 

products

CHEF’S 
SECRETS

HOME STYLE 
CHICKEN

•   Frozen and chilled 

chef’s partner

ready-to-eat products

•  Culinary products
•  Chilled products

PRO SERIES

LEHKO!

SYTNI

•  Frozen products
•   Ready-to-eat 
products

•  Frozen products
•  Ready-to-eat products

EXPORT

QUALIKO

EXPORT

SULTANAH

EXPORT

ASSILAH

•   Chilled and frozen, mari-
nated and semi-finished 
products

•  Frozen products
•   Available whole and 

in parts

•   Chilled and frozen 

products

EXPORT

AL-HASSANAT

•  Export product (Iraq)
•  Frozen products
•   Available whole and 

in parts

   
   
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

11

Poultry & Related Operations

STRATEGY 

The  Segment  continues  to  execute  upon  its 
strategy in both export and domestic markets 
as  part  of  the  Group’s  transformation  to  a 
culinary  company,  supported  by  our  culinary 
research centre in Kyiv. 

In  export  markets,  the  strategy  remains  one 
of  international  diversification  and  product 
optimisation  (targeting  the  “right  products 
to  the  right  markets”),  combined  with  the 
development of both our routes to market and 
our value-added product ranges. 

Further  information  on  recent  developments 
in  our  routes  to  market  can  be  found  in  the 
CEO’s Statement on page 23. 

added  and  further  processed  primary  and 
cooked  products  and  on  the  evolution  of 
our routes to market through retail, HoReCa, 
modern trade and franchises. 

These include the continued development and 
roll-out of our Nasha Riaba brand (packed and 
unpacked  poultry  products,  predominantly 
parts);  our  network  of  DönerMarket  stores 
selling  doner  and  shawarma;  and  the 
continued  roll-out  of  our  MeatMarket  retail 
and  convenience  food  stores,  including  our 
new 2.0 MeatMarket “food experience” store 
concept. 

EXPORTS

In  domestic  markets,  the  focus  is  on  the 
development  and  production  of  more  value-

A  number  of  outbreaks  of  Avian  Influenza  in 
Ukraine  during  Q1  2021  caused  temporary 

cessation  of  exports  from  Ukraine  to  the  EU 
(reopened at the end of March 2021 following 
zoning  agreement  between  Ukraine  and  the 
EU).  In  order  to  mitigate  an  adverse  impact 
on  MHP’s  operations  and  profitability,  the 
management  of  the  Company  decided 
to  increase  production  of  small  chicken 
(thinning)  and  exports  to  the  MENA  market. 
This trend has been in place through the first 
half  of  2021.  Since  Q3  2021  MHP  has  been 
focusing more on sales of poultry cuts across 
all  markets  and  was  gradually  decreasing 
share  of  thinning  (from  57%  in  Q1  2021  to 
43% in Q4 2021) increasing its sales in the EU 
mainly.  Through  2021,  all  Company’s  poultry 
production  facilities  continued  to  operate 
at  full  capacity  (based  on  number  of  heads 
reared and slaughtered).

Po u l t r y   ex p o r t   s a l e s   g e o g r a p h y   a n d 

breakdown  year-on-year  remained  relatively 

stable  and  rather  unchanged,  please  see 

diagrammes  below.  The  MENA  and  the  EU 

markets represented the biggest markets for 

MHP’s exports, 38% and 21%, respectively. 

For  a  detailed  explanation  of  these  trends 

please  see  the  Financial  and  Operational 

Review on pages 31 to 39. 

The  Group’s  response  to  these  challenges 

highlights  the  resilience  and  agility  of  its 

operations and business model.

Furthermore,  the  recent  achievement  of  the 

Avian  Influenza  regionalisation  recognition 

between Ukraine and the EU will reduce the 

risk of trade interruptions going forward. 

POULTRY EXPORT VOLUMES1  BY REGION IN TONNES, %

2021

2020

6%

Asia 
and other

12%

Africa

23%

CIS

21%

EU

38% MENA

1 Only MHP Ukraine, excluding Perutnina Ptuj.

5%

Asia 
and other

14%

Africa

19%

CIS

22%

EU

40% MENA

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS 
PRODUCTION FIGURES

PRODUCT

2021

2020

Chicken meat produced, 
tonnes

754,387

731,279

Hatching eggs, million

563

Sunflower oil, tonnes

Soybean oil, tonnes

212,425

47,493

559

329,552

40,850

Mixed fodder, tonnes

1,920,607

1,894,284

Biogas, MW

17

17

The Segment’s operational and financial performance is disclosed in the 
Segment Performance section of the Financial and Operational Review 
on page 28.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

12

GRAIN GROWING OPERATIONS

OPERATIONS 

MHP is one of the leading grain cultivation 
businesses in Ukraine. The Segment grows 
corn,  sunflower  and  soybean  as  well  as 
other grains including rape and wheat, both 
for fodder production to support the vertical 
integration  of  its  chicken  production,  and 
to  export  for  sale  to  third  parties,  thereby 
providing  one  of  the  Group’s  sources  of 
hard currency revenue. 

( “ h a ” )   o f  

MHP  leases  agricultural  land  located 
primarily  in  the  highly  fertile  black  soil 
regions  of  Ukraine.  In  2021  MHP’s  total 
landbank  constituted  approximately 
3 6 1 , 0 0 0   h e c t a r e s  
l a n d , 
representing  one  of  the  largest  land 
portfolios  in  Ukraine.  A  breakdown  of  the 
Segment’s cropped area in 2021 is shown 
below.  In  2021,  MHP  harvested  351,440 
ha  of  land,  yielding  2,596,855  tonnes  of 
grain,  an  increase  of  52%  year-on-year, 
mainly  due  to  a  combination  of  modern 

technology  and  machinery  applied  during 
the  cultivation  of  land  and  favourable 
weather conditions. Grain storage facilities 
totalled  2,551,171  m3  with  a  capacity  of 
1,084,800 tonnes (in plastic bags).

LAND REFORM IN PRACTICE 

The  Group  leases  land  from  landowners 
on  a  long-term  basis.  The  abolition  of  the 
moratorium on the sale of agricultural land 
to  private  individuals,  which  has  applied 
since  July  2021,  has  had  no  significant 
impact on MHP’s land portfolio or business 
model as MHP continues to cultivate land 
through land leasing. 

Moreover,  the  moratorium  on  the  sale  for 
legal  entities  registered  or  domiciled  in 
Ukraine only, which will come into effect in 
January 2024, is not expected to have any 
significant impact. 

STRATEGY

The Group aims to become the undisputed 
leader in the agricultural market in Ukraine 
and  a  pioneer  in  sustainable  agriculture. 
Central to the achievement of these goals 
is increasing the Segment’s profitability by 
ensuring  high  efficiency  crop  production 
(through higher yields and optimisation of 
cost control), as well as improving resource 
management  strategies  and  ensuring 
the  stability  of  our  landbank.  This  will  be 
achieved through innovation, the upgrading 
of  agricultural  machinery  and  the  use  of 
technology including Artificial Intelligence 
(“AI”)  and  machine-learning  algorithms 
for  real-time  analysis,  forecasting  and 
facilitation of decision making. 

The  Segment’s  operational  and  financial 
performance  is  disclosed  in  the Segment 
Performance  section  of  the  Financial  and 
Operational Review on page 35. 

Grain Growing Operations

2021 HARVEST 
INCREASED BY 

52%

YEAR-ON-YEAR

CROPPED AREA, 
HECTARES, %

7%

Soya

10%

Wheat

6%

Rapeseed

25%

Sunflower

6%

Other1

46% CORN

1  Including  barley,  rye,  sugar  beet,  sorghum 
and  other  and  excluding  land  left  fallow  as 
part of crop rotation

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

13

Meat-Processing & Other Agricultural Operations

MEAT-PROCESSING & OTHER AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS

MEAT-PROCESSING & 
OTHER AGRICULTURAL 
OPERATIONS

7%

OF GROUP REVENUE 
IN 2021

OPERATIONS 

The Meat-Processing & Other Agricultural 
Operations  Segment  produces  and  sells 
sausage,  salami,  convenience  foods  and 
produce  from  cattle  and  dairy  operations. 
It  incorporates  two  facilities  for  the 
production  of  prepared  meat  products,  
a  number  of  cattle  farms  and  and  a  beef 
processing  facility  (Scott  Smeat,  acquired 
in  2021).  The  meat-processing  operations 
are  the  Segment’s  core  business  and 
an  important  driver  of  the  Segment’s 
profitability.  MHP  is  a  leader  in  the  highly 
fragmented  meat-processing  market  in 
Ukraine, accounting for approximately 14% 

of all sausage and cooked meat produced 
in Ukraine in 2021, with some non-branded 
processed-meat  products  exported.  The 
Segment  sold  33,954  tonnes  of  meat-
processing products and 18,857 tonnes of 
convenience foods in 2021. 

During the year, the Group acquired a 51% 
share  in  Lubnym`yaso  LLC,  a  Ukrainian 
producer  of  beef  products  operating 
manufacturing  facilities  and  sales  offices, 
primarily  in  Ukraine  and  Europe.  Its 
products are sold under the “Skott Smeat” 
brand  and  range  from  frozen  and  chilled 
cuts of beef to value-added beef products 
and  are  supplied  to,  amongst  others,  the 

Group’s  MeatMarket  convenience  stores 
and DönerMarket fast-food stores.

STRATEGY 

The  Segment  will  continue  to  focus  upon 
its  core  meat-processing  operations  and 
the evolution of its route-to-market strategy 
through retail, HoReCa, modern trade and 
franchises.  The  Segment’s  operational 
and  financial  performance  is  disclosed  in 
the  Segment  Performance  section  of  the 
Financial and Operational Review on page 
35. 

BRANDS

THE COMPANY’S CONVENIENCE FOOD, PROCESSED FOOD AND 
BEEF BRANDS FOR THE UKRAINIAN AND EXPORT MARKETS 
INCLUDE

BASHCHINSKY

LEHKO!

SYTNI

•   Sausages, chilled 

•   Frozen convenience 

•   Frozen convenience 

convenience products, 
smoked chicken

food

food

EXPORT

QUALIKO

EXPORT

SKOTT SMEAT

•   Frozen convenience 
food and poultry 
meat products

•    Frozen and chilled beef 
meat and meat products

Ukraine focussed

Export product 

EXPORT

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

14

European Operating Segment

EUROPEAN OPERATING 
SEGMENT (PP)

17%

OF GROUP REVENUE 
IN 2021

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT

OPERATIONS 

T h e   E u r o p e a n   O p e r a t i n g   S e g m e n t 
comprises  100%  of  Perutnina  Ptuj  (“PP”), 
a  leading  poultry  and  processed-meat 
producer  in  the  Balkans    with  production 
assets  in  Slovenia,  Croatia,  Serbia, 
Bosnia  and  Herzegovina,  and  distribution 
companies  in  Austria,  North  Macedonia 
and  Romania.  PP  supplies  products  to  18 
European countries.

In 2021, 70% of the Segment’s revenue was 
generated  from  domestic  markets  which 
proved  resilient  during  the  Pandemic,  in 
particular retail markets. The remaining 30% 
was  generated  from  exports,  mainly  from 

HoReCa and B2B sales. A large and growing 
part  of  PP’s  production  is  governed  by  a 
rigid animal welfare breeding standard thus 
allowing the Company to sell products under 
the PP Natur Premium Brand. 

BRANDS

An  overview  of  Perutnia  Ptuj’s  brand 
portfolio is shown on the following page. The 
most important and well-established brand 
names  are  PP  and  Poli.  The  PP  brand  is  a 
best seller. Yet the most recognisable brand 
name  in  the  south-eastern  Europe  region 
based  on  the  brand  power  in  individual 
categories, is Poli, the synonym for special 
chicken sausage.

STRATEGY

MHP  continues  to  invest  in  production 
capacity  and  production  efficiency  at  PP 
and will continue to invest in the region with 
the aim of becoming the most efficient and 
undisputed number one producer of poultry 
meat and processed-meat products across 
the Balkans by market share and volume. As 
part of this strategy there will be a continued 
drive  towards  more  value-added  products, 
export  markets  and  market  penetration, 
including investment in new sales channels 
(for  example  e-commerce,  including  online 
shopping, and food delivery).

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT PRODUCTION FIGURES

PRODUCT

Chicken meat produced, tonnes

Meat-processing products, tonnes

Hatching eggs, millions

Mixed fodder, tonnes

Biogas, MW

2021

111,973

41,411

75.4

2020

102,157

39,026

67.0

229,600

227,065

1

1

The Segment’s operational and financial performance is disclosed in the Segment Performance section of the Financial 
and Operational Review on page 31. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

15

European Operating Segment

MEAT

MEAT 
PRODUCTS

FEED

SERVICES

MEAT

MEAT PRODUCTS

CLASIC

HAM

PATÉ

FRANKS

Perutnina Ptuj
Sausages, frankfurters, 
frozen and other 
ready-made products

Slim & Fit
Low-fat poultry 
products

Natur
Poultry products, with 
packaging highlighting 
low fat and cholesterol 
content

Natur Premium
Products from poultry 
bred in accordance 
with premium breeding 
standards

Piknik
Cut and pre-seasoned 
fresh poultry products

Poli 
Classic

Poli 
Cheese

Poli Kids 

Chiken
Breast

Poli Light

Poli 
Vegetables

Poli 
Hammy

Poli Kids

Poli Paté

Poli Dog

Poli Pate 
Kids

Poli Kids

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

16

Our Business Model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

HOW WE GENERATE REVENUE

POULTRY & RELATED 
OPERATIONS SEGMENT

GRAIN GROWING
SEGMENT

WE PRODUCE AND SELL CHICKEN 
MEAT (FRESH AND FROZEN); 
CULINARY PRODUCTS; VEGETABLE 
OILS (SUNFLOWER AND 
SOYBEAN); AND MIXED FODDER.

WE GROW CROPS FOR FODDER 
PRODUCTION AND FOR SALE TO 
THIRD PARTIES.

MEAT-PROCESSING &
OTHER AGRICULTURAL
SEGMENT

WE PRODUCE AND SELL 
SAUSAGES; PROCESSED AND 
COOKED MEAT; CONVENIENCE 
FOODS; AND PRODUCE FROM 
CATTLE AND DAIRY OPERATIONS.

EUROPEAN OPERATING
SEGMENT

WE PRODUCE AND SELL CHICKEN 
MEAT AND PROCESSED POULTRY 
MEAT PRODUCTS.

US$ 1,607 

MILLION REVENUE

US$ 188

MILLION REVENUE

US$ 176

MILLION REVENUE

US$ 401

MILLION REVENUE

754,387 

TONNES OF POULTRY 
PRODUCED

2.61

MILLION TONNES
OF CROPS PRODUCED

55,913 

TONNES OF MEAT 
PRODUCTS PRODUCED 

111,973

TONNES OF POULTRY 
PRODUCED

1  Mainly consumed by MHP for fodder production as well as for third party sales.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

17

Our Business Model

HOW WE CREATE VALUE 

01 TRANSFORMATION TO 

A CULINARY COMPANY

THE TRANSFORMATION FROM A 
RAW MATERIALS PROVIDER TO AN 
INTERNATIONAL CULINARY COMPANY 
ENABLES THE GROUP TO GROW 
ITS MARKET AS IT RESPONDS TO 
CUSTOMER DEMAND FOR VALUE-
ADDED PRODUCTS.

02

03

04

INTERNATIONAL 
MARKETPLACE 

MHP IS ALWAYS LOOKING AT NEW 
INITIATIVES ON PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 
AND FOR NEW MARKETS FOR ITS 
PRODUCTS, AND NOW SELLS TO OVER 80 
COUNTRIES.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

MHP HAS A GROUP-WIDE 
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 
PLAN TO 2030E THAT MOVES THE 
GROUP TOWARDS A RESPONSIBLE 
BUSINESS MODEL.

05

SUSTAINABLE 
FINANCIAL HEALTH  

OUR BUSINESSES HAVE A 
CONSISTENT TRACK RECORD OF 
REVENUE AND CASH GENERATION 
PROVIDING A SOLID PLATFORM FOR 
VALUE CREATION.

SUSTAINED INVESTMENT 
IN INNOVATION, BUSINESS 
EFFICIENCY AND R&D 

SUSTAINED CAPEX AND R&D 
PROGRAMMES HAVE ENABLED 
CONSISTENT EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENTS 
AND COST CONTROLS, DEVELOPED AND 
MAINTAINED PRODUCT QUALITY, AND 
ENSURED HIGH STANDARDS OF PRODUCT 
SAFETY. THE COMPANY CONTINUES TO 
LOOK FOR DYNAMIC AND INNOVATIVE 
WAYS TO DEVELOP ITS PRODUCTION AND 
AGRICULTURAL PROCESSES TO IMPROVE 
EFFICIENCY, DRIVE DOWN COSTS AND 
REDUCE ITS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

18

Our Business Model

OUR ASSETS

OUR PEOPLE 

BUSINESS CULTURE 

WE HAVE A HIGHLY SKILLED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE 
WORKFORCE1, AN EXPERIENCED, STRONG AND 
INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM AND WE ARE 
COMMITTED TO CONTINUOUSLY INVESTING IN TRAINING 
AND DEVELOPMENT.

WE STRIVE TO CREATE A BUSINESS CULTURE IN 
WHICH OUR EMPLOYEES FEEL EMPOWERED TO 
MAKE QUICK DECISIONS TO CAPITALISE ON MARKET 
OPPORTUNITIES AND GAIN COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE. 

VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED 
STRUCTURE 

MODERN AND EFFICIENT 
PRODUCTION ASSETS

OUR STRUCTURE DIFFERENTIATES US FROM OUR PEERS 
AND ENABLES US TO REDUCE OUR DEPENDENCE ON 
THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS AND OUR EXPOSURE TO RAW 
MATERIAL PRICE VOLATILITY. IT ALSO ENSURES THE 
MAINTENANCE OF STRICT BIOSECURITY AND QUALITY 
STANDARDS THROUGHOUT THE PRODUCTION PROCESS. 

EXTENSIVE INVESTMENT HAS ENABLED US TO EMPLOY 
MODERN, STATE-OF-THE-ART PRODUCTION ASSETS. THE 
COMPANY BELIEVES THAT ITS CHICKEN COMPLEXES 
ARE AMONGST THE MOST EFFICIENT IN THE WORLD.  

STRONG BRANDS 

OWN RETAIL IN UKRAINE AND AT PP

OUR BRANDS HAVE HIGH DOMESTIC RECOGNITION WITH 
A REPUTATION FOR QUALITY, ENABLING PRODUCTS TO BE 
SOLD AT PREMIUM PRICES.   

MHP AND PP HAVE BEEN AND CONTINUE TO CAPITALISE 
ON THE CONTINUED GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF 
ITS RETAIL BOTH IN UKRAINE AND IN THE BALKANS/EU.

1  As of 31 December 2021 MHP Group employed 29,280 people

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

19

Our Business Model at MHP Ukraine

1   Including  34,329  tonnes  of  processed 
meat  products  and  21,584  tonnes  of 
convenience food

2   Biogas complexes at Oril-Leader (5 MW) 

and at Vinnytsia (12 MW)

3   MHP total landbank

OUR BUSINESS MODEL 
AT MHP

100%
IN-HOUSE 
PRODUCTION

8.5
MILLION PER 
WEEK

7,200
TONNES

1 production facility

1.9
MILLION TONNES 
PRODUCED IN 
2021

BREEDING

2 breeding complexes with 
563 million hatching eggs produced 
in 2021.

POULTRY
PRODUCTION

3 vertically-integrated poultry com-
plexes, from hatching to rearing and 
processing

55,913 
TONNES IN 
2021

FODDER
PRODUCTION

3 production facilities

MEAT- 
PROCESSING1

2 production facilities

212,425 
TONNES OF 
SUNFLOWER
OIL 

SUNFLOWER AND 
SOYBEAN PROTEIN 
PRODUCTION

47,493 tonnes of soybean oil

361,000 
HECTARES3

LAND

on long-term lease 
in Ukraine with a 
harvest of 2,6 
million tonnes of 
grain per annum

17
MW

BIOGAS

2 projects2 All the 
manure and husks 
generated from MHP’s 
operations are used 
to generate biogas

388 
VEHICLES

DISTRIBUTION

10 distribution centers in Ukraine 

1,888 
FRANCHISE 
OUTLETS

RETAIL

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

20

Our Business Model at Perutnina Ptuj

OUR BUSINESS MODEL 
AT PERUTNINA PTUJ

99%
IN-HOUSE 
PRODUCTION

BREEDING

4 locations  (Slovenia, 
Croatia, Bosnia & Herze-
govina and Serbia)

84% 
IN-HOUSE 
PRODUCTION

FODDER
PRODUCTION

5  facilities (3 in Slovenia, 
1 in Croatia, 1 in Serbia)

86%
IN-HOUSE 
PRODUCTION

HATCHING

8%
IN-HOUSE 
PRODUCTION

Hatchery of day old chicken: 
4 locations (Slovenia, Croatia, 
Bosnia & Herzegovina and Serbia)

POULTRY 
PRODUCTION 

4 locations  
(Slovenia, Croatia, Bosnia & 
Herzegovina and Serbia)

100%
IN-HOUSE

SLAUGHTERHOUSES

5 facilities  
(2 in Slovenia, 1 in Croatia, 
1 in Bosnia & Herzegovina, 
1 in Serbia)

41,181 
TONNES IN 
2021

MEAT-PROCESSING1

6 production facilities 
(3 in Slovenia, 
1 in Croatia, 1 in Serbia, 
1 in Bosnia & Herzegovina)

124
VEHICLES

DISTRIBUTION

16 distribution centres in Ukraine 

3,800
HECTARES

LAND

1
MW

BIOGAS

1 project 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

21

Chairman’s Statement

CHAIRMAN’S
STATEMENT

JOHN RICH 
EXECUTIVE 
CHAIRMAN

Dear Shareholder, 

At  the  time  of  writing,  the  Russian  war  with  Ukraine  has  progressed  into  its  71st  day  with  devastating 
consequences on Ukrainian cities, infrastructure and people. Over 35% of Ukrainian residents are displaced 
and over five million women, children and the vulnerable have fled predominantly to the EU.

Since 24th February,  MHP has continued to balance its model between export and the domestic market, 
which  traditionally  supplied  50%  of  its  poultry  produce  to  80  countries  of  the  world.  During  the  first  two 
months of the war, MHP has been strongly supporting the local population providing humanitarian aid to 
preserve food security to the Ukrainian people. During this time, up to 15% of total production was being 
supplied free-of-charge to civilians in desperate need of food and shelter as well as to Ukraine’s defenders. 
Our key focus has been to protect employees and their families, while maintaining the Company’s production 
and distribution activities and all infrastructure which has not been directly affected by military action.

From  the  beginning  of  the  invasion,  all  export  operations  ceased  as  Ukrainian  sea  ports  became 
inaccessible.  Since  then,  the  Group  has  investigated  other  options  and  has  recently  started  trialling 
poultry exports to the EU via road transport. Other potential export channels to the EU, including rail, are 
being actively explored. The Company is also working to resume exports to Saudi Arabia and the United 
Arab Emirates via sea ports located in friendly countries.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

22

Chairman’s Statement

MHP’s  grain  growing  operations  are 
relatively  unaffected,  with  the  spring 
sowing  campaign  having  commenced  at 
the beginning of April on the 90% of our 
land that remained accessible. 

To maintain business continuity in a highly 
uncertain operating environment, MHP has 
taken positive action to preserve liquidity 
after  a  highly  successful  2021.  To  allow 
the Company to fund its upcoming sowing 
campaign and to fund poultry operations, 
holders of our three series of outstanding 
Eurobonds  were  asked  for  their  consent 
to postpone for 270 days the semi-annual 

interest payments that were due between 
March  and  May  2022.  We  were  pleased 
that  the  consent  solicitation  received 
approval  from  a  substantial  majority  of 
holders  of  each  series  of  Eurobonds 
ahead  of  schedule.  To  treat  all  creditors 
fairly  and  equitably,  the  Company  also 
agreed  with  its  bank  lenders  a  general 
postponement of debt servicing pari passu 
with the bond holders. We are grateful for 
the  overwhelming  support  that  has  been 
received from the financial community and 
their backing of MHP during this extremely 
challenging time. 

The infrastructure damage and population 
displacement  which  has  occurred  as 
a  result  of  the  conflict  has  significantly 
affected  the  market  for  the  Company’s 
products within Ukraine. This will continue 
until  the  situation  stabilises  and  for  a 
period  afterwards  that  we  are  as  yet 
unable to quantify. 

Lo o k i n g   f o r w a r d ,   a n d   s u b j e c t   t o 
events,  during  2022  MHP  is  hopeful 
of  harvesting  grain  crops  on  its  90%  of 
available  land,  recommencing  oil  seed 
crushing  and  exports  of  vegetable  oils, 
and  expanding  trials  of  poultry  exports 

towards  normal  commercial  production 
levels.  In  conclusion,  the  heroic  efforts 
of  our  Ukrainian  employees,  volunteers 
and  senior  management,  combined  with 
MHP’s  vertically-integrated  business 
model,  have  allowed  the  Company 
to  survive  what  can  probably  be 
described  as  the  greatest  challenge  in 
Europe  since  World  War  2.  There  are 
no  words  that  can  accurately  describe 
the  sacrifices  that  have  been  made  by 
all  responsible  MHP’s  stakeholders. 
I  would  like  to  thank  them  all  from  the 
bottom of my heart for their global support. 

2021 PERFORMANCE 

2021  was  a  year  of  evolution  and  expansion 
as  we  continued  to  make  further  progress 
in  the  development  and  execution  of  our 
transformation  to  a  culinary  company.  A 
combination  of  positive  external  factors  and 
strong operational performance resulted in the 
Group  delivering  record  financial  results  for 
the year. Operational highlights are set out in 
the CEO’s Statement on page 23. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  Company  continues  to  recognise  the 
importance of strong corporate governance in 
line with good international practice and aims 
to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  UK 
Corporate  Governance  Code  2018  (the  “UK 
Code”) to the extent practicable. 

Following shareholder consultation, the EGM 
held  in  December  2021  voted  to  approve  a 
new    Directors’  Remuneration  Policy.  This  is 
a central part of a Group-wide move towards 
a  more  performance-oriented  approach  to 
remuneration  based  on  broader  indicators 
reflecting the wider objectives of the Group. 

This  Policy  is  intended  to  enable  MHP  to 
attract and retain the right calibre of executive 
and non-executive directors. It will also ensure 
that  remuneration  and  incentives  adhere  to 
principles of good corporate governance and 
risk  management  practice,  at  the  same  time 
as  promoting  the  Company’s  responsible 
business performance. 

i n f o r m a t i o n   o n   o u r   D i r e c t o r s’ 
M o r e  
Remuneration  Policy  can  be  found  in  the 
Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee 
Report on page 79. 

I  highlight  here  the  following  Board 
developments: 
•   As noted in the 2020 Annual report, Roger 
Wills  and  Roberto  Banfi  resigned  from  the 
Board in February 2021;

•   In September 2021, Philip J Wilkinson OBE 
was  appointed  Chair  of  the  Nominations 
and Remuneration Committee;

•   In  November  2021,  Yuriy  Melnyk  resigned 

from the Board;

•   In December 2021, Andriy Bulakh joined the 

Board;

The appointment of an additional independent 
non-executive  director  which,  following  a 
thorough  search  process,  was  imminent  in 
February  2022,  has  been  deferred  until  the 
situation in Ukraine stabilises.

Following these developments, as at the date 
of  this  Report  the  Board  comprises  three 

Independent Non-Executive Directors and four 
Executive  Directors,  including  the  Executive 
Chairman.  As an organisation following strong 
corporate  governance  guidelines,  the  Board 
believes that it has fulfilled as far as possible 
its  responsibilities  to  all  its  stakeholders, 
with  a  strong  focus  since  the  Russian 
invasion  on  meeting  the  humanitarian  crisis 
in Ukraine. MHP is the largest food producer 
still  operating  in  Ukraine,  where  a  number 
of  regions  continue  to  be  under  constant 
military  attack  by  Russian  forces.  The  Board 
is united in its focus on meeting the needs of 
the  Ukrainian  people  and  our  customers  in 
the face of a humanitarian catastrophe whilst 
taking every practicable action to ensure the 
Company is positioned to emerge successfully 
when these war-time conditions are behind us.

John Rich
Executive Chairman
 05 May 2022

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

23

CEO’s Statement

CEO’S
STATEMENT

The  situation  in  Ukraine  is  grave  and  continues  to  evolve  on  a  daily  basis.  Since  24  February,  MHP  has 
experienced a number of significant disruptions and operational issues and the Chairman’s Statement sets 
out how the Group is responding. 

We are currently experiencing the most difficult of times. The management team and the whole workforce 
are united in working to the maximum extent of our capabilities, despite all the difficulties we face. We do 
this responsibly, placing the highest value on people, caring about our workforce and our consumers. And 
responsibly, because we know that Ukraine’s food security depends on our work, making this important task 
our number one priority. MHP’s business model gives us an advantage – in plain terms, we convert grain into 
chicken and logistically  that “simplifies” the work of the business. Exporting is very much our second priority. 
Our team is charged with achieving results across the board.

Given the uncertainties, I report here primarily on our performance in 2021. Whilst it is impossible to predict 
the development of the war, the Company is undertaking all necessary efforts to return to full-scale production 
(since the beginning of war, and as of today, MHP’s poultry production facilities  have been working at 85% 
capacity utilization) as soon as practically possible. 

YURIY KOSYUK 
CEO AND FOUNDER 
OF MHP

2021 PERFORMANCE 
The  Group  delivered  an  exceptional  performance  in 
2021  driven  by  a  combination  of  excellent  weather 
conditions,  which  resulted  in  a  record  harvest,  and 
strong prices for grains and poultry products.

Group  revenue  was  US$  2,372  million,  up  24%  year-
on-year  driven  mainly  by  an  increase  in  the  price  of 
chicken meat in both local and international markets. 
Group Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) increased by 
91% year-on-year to a record US$ 648 million, driven 
mainly by an increase in the Grain Growing Segment as 

a result of a very rich harvest and strong grain prices 
internationally,  secured  by  actions  taken  to  lock  in 
forward sales. The Group Adjusted EBITDA margin (net 
of IFRS 16) was 27%. 

Perutnina  Pjuj  (“PP”)’s  performance  was  strong, 
delivering US$ 63 million EBITDA (net of IFRS 16), 19% 
higher than in 2020 in line with our long-term CAPEX 
program  designed  to  increase  sales  volumes  and 
operational efficiencies, stronger performance in grain 
growing  business  due  to  significant  increase  in  grain 
prices, as well as stronger EUR against USD. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

24

CEO’s Statement

KEY DEVELOPMENTS IN 2021

I  summarise  here  the  key  developments 
during 2021. 

Transformation to a Culinary Company

We  made  significant  progress  towards  our 
strategic transformation goal both in product 
development and routes to market. 

In  the  domestic  market,  we  invested  around 
US$  6  million  to  establish  a  state-of-the-
art  culinary  centre  in  Kyiv,  which  opened  in 
summer  2021.  This  covers  1,000m2,  with 
facilities for new product development, testing 
of ingredients and products, sensory analysis 
and production of ready-to-eat and ready-to-
heat  products.  This  is  an  important  platform 
for MHP’s future B2B, Ukrainian HoReCa and 
B2C  development  and  transformation  of  the 
Company in line with our culinary strategy.

The  rollout  of  our  “Myasomarket”,  or 
“MeatMarket”, convenience stores continued. 
The focus on changing consumer preferences 
and on the sale of value-added food (including 
ready-to-eat and ready-to-heat products), sold 
from  stores  close  to  the  consumer,  is  a  new 
concept  for  the  Ukrainian  market,  which  the 
MHP team has largely been developing during 
2021. By the end of 2021, 180 outlets were in 
operation. In July 2021, following collaboration 
with customers, we launched the “MeatMarket 
2.0” concept, creating a “food experience” for 

consumers. We also increased the number of 
“DonerMarket”  gyro  fast  food  stores  selling 
doner and shawarma, with 49 stores open by 
the end of 2021. 

Export Markets 

During the year, export sales increased by 8%, 
predominantly driven by MENA and European 
markets. 

In  MENA,  we  opened  two  direct  sales 
branches  in  Saudi  Arabia,  which  will 
provide  the  Company  with  a  deeper  market 
penetration.  We  continue  to  look  for  further 
opportunities  to  expand,  predominantly 
through  joint  ventures  and  new  sales 
branches  opening  in  the  region.  Further 
significant  developments  were  made  in  the 
supply of poultry into Saudi Arabia, enabling 
us to maintain “security stock” to reduce the 
risk of supply interruptions. 

In  Europe  (including  the  UK),  we  continued 
to  deepen  our  market  penetration  with  an 
increase  in  sales  of  value-added  products, 
including  a  significant  increase  in  cooked 
products.  We  continued  to  target  new 
customers  and  the  sale  of  higher-margin 
products;  during  2021,  20%  of  direct  sales 
were  to  new  customers.  We  acquired  an 
importer  and  distributor  of  meat  and  poultry 
in  the  UK  that  expanded  our  activity  in  the 
region,  beginning  operations  as  MHP  Food 
UK in July 2021. 

Client  Business  Development  (“CBD”) 
programmes  are  now  in  place  for  our  sales 
teams  as  we  evolve  from  a  provider  of  ‘raw 
materials’  to  one  of  ‘culinary  solutions’.  Our 
CBD transformation has been bolstered by the 
recruitment of skilled personnel to develop our 
sales teams, and by our ongoing digitisation. 
Export  and  direct  sales  managers  can  now 
use  a  CRM  (client  relationship  management) 
system, with an increasing number of clients 
having access to an online portal. 

Perutnina Pjuj (European Operating 
Segment) 

2021 saw continued integration and expansion 
at  PP.  Following  the  modernisation  and 
expansion  of  facilities  in  Croatia  and  Serbia, 
poultry  volumes  increased  by  around  10% 
year-on-year  across  the  EU,  mainly  driven 
by  increased  sales  in  Bosnia-Herzegovina, 
Serbia, Austria and Montenegro. 

Our  success  at  integrating  and  improving 
the  performance  of  operations  at  PP 
demonstrates  our  ability  to  manage  and 
integrate acquisitions. In due course, we will 
continue to explore strategic opportunities to 
further  expand  PP’s  operations  into  Eastern 
and Southern Europe. 

I  will  update  the  market  when  it  becomes 
possible to provide greater clarity on strategic 
implications.

THE CONTRIBUTION OF MHP 
PEOPLE FOLLOWING THE 
RUSSIAN INVASION

Following  the  Russian  invasion  on  24 
February,  MHP  and  its  employees  have 
prioritised  the  care  and  well-being  of  the 
people  of  Ukraine.  Everyone  recognized 
that  MHP  has  a  key  responsibility  in  the 
food  security  of  the  country  and  it  was  vital 
that  we  continued  to  operate  despite  the 
substantial  difficulties  caused  by  the  conflict 
to the supply chain, logistics and the damage 
to infrastructure.

Our workforce is fully committed to undertake 
every  effort  to  ensure  that  Ukrainians  have 
access  to  food  now  and  at  any  time  in  the 
future.  MHP’s  senior  management  team  is 
proud of the patriotic, brave and outstanding 
effort  that  everyone  has  made  so  far  to 
achieve this objective through the continuation 
of food production and food deliveries, sowing 
of  crops,  provision  of  humanitarian  aid  and 
supporting the defenders of the country.

Yuriy Kosyuk
CEO and Founder of MHP
05 May 2022

STRATEGIC
STRATEGIC
REPORT
REPORT

BUSINESS
BUSINESS
REVIEW
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
INFORMATION

25

BUSINESS
REVIEW

26  Key Performance Indicators

31  Financial and Operational Review

40  Measures of Financial Performance

43  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

51  S172 Statement & Stakeholder 

Engagement

54  Corporate Responsibility

60   Non-Financial Information Statement

MHP at a glanceSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

26

Key Performance Indicators

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS

WE MONITOR PROGRESS AGAINST THE DELIVERY OF OUR STRATEGIC GOALS USING
SEVERAL FINANCIAL KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (“KPIS”).

EACH KPI PROVIDES A WAY OF MEASURING ELEMENTS OF OUR STRATEGY. OUR STRATEGY IS 
FOCUSSED UPON THE MEDIUM TO LONG TERM AND THEREFORE WE CONSIDER HOW WE HAVE 
PERFORMED OVER A NUMBER OF YEARS, SHOWING THE KPIS FOR THE LAST FIVE YEARS.

1   Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) and 
Adjusted EBITDA margin (net of IFRS 16) 
since 2019
2  Adjusted EBITDA margin for the Grain 
Growing segment was calculated based 
on revenue that includes ICO sales

GROUP REVENUE, 
US$M

GROUP EXPORT REVENUE, 
US$M

GROUP ADJUSTED 
EBITDA1

ADJUSTED EBITDA MARGIN2, %

Export Revenue, US$m

% of total revenue

Adjusted EBITDA1, US$m

Adjusted EBITDA margin1, %

Adjusted EBITDA margin (Poultry & Related Operations)

Adjusted EBITDA margin (Grain Growing)1,2

Group Adjusted EBITDA margin1

2
7
3
2

,

6
5
0
2

,

1
1
9
,
1

6
5
5
,
1

8
8
2
,
1

6
8
1
,
1

5
6
2
,
1

6
1
0
,
1

4
2
9

59%

58%

57%

2
3
7

53%

53%

m
$
S
U

m
$
S
U

%

m
$
S
U

8
4
6

9
5
4

0
5
4

6
7
3

0
4
3

36%

29%

18%

18%

27%

%

36%

35%

29%

29%
29%

25%

56%

28%

27%

18%

15%

17%

21%

18%

12%

2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

2017 2018 2019 2020

2021

2017 2018 2019 2020

2021

2017

2018 2019 2020

2021

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

27

Key Performance Indicators

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS

REVENUE, US$m

EXPORT REVENUE, US$m

ADJUSTED EBITDA, US$m

HOW WE CALCULATE IT

As reported.

Revenue to destinations outside of country of production.

WHY WE MEASURE IT

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit before tax, net finance costs, 
depreciation  and  amortisation,  net  after-tax  exceptional  and 
non-recurring  items,  net  foreign  exchange  loss,  and  net  other 
expenses.

To ensure we are successful in growing the business.

To ensure we are delivering on our strategy of international expansion in turn 
leading to additional hard currency revenue. Export revenue provides MHP 
with a natural hedge against local currency volatility. 

To track the underlying performance of the business.

2021 PROGRESS

Revenue was up 24% y/y mainly driven by an increase in 
sales of chicken meat.

Export revenue was up 25% y/y mainly driven by an increase in poultry export 
sales volumes and prices. 

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) was up by 91% y/y mainly due to 
strong results in grain growing operations - high a grain prices as 
well as stronger harvest in 2021 compared to 2020.

LINK TO STRATEGY 

Execution  of  our  diversified  sales  strategy  –  both  for 
exports and domestic sales. 

Export growth through sales diversification and market targeting.

Production efficiency and a focus on more value-added and further 
processed products as we transform to a culinary company. 

CHANGE TO KPI

KPI unchanged y/y.

KPI unchanged y/y.

KPI unchanged y/y.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

28

Key Performance Indicators

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS 
BY SEGMENT

THE GROUP IS UNDERPINNED BY ITS VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED BUSINESS MODELS, ITS 
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM AND ITS DIVERSIFICATION STRATEGY IN BOTH DOMESTIC 
AND INTERNATIONAL MARKETS.

1  Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

POULTRY AND RELATED OPERATIONS

PRODUCTION AND EXPORT SALES

REVENUE AND ADJUSTED EBITDA1

53%

54%

57%

48%

41%

4
5
7

2
0
4

9
2
7

1
3
7

8
1
6

6
6
5

s
e
n
n
o
t
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T

1
2
2

7
8
2

7
5
3

4
7
3

s
e
a
s

l

y
r
t
l
u
o
p

f

o
%

Production of poultry, 
thousand tonnes

Poultry exports,
thousand tonnes

Poultry exports 
(as % of Poultry sales)

0,67

1
5
0
,
1

1
4
2
,
1

7
0
6
,
1

0,36

0,53

0,41

8
6
3
,
1

0,30

8
9
2
,
1

7
6
3

m
$
S
U

1
1
3

1
8
2

4
9
1

7
6
2

$
S
U

Revenue,
US$m

Adjusted EBITDA, 
US$m

EBITDA per 1 kg,
US$

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

29

Key Performance Indicators

1  Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

GRAIN GROWING OPERATIONS

PRODUCTION OF GRAINS, 
THOUSAND TONNES

YIELDS, TONNES PER 
HECTARE (HA)

REVENUE AND ADJUSTED 
EBITDA1

Corn

Wheat

Sunflower

Revenue, US$ m

Adjusted EBITDA, US$m

Adjusted EBITDA per 1 
ha, US$

962

4
5
6
2

,

8
0
4
2

,

7
9
5
2

,

9
9
9
,
1

7
0
7
,
1

.

9
0
1

.

4
9

0
7

.

0
6

.

1
.
6

.

4
6

6
5

.

1
.
5

.

0
0
1

9
5

.

0
3

.

2
3

.

6
3

.

.

8
2

2
3

.

416

267

8
6
2

1
8
1

1
5
1

272

8
3
3

8
8
1

167

4
3
1

7
9

0
6

$
S
U

7
1
1

5
9

m
$
S
U

2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

ADJUSTED 
EBITDA PER 
HECTARE

US$962

IN 2021

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

30

Key Performance Indicators

1   Results from 21 February 2019 when the acquisition of 
PP was completed
2  Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) and Adjusted EBITDA  

margin (net of IFRS 16)

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT (PP)

PRODUCTION OF POULTRY,
THOUSAND TONNES

PRODUCTION OF MEAT-
PROCESSING 
PRODUCTS, THOUSAND TONNES

REVENUE AND ADJUSTED 
EBITDA2

2
1
1

2
0
1

0
7

1
4

9
3

0
3

1
0
4

5
3
3

1
7
2

15%

16%

16%

m
$
S
U

2
4

3
6

3
5

Revenue,
US$ m

Adjusted EBITDA2, 
US$ m

%

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin2, %

20191

2020

2021

20191

2020

2021

20191

2020

2021

ADJUSTED EBITDA 
MARGIN2

16%

IN 2021

 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

31

Financial and Operational Review

FINANCIAL
AND OPERATIONAL
REVIEW

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

1  Production volume of chicken meat 
only without by-products

POULTRY PRODUCTION 
VOLUMES INCREASED BY 3% 
YEAR-ON-YEAR TO 

754,3871

TONNES

(2020: 731,279 TONNES)

THE AVERAGE CHICKEN MEAT 
PRICE INCREASED BY 25% 
YEAR-ON-YEAR TO

CHICKEN MEAT EXPORTS 
FROM UKRAINE INCREASED BY 
8% YEAR-ON-YEAR TO

US$1.67

PER KG

(2020: US$ 1.34 PER KG) 
(EXCLUDING VAT)

402,388

TONNES

(2020: 373,734 TONNES)

(EXCLUDING PP’S 33,446 TONNES 
(2020: 17,001 TONNES)).

POULTRY PRODUCTION VOLUMES 
AT THE EUROPEAN OPERATING 
SEGMENT INCREASED 10% TO 
111,973 TONNES IN 2021 
(2020: 102,157 TONNES).

THE AVERAGE PRICE OF CHICKEN 
MEAT PRODUCED BY PP DURING 
2021 INCREASED BY 3% YEAR-ON-
YEAR TO EUR 2.59 PER KG 
(2020: EUR 2.52 PER KG).

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

32

Financial and Operational Review

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

REVENUE OF

US$ 2,372 

MILLION 

an increase of 24% year-on-year 
(2020: US$ 1,911 million) mainly driven by an 
increase in the sale of meat. 

EXPORT REVENUE OF

US$ 1,265 

MILLION

53% of total revenue 
(2020: US$ 1,016 million, 53% of total 
revenue), up 25% year-on-year.

OPERATING PROFIT OF

ADJUSTED EBITDA2 OF

US$ 506 

MILLION

 up 152% year-on-year from 
US$ 201 million; operating margin 
increased from 11% to 21%.

US$ 648 

MILLION 

up 91% year-on-year from 
 US$ 340 million driven mainly by strong result 
in the Grain Growing Segment.

NET PROFIT OF

US$ 393 

MILLION

ADJUSTED EBITDA2 MARGIN
GREW TO 

27%

(2020: US$ 133 million of net loss)

(2020: 18%)

(IN MLN. US$, 
UNLESS INDICATED 
OTHERWISE)

2021

2020

% CHANGE1

REVENUE

2,372

1,911

IAS 41 standard gains/
(losses)

GROSS PROFIT

Gross profit margin

OPERATING PROFIT/
(LOSS)

Operating profit margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA (net 
of IFRS 16)

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin (net of IFRS 16)

Net profit/(loss) before 
foreign exchange 
differences

Net profit/(loss) margin 
before forex gain/(loss)

Foreign  exchange  gain/
(loss)

Net profit/(loss)

Net profit/(loss) margin

 185

745

31%

506

21%

709

30%

648

27%

353

15%

40

393

17%

31

398

21%

201

11%

395

21%

340

18%

71

4%

(204)

-133

-7%

24%

497%

87%

10 pps

152%

10 pps

79%

9 pps

91%

9 pps

397%

11 pps

120%

395%

24 pps

1  pps – percentage points
2 Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)
Average official FX rate for 12 months: UAH/US$ 27.2835 in 2021 and UAH/US$ 26.9639 
in 2020.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

33

Financial and Operational Review

SEGMENT 
PERFORMANCE 

POULTRY AND RELATED OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT

2021

2020

% CHANGE

POULTRY

Sales volume, third parties tonnes

Domestic sales volume, third parties tonnes

704,010

288,831

699,926

324,285

Export sales volume, third parties tonnes

402,388

373,734

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, USD

Average price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH (Ukraine)

Average price per 1 kg net of VAT, USD (Ukraine)

Average price per 1 kg net of VAT, US$ (export)

1.67

45.37

1.66

1.67

1.34

34.54

1.28

1.40

1%

-11%

8%

25%

31%

30%

19%

Culinary products sales, tonnes

12,791  

 1,909  

570%

SUNFLOWER OIL

Sales volume, third parties tonnes

207,240

330,823

-37%

SOYBEAN OIL

Sales volume, third parties tonnes

45,209 

40,904 

11%

CHICKEN MEAT 

The  aggregate  volume  of  chicken  meat 
sold  to  third  parties  remained  relatively 
stable during 2021. 

Through  2021  the  average  export 
chicken  meat  price  increased  by  19%  to 
US$ 1.67 compared to 2020, mainly driven 
by  strong  prices  on  breast  and  fillet  in 
Europe, and quarters and small chicken in 
the MENA region. 

The average poultry price on the domestic 
market  increased  by  30%  year-on-year, 
mainly  driven  by  a  substantial  poultry 
production  cost  increase  since  Q4  2020 
and a substantial utilities (mainly gas) price 
increases since the end of Q3 2021 as well 
as  strong  and  upward  price  trends  for  all 
proteins  during the period in the  country. 
An additional factor in the increase in price 

was the low poultry price through 2020 as 
a result of impact of the COVID-19. 

VEGETABLE OIL

During  2021  MHP’s  sales  of  sunflower  oil 
decreased  by  37%  compared  to  2020  to 
207,240 tonnes, mainly driven by reduced  
production of oil as a result of a decreased 
share of sunflower cake in fodder (due to a 
change in recipe).

Sales  of  soybean  oil  increased  by  11% 
during 2021 to 45,209 tonnes, mainly as a 
result of an increased share of soya cake 
in the fodder recipe (in partial substitution 
for sunflower cake), which also resulted in 
decreased sales of soybean cake to third 
parties.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

34

Financial and Operational Review

POULTRY AND RELATED OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
 INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

2021

2020

% CHANGE1

REVENUE

Poultry and other

Vegetable oil

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

GROSS PROFIT

Gross margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA per 1 kg (net of IAS 41)

1,607

1,224

383

 14

 285

18%

267

17%

0.36

1,298

1,022

276

(17)

191

15%

194

15%

0.30

24%

20%

39%

182%

49%

3 pps

38%

2 pps

20%

DURING 2021 THE SEGMENT’S 
REVENUE INCREASED BY

24%YEAR-ON-YEAR

During 2021 the segment’s revenue increased by 24% year-on-year driven mostly by an increased 
price of chicken meat. 

The  IAS  41  standard  gain/(loss)  reflects  the  net  change  in  fair  value  of  biological  assets  and 
agricultural produce. The IAS 41 standard gain during 2021 amounted to US$ 14 million mainly as 
a result of an increased in the poultry prices. 

The gross profit of the segment for 2021 increased by 49% year-on-year driven mainly by higher 
prices of chicken meat. During 2021, adjusted EBITDA increased by 38% in line with the increase 
in gross profit.

1  pps – percentage points

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

35

Financial and Operational Review

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT

In  2021  MHP  harvested  351,440  hectares  of  land  in  Ukraine  and  gathered  around  2.60 
million tonnes of crops, 52% more than in 2020 mainly due to favourable weather conditions 
together with the positive effects of modern technology and machinery applied during the 
cultivation of land. MHP’s average yields for all crops remain well above the average for 
Ukraine due to operational efficiency and the employment of best practice. 

HARVEST RESULTS 

2021

2020

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

REVENUE

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

GROSS PROFIT

Adjusted EBITDA

PRODUCTION 
VOLUME
 in tonnes

CROPPED 
LAND
in hectares

PRODUCTION 
VOLUME
 in tonnes

CROPPED 
LAND
in hectares

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) per 1 hectare

2021

2020

% CHANGE

188

169

336

397

338

962

134

46

94

150

97

272

40%

267%

257%

165%

248%

254%

Sunflower

279,822

Corn

Wheat

Rapeseed

Soya

Other1

TOTAL

1,624,173

163,295

216,007

71,055

57,208

36,773

88,256

21,522

22,879

864,537

208,143

261,886

80,708

43,192

348,590

18,715  

248,476

2,596,855

 351,440  

1,706,942

155,094

40,827

93,713

30,857

19,118

16,437  

356,046

Grain Growing Segment’s revenue for 2021 amounted to US$ 188 million compared to US$ 134 million in 2020. 
The increase was mainly attributable to the higher volumes of crops sold in 2021 as a result of the stronger 
harvest in 2021 compared to 2020 together with an increase in grain prices. 

The IAS 41 standard gain for 2021 amounted to US$ 169 million. The gain was primarily driven by higher amount 
of crops in stock designated for sale as of 31 December 2021, compared to 31 December 2020, mainly as a 
result of the higher yields in 2021.

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) of the Segment in 2021 increased by 248% year-on-year, reflecting the increase 
in grain prices as well as the stronger harvest in 2021 compared to 2020.

2021

2020

MHP’S
AVERAGE2

UKRAINE’S 
AVERAGE3

MHP’S
AVERAGE2

UKRAINE’S 
AVERAGE3

Tonnes per hectare

Tonnes per hectare

Corn

Wheat

Sunflower

Rapeseed

Soya

10.0

5.9

3.2

3.3

2.5

8.0

4.6

2.5

3.0

2.7

5.6

5.1

2.8

2.6

2.3

5.4

3.7

2.0

2.2

2.0

1  Including barley, rye, sugar beet, sorghum and other and excluding land left fallow as part of crop rotation.
2 Only land of the Grain Growing Segment.
3 MHP yields are net weight, Ukraine yields are bunker weight.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

36

Financial and Operational Review

OPERATIONAL RESULTS

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

MEAT PROCESSING AND OTHER 
AGRICULTURAL SEGMENT

MEAT PROCESSING 
PRODUCTS

2021

2020

% CHANGE

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
 INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

2021

2020

% CHANGE1

Sales volume, third parties (tonnes)

33,954

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH

82.20

32,626

70.78

4%

16%

In 2021 sales of processed meat products increased by 4% to 33,954 tonnes. The average 
price of processed meat increased by 16% year-on-year to UAH 82.20 per kg in 2021, driven 
mainly by an increase in raw material prices (poultry meat).

CONVENIENCE FOOD

2021

2020

% CHANGE

Sales volume, third parties (tonnes)

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH

18,857

48.62

19,905

39.94

-5%

22%

REVENUE

Meat processing

Other*

IAS 41 standard loss

GROSS PROFIT

Gross margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

176

143

33

(1)

17

10%

11

6%

144

114

30

-

19

13%

20

14%

22%

25%

10%

100%

-11%

-3 pps

-45%

-8 pps

Segment revenue in 2021 increased by 22% year-on-year to US$ 176 million, mainly due to a decrease in the 
volume of meat processing products as well as an increase in price. 

Sales volumes of convenience food in 2021 decreased by 5% to 18,857 tonnes. The average 
price in 2021 increased by 22% to 48.62 UAH per kg (excluding VAT).

The IAS 41 standard loss was mainly driven by milk operations due to increased costs.

The Segment’s Adjusted EBITDA in 2021 decreased to US$ 11 million driven mainly by an increase in cost.

1  pps – percentage points

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

37

Financial and Operational Review

OPERATIONAL RESULTS

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

EUROPEAN OPERATING 
SEGMENT (PP)

2021

2020

% CHANGE

POULTRY

Sales volume, third parties, tonnes

 72,841

63,007

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, EUR

2.59

2.52

16%

3%

In 2021 sales increased by 16% to 72,841 tonnes with the average price up 3% to EUR 2.59.

2021

2020

% CHANGE

MEAT PROCESSING PRODUCTS1

Sales volume, third parties, tonnes

40,366

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, EUR

 2.78

38,771

2.72

4%

2%

In 2021 sales increased by 4% to 40,366 tonnes with the average price up 2% to EUR 2.78.

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
 INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

REVENUE

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

GROSS PROFIT

Gross margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

ADJUSTED EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

Adjusted EBITDA margin (net of IFRS 16)

2021

2020

% CHANGE2

401

3

 106 

26%

 66

16%

63

16%

335 

1

93

28%

55

16%

53

16%

20%

200%

14%

-2 pps

20%

0 pps

19%

0 pps

The European Operating Segment’s revenue in 2021 increased by 20% to US$ 401 million, mainly as a result 
of increased poultry sales volume and prices. Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) increased by 19% to US$ 63 
million, mainly due to higher operational efficiencies, which allowed to offset growing cost of raw materials, 
positive impact from appreciation of the EUR against US Dollar as well as one-off effects related to insurance 
and some change in accounting treatment from past events. Adjusted EBITDA margin (net of IFRS 16) was 
unchanged at 16% in 2021.

1    includes sausages and convenience foods
2  pps – percentage points

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

38

Financial and Operational Review

CURRENT GROUP FINANCIAL POSITION AND CASH FLOW

DEBT STRUCTURE AND LIQUIDITY

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
 INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

Cash from operations

Change in working capital

Net cash from operating activities

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries

CAPEX 1

Cash used in financing activities 

Dividends 

TOTAL FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES

TOTAL CHANGE IN CASH 2

Cash  flow  from  operations  before  changes 
in  working  capital  in  2021  increased  to 
US$ 370 million (2020: US$ 225 million). 

The  increase  in  working  capital  during  2021 
compared to 2020 is mostly related to higher 
investments in the stock of corn designated for 
internal  use,  mainly  following  higher  yields  in 
2021 as well as higher investment in sunflower 
seeds and increased grain prices. 

2021

2020

(IN MLN. US$, UNLESS
 INDICATED OTHERWISE) 

31 
DECEMBER 
2021

31 
SEPTEMBER 
2021

31 
DECEMBER 
2020

370

(245)

125

(100)

(2)

(143)

106

(71)

35

60

225

(154)

71

(129)

-

(79)

(21)

(31)

(52)

(110)

During 2021 total CAPEX amounted to US$ 143 
million, mainly related to expansion of Perutnina 
Ptuj  production  facilities  and  modernization 
and  cost  optimisation  projects  as  well  as  the 
development of new culinary products.

TOTAL DEBT 3

LT Debt 3

ST Debt 3

Trade credit facilities 4

Cash and cash equivalents

NET DEBT 3

LTM ADJUSTED EBITDA 3

Net Debt / LTM Adjusted EBITDA3

 1,505

1,489

 126

(110)

(275)

1,229

648

1.90

 1,451

 1,431

 20

 -

(287)

1,164

 558

2.09

 1,462

1,453

36

(27)

(218)

 1,244

 340

3.66

As  of  31  December  2021,  the  share  of  long-
term debt in total outstanding debt is 99%. The 
weighted average interest rate was below 7%.

As of 31 December 2021, MHP’s cash and cash 
equivalents amounted to US$ 275 million. 

Net  debt  decreased  to  US$  1,229  million, 
compared  to  US$  1,244  million  as  of 
31 December 2020. 

The  Net  Debt  /  LTM  Adjusted  EBITDA  (net  of 
IFRS 16) ratio declined from 3.66 at 31 December 

2020  to  1.90  as  of  31  December  2021,  well 
below the defined limit of 3.0 to 1. As a hedge 
for  currency  risks,  revenue  from  the  exports 
of grain, sunflower and soybean oil, sunflower 
husks, and chicken meat which are denominated 
in  US  Dollars  and  Euros,  are  more  than 
sufficient  to  cover  debt  service  requirements. 
Export  revenue  for  2021  amounted  to 
US$  1,265  million  or  53%  of  total  revenue 
(US$  1,016  million  or  53%  of  total  revenue  for 
2020).

1  Calculated as cash used for purchases of property, plant and equipment plus cash used for purchases of 
other non-current assets.
2  Calculated as Net Cash from operating activities plus Cash used in investing activities plus Total financial 
activities.

3  Net of IFRS 16 adjustments: as if any lease that would have been treated as an operating lease under IAS 
17 as was in effect before 1 January 2019, is treated as an operating lease for purposes of this calculation. 
In accordance with covenants in MHP’s bond and loan agreements, these data exclude the effects of IFRS 
16 on accounting for operating leases.
4   Indebtedness under trade credit facilities that is required to be repaid within 12 months of drawdown 

should be excluded for purposes of this calculation.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

39

Financial and Operational Review

DIVIDENDS 

Taking  into  account  the  current  uncertainties 
following  the  Russian  invasion  of  Ukraine, 
and  the  resulting  need  to  preserve  liquidity 
to  support  the  Company’s  ongoing  business 
operations  and  to  help  sustain  national  food 
security, the Board of MHP SE has decided that 
no final dividend will be paid.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On  21  March  2022,  MHP  issued  a  Consent 
Solicitation Memorandum seeking the consent 
of bondholders to defer by 270 days payment of 
the coupons of its three outstanding Eurobonds 
(2024, 2026 and 2029) which were due to be 
paid  in  March-May  2022.  On  31  March  2022, 

the  Company  announced  the  results  Consent 
Solicitation  which  was  completed  ahead  of 
schedule  following  receipt  of  approval  from  a 
substantional majority of holders of each of its 
Eurobonds.

OUTLOOK

Until  the  Russian  invasion  commenced  on  the 
24th February, 2022 had started well for MHP, 
with production going to plan and strong global 
prices for poultry and agricultural commodities.

Since 24 February, MHP and its entire Ukrainian 
workforce  have  responded  to  the  dramatic 
changes  in  circumstances  with  alacrity  and 
considerable  success  to  date  in  maintaining 
production and sales, albeit at reduced levels.  

In  spite  of  considerable  ongoing  logistics 
challenges,  poultry  production  has  already 
recovered  to  about  85%  of  normal  capacity 
and in the second half of the year, we hope to 
harvest  grain  crops  from  the  90%  of  our  land 
where sowing is now in progress, with excellent 
early  growing  conditions.  We  expect  shortly 
to  recommence  production  and  export  of 
vegetable oils and if current logistics trials are 
successful,  to  at  least  partially  restore  poultry 
exports. 

Due  to  global  shortages,  which  are  expected 
to  continue  into  2023,  prices  of  both  poultry 
and grain are expected to remain at high levels 
at least for the rest of 2022, although for MHP 
the positive effect of higher prices will be partly 
offset  by  strong  cost  inflation,  for  example  in 

utilities,  energy  and  essential  commodities,  in 
addition to more costly logistics solutions.

With  the  recent  strong  support  of  holders  of 
our  Eurobonds  and  our  bankers,  the  Group 
is  currently  adequately  funded  to  maintain 
operations and business continuity.

There  remains  extreme  uncertainty  about  how 
the war in Ukraine will progress and the effects 
this  could  have  on  MHP’s  operations  over  the 
coming months.  As a result and in spite of the 
Group’s success in maintaining operations thus 
far,  at  this  stage  it  is  not  possible  to  provide 
guidance as to how the year may turn out. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

40

Measures of Financial Performance

MEASURES OF 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

MHP HAS INCLUDED CERTAIN MEASURES IN THIS REPORT THAT ARE NOT MEASURES OF 
PERFORMANCE UNDER IFRS, INCLUDING EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, TAXATION, 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION (“EBITDA”) AND LAST TWELVE MONTHS’ EBITDA 
(“LTM EBITDA”) BOTH AT A CONSOLIDATED AND AT A SEGMENT LEVEL.

Adjusted EBITDA, LTM Adjusted EBITDA and 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA are presented in this 
Report because the Directors consider them to 
be  important  supplemental  measures  of  the 
Group’s financial performance. Additionally, the 
Directors believe these measures are frequently 
used by investors, analysts and stakeholders 
to  evaluate  the  efficiency  of  the  Group’s 
operations and its ability to employ its earnings 
for the repayment of debt, capital expenditure 
and working capital requirements. MHP defines 
Adjusted EBITDA as profit for the year before 
income  tax  expense,  finance  costs,  finance 
income, depreciation and amortisation expense, 
impairment of property, plant and equipment, 
net foreign exchange gain/loss, and net other 
expenses.  Depreciation  and  amortisation 
expenses are components of both cost of sales 
and selling, general and administrative expenses 
in the consolidated financial statements. 

The  introduction  of  IFRS  16  on  Leases  from 
January  2019  has  caused  adjustments  to 
the financial statements. MHP has chosen to 
present Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 and 2021 
both before and after adjustment for IFRS 16. 

LTM Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) is defined 
as  Adjusted  EBITDA  (net  of  IFRS  16)  for  the 
prior  12  consecutive  months  ending  on  such 
date of measurement; LTM Adjusted EBITDA 
is сalculated as if acquisitions of subsidiaries 
had  occurred  on  the  first  day  of  the  prior  12 
consecutive  months  ending  on  such  date  of 
measurement.

LTM Adjusted EBITDA excludes the effects of 
IFRS  16  on  accounting  for  operating  leases. 
Adjusted  EBITDA  is  derived  by  adjusting 
EBITDA (as defined above) for losses/gains on 
impairment/reversal of impairment of property, 
plant and equipment, net losses on disposals 
of subsidiaries, other expenses, net and foreign 
exchange (loss)/gain. The Group believes that 
this measure is more useful in evaluating the 
financial performance of the Company and its 
subsidiaries than traditional EBITDA due to the 
exclusion of items that Management considers 
not  to  be  representative  of  the  underlying 
operations of the Group. 

The  Group’s  Segment  measure  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  is  defined 
as “Segment result” and represents operating 

profit by Segment before unallocated corporate 
expense, being the Segment measure reported 
to  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  for 
the  purposes  of  resource  allocation  and 
assessment of Segment performance. Within 
the Management Report, the reported Segment 
result is adjusted for the amount of depreciation 
and  amortisation  per  Segment  in  order  to 
present “Segment Adjusted EBITDA” to external 
users, which MHP feels is a more commonly-
used external metric familiar to investors. 

Net debt is defined as bank borrowings, bonds 
issued and lease obligations less cash and cash 
equivalents. Net Debt (net of IFRS 16) is defined 
as Net debt less the effects of lease liabilities 
recognised under IFRS 16. The Group believes 
that net debt is commonly used by securities 
analysts, investors and other interested parties 
in the evaluation of a company’s leverage. 

In MHP’s bond and loan agreement covenants 
the definitions Adjusted EBITDA, LTM Adjusted 
EBITDA and Net debt exclude the effects of IFRS 
16 on accounting for operating leases. They are 
calculated as if any lease that would have been 
treated as an operating lease under IAS 17 (as 

was in effect before 1 January 2019), is treated 
as an operating lease.

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  not  a  measure  of  MHP’s 
operating performance under IFRS and should 
not  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  profit 
for the year, operating profit, Segment result 
or  any  other  performance  measures  derived 
in  accordance  with  IFRS  or  as  an  alternative 
to cash flow from operating activities or as a 
measure  of  MHP’s  liquidity.  Such  measures 
presented  in  this  Annual  Report  may  not  be 
comparable  to  similarly  titled  measures  of 
performance presented by other companies, 
and should not be considered as substitutes for 
the information contained in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

41

Measures of Financial Performance

RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA

RECONCILIATION OF NET DEBT

US$ THOUSAND

Profit for the year from continuing 
operations

Income tax

Finance cost

Finance income

Depreciation  and  amortizattion 
expense

EBITDA

Loss  on  impairment  of  property, 
plant and equipment

Other expenses

Forex exchange gain

ADJUSTED EBITDA

ADJUSTED EBITDA
(net of IFRS 16)

2021

396,795

6,914

150,424

-10,531

192,858

736,460

10,607

2,867

-40,466

709,468

647,814

2020

-131,575

-5,132

144,257

-13,584

192,103

186,069

1,730

3,491

203,664

394,954

340,282

Сalculation of net debt was aligned with definitions used for the purpose of assessment of compliance with debt 
covenants provided in the respective loan agreements. Thus, the accrued interest which has been included previously 
as part of the carrying amount of bank borrowings, bonds issued and finance lease obligations has been excluded 
from the amount of total debt.

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, net debt was as follows:

US$ THOUSAND

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease obligations

Total debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Effect of IFRS 16

Trade credit facilities

Net debt (net of IFRS 16)

2021

225,062

1,376,820

281,250

1,883,132

-275,237

1,607,895

-268,919

-110,086

1,228,890

2020

104,396

1,370,999

198,499

1,673,894

-217,579

1,456,315

-184,795

-27,138

1,244,382

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

42

Measures of Financial Performance

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

Segment results represent operating profit, as adjusted for unallocated corporate expenses, which is reconciled to Segment Adjusted EBITDA before unallocated expenses by adding back Segment depreciation as 
illustrated in the following table:

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

GRAIN
GROWING
SEGMENT

MEAT-PROCESSING & 
OTHER AGRICULTURAL
OPERATIONS SEGMENT

EUROPEAN OPERATING
SEGMENT

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

US$ THOUSAND

External sales

Sales between business 
segments

Total revenue

SEGMENT RESULTS

Depreciation and 
amortisation

Segment adjusted EBITDA 
before unallocated 
expenses

Unallocated expenses

Unallocated depreciation 
and amortisation

ADJUSTED EBITDA

POULTRY &
RELATED
OPERATIONS
SEGMENT

1,607,067

67,752

1,674,819

170,424

96,482

188,344

312,277

500,621

325,812

71 377

266,906

397,189

-

-

-

-

-

-

176,264

522

176,786

4,339

6,245

10,584

-

-

-

400,587

-

400,587

48,136

17,436

65,572

-

-

-

-

2,372,262

-380,551

-380,551

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,372,262

548,711

191,540

740,251

-32,101

1,318

709,468

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

43

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISKS 
AND UNCERTAINTIES

The environment and markets in which we operate are dynamic and subject to constant change. We must be able to respond to these changes, taking 
appropriate levels of risk to protect our market position and to capitalise on opportunities. A failure to manage these changes and risks could have an 
adverse impact on our business and on the achievement of our strategic goals and financial performance. We have integrated our risk management 
processes into our strategy and embedded them throughout the Company, thereby aligning risk management, strategy and performance across all entities, 
departments and functions. This enables us to make better business decisions.

RISK OVERSIGHT 

The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and control systems through regular updates from Management, 
reviews of the key findings of the external and internal auditors, and an annual review of the risk management process and risk matrix. Results are reported 
regularly to the Board, which has overall responsibility for risk management. The Internal Audit function provides objective assurance to the Management 
team and to the Audit & Risk Committee on the effectiveness of risk management and helps Management to continuously improve its risk management 
framework and processes. The Company’s approach to the identification and assessment of risks, and the response to risks, is based on best business 
practices and international COSO Enterprise Risk Management standards.

  ENCOURAGING THE 
IDENTIFICATION OF 
RISKS 

MANAGERS ENCOURAGE 
OPEN COMMUNICATION 
AND PROMOTE AND 
SUPPORT DISCLOSURE 
AND RISK MANAGEMENT 
DISCUSSIONS

EMBEDDING RISK 
MANAGEMENT 
WITHIN EVERY ROLE 
AND FUNCTION

EVERY EMPLOYEE SHARES 
THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR 
MANAGING RISK

CONTINUOUS 
IDENTIFICATION AND 
ASSESSMENT OF RISKS

PROCESS OWNERS 
REGULARLY LOOK FOR 
NEW OPERATIONAL RISKS, 
REASSESS THE STATUS 
OF KNOWN RISKS, AND 
RE-EVALUATE OR UPDATE 
PLANS TO PREVENT OR 
RESPOND TO PROBLEMS 
ASSOCIATED WITH THESE 
RISKS

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

To understand our risk profile and align it with our 
objectives  and  decision-making  processes,  we 
operate a global risk framework based upon the 
recommendations  in  the  COSO  (the  Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organisations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission)  Enterprise  RIsk  Management 
Framework. The COSO Framework defines how to 
identify, classify, assess and manage the risks that 
MHP faces in order to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  achievement  of  the  Company`s 
strategy  and  objectives.  The  implementation 
and  functioning  of  our  Risk  Management  Policy  
is  supported  by  training  programmes  for 
management and employees.

1

IDENTIFY 
RISK

2 MEASURE 

POTENTIAL IMPACT

3 MANAGE  RISK

4 MONITOR RISK

5 COMMUNICATION  

AND REPORTING

  THESE FIVE STEPS ENABLE CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND 
IMPROVEMENT OF THE RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

44

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

THE PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THE GROUP IS FACING 
ARE SET OUT IN THE TABLE BELOW1

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

Most of those threats cannot be be influenced by MHP. However, we have designed response plans for minimising, where feasible, the potential impact of such risks. 

In particular: 

•   we have ensured that there is no concentration of critical employees in one location, with back-up of critical functions organised 
•  employees trained on how they should behave and protect themselves in the war period 
•   employee motivation schemes changed to recognise and reward employees who ensure continuity of production and logistics 
•  our premises are equipped with fire alarm and security systems 
•  detailed contingency plans designed to respond to cyber attack and unavailability of IT systems 
•  supply chains adapted to the new constraints and actions taken to ensure adequate stocks of all critical resources  
•  sufficient credit lines were in place before the invasion to cover liquidity risks 
•  exports are being relaunched through Europe following the blockage of Ukrainian ports since the beginning of the war
•  actions taken to preserve liquidity so that the Group can continue to meet its obligations are described in Note 4

PRINCIPAL RISK

WAR RISKS

Since the Russian invasion on 24 
February 2022 and subsequent 
large-scale war in Ukraine, MHP has 
been facing significant uncertainties 
including the risk of further military 
action. 

Specific risk factors include:  

•  Destruction of fixed assets 
•   Loss of access to leased land, 

offices and production facilities in 
the occupied territories 

•   Loss of storage facilities and 

stocks of produced goods and 
inventories 

•   Absence or loss of employees 

resulting in disruption of business 
processes  

•   Disruption of logistics routes in 

Ukraine 

•   Inability to conduct export 

activities 

•   Potential cyber attack, loss of 

data and disruption of business 
processes 

•   Temporary unavailability of 

banking services (processing of 
payment transactions)  

•  Inability to attract new loans
•   A large combination of the above 
factors could impair the Group’s 
ability to service its debt

1  As of the date of the 2021 Annual Results release, 05 May 2022

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

45

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

BUSINESS RISKS

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

Fluctuations in prices for grains 
and related products required for 
production input 

`MHP drives cost efficiency across all its businesses, supported by its vertically-integrated business model. MHP’s grain growing operations produce internally 100% of the 
corn required for poultry feed production. The Company adopts innovative approaches for improving feed recipes and the structure of feed so as to optimise cost and 
increase the conversion ratio at the same time.

Fluctuations in demand for and market 
prices of chicken meat

Demand for chicken in Ukraine is expected to remain strong and to have further growth potential as beef and pork are mostly produced by households and small farms 
and are far more expensive to produce and purchase than chicken. Chicken meat is the most affordable kind of meat from both a price and diet perspective. MHP products 
are available for purchase through different sales channels at all times and the Company offers competitive trade terms to its customers. MHP’s domestic strategy and in 
particular its focus on higher value-add products are drivers for increasing the Company’s profitability from chicken meat sales in Ukraine. 

As far as possible, in international markets, MHP continues to execute upon its strategy of geographic diversification of exports combined with product mix optimisation and 
a focus on customised products for new potential markets.

Failure to implement growth strategy 
and expansion into export markets

MHP has in place a long-term strategy for the Group’s expansion into diversified export markets. Although there are varying levels of uncertainty regarding MHP’s export 
markets, MHP’s share of its key poultry markets remains relatively low (less than 10%) allowing MHP to redistribute volumes between markets without disruption and to grow 
its presence gradually; this will be partly through growth in population and consumption per capita and partly through offering better service and quality to our customers. 

To reduce the impact of any disruptions to trade flows in future, MHP intends to continue to execute its strategy of geographic diversification.

To ensure the well-being of livestock at MHP’s facilities, the Company has implemented high biosecurity standards and systems supplemented by a set of preventive 
veterinary-sanitary and hygiene measures, including: 

 Ongoing monitoring of Avian Influenza cases worldwide followed by rigorous assessment of MHP’s existing biosecurity systems based on identifying the causes of  those 
cases;

Outbreaks of Avian Influenza and other 
livestock diseases

 Geographic separation of poultry-rearing facilities with a significant distance between each facility; 

 Where any infected areas are identified, immediate actions are taken to limit the access of all visitors to MHP facilities; 

 Constant monitoring of poultry conditions, including analysis of indicators of  poultry well-being and health and investigation of the quality of raw materials (litter, food, 
water) and products (poultry carcasses); and

Monitoring compliance with biosafety rules.

MHP is also assisting all other poultry producers (mainly egg layers) in the Vinnytsia region to strengthen their own biosecurity.

Moratorium on the sale of agricultural 
land in Ukraine

MHP  supports  the  opening  of  the  land  market  and  free  competition  in  this  area.  The  Group  estimates  the  risk  level  to  be  stable,  due  to  MHP’s  long-term  land  lease 
agreements, and continuous monitoring of the situation in the regions in which the Group operates. It is expected to have no significant impact on its land portfolio or 
business model.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

46

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

Occurrence of a significant health and 
safety incident

MHP maintains robust environmental and health and safety policies, management systems and procedures in line with best practice and legal requirements. These are 
regularly reviewed and updated, and employees participate in frequent training and development activities.

Occurrence of a material product 
quality or product safety incident

MHP prioritises product safety and quality in line with international best practice and applicable regulations. It maintains robust quality and safety management systems 
and has an excellent track record in this area.

Fluctuations in commodity prices such 
as gas, fuel and energy

MHP tightly monitors and controls its gas, fuel and energy costs. Energy price risks are mitigated by a priority focus on developing renewable sources of energy and a 
continued increase in the use of co-generation and alternative energy technology. The processing of sunflowers results in the production of large volumes of husks that 
are burned to generate steam heat for fodder complexes.

Unfavourable weather conditions

MHP’s management team constantly uses modern technology and implements improvements year-on-year to minimize the impact of extreme weather change.

Lack of highly-qualified staff at 
strategic level and production 
enterprises

MHP works to maintain positive relationships with employees and strives to build upon its reputation as a high-quality, responsible employer of choice. As part of this, MHP 
provides a number of programmes designed to enrich its employees and the broader community including:

•  education and professional programmes for the younger generation; 
•   “Personnel Reserve” and “New Horizon” training programmes for prospective and high-performing employees respectively;
•   a strategic action plan to build and support schools in regions where its facilities operate; and 
•   development of a digitalisation strategy that is in the process of implementation and focusses on automating business processes and decision making (including artificial 

intelligence).

Outdated equipment and technology

A  digital  transformation  strategy,  including  the  implementation  of  ERP,  is  in  place  across  all  entities  within  the  Group  focussing  on  the  upgrades,  optimisation  and 
automation of key business processes. Experienced and competent internal project managers and subcontractors are in place to direct the successful implementation of 
the digitalisation strategy.

MHP has consistently invested in technology for the automation of business processes and improvement in productivity.

Inefficient procurement and an 
increase in production costs

MHP strives to continually improve its procurement procedures and production processes. The procurement of strategic items is centralised with a high level of regulation 
and control. KPIs are set and are closely monitored with a view to decreasing the costs of production.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

47

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

Global climate change

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

MHP aims to conduct all of its activities in an environmentally-responsible manner and to meet the global challenge presented to everyone by climate change.

MHP achieves this by:

•  reducing its the total energy consumption year-on-year;
•  planting tree saplings together with communities;
•   replacing fossil fuels with renewable energy (biogas, solar energy, straw, sunflower husk);
•   growing rapeseed and maize for biofuel production, which are exported under ISCC contracts https://www.iscc-system.org after the relevant Certification Audits;
•   calculating greenhouse gas emissions annually.

A key tenet of the Company’s Sustainable Environmental Policy is to become carbon neutral by 2030. In 2021, MHP began partnering with independent third party Alltech 
ECO2 which will audit ongoing greenhouse gas emissions and advise on potential opportunities to reduce greenhouse gas emissions further. There is also a target to 
achieve carbon accreditation with the Carbon Trust.

To ensure rational water consumption:

•   all water wells and shafts are certified and equipped with water meters, which are regularly checked;
•   the first zone of the Sanitary Protection zone for each underground water supply source is calculated in accordance with the legislation and enclosed by a fence;
•   for each enterprise of the Group the calculation of normative water consumption with definition of monthly limits of water consumption is made;
•   for each enterprise of the Group a register of wells and mine wells for water is created, which is updated annually;
•   for each of the sources of water intake, the limits set by the state are strictly observed. 

Irrational water use

To prevent pollution of surface waters and groundwater aquifers, there is the following list of measures:

•   laboratory quality control of wastewater treatment at biological treatment facilities is performed at each stage, according to the Sampling Schedules developed at the 

enterprises;

•   places of storage of waste and oil products are equipped in such a way as to exclude pollution of ground waters;
•   waterproofing of all places for temporary storage of sewage is executed; and
•   due to the reduction of water consumption per bird, the amount of wastewater itself decreases.

MHP plans to replace those meters that have been in use far more than 10 years.

Deforestation and conversion of high-
carbon lands into agricultural land, 
including drainage of peat bogs

MHP guarantees the absence of deforestation and the conversion of high-carbon lands to agricultural land through the following:

•   the MHP land bank consists exclusively of lands on which there has been no conversion or deforestation;
•  each field has its own agrochemical passport, which allows you to trace its history;
•   each field was tested for deforestation and land conversion using the online tool Global Risk Assessment Services gras-system.org 
•   MHP Group companies undergo annual field inspections for deforestation and land conversion during the lnternational Sustainability and Carbon Certification Certification 

Audit www.iscc-system.org 

•   MHP does not import soybeans, which guarantees that no deforestation has been carried out for its cultivation.
•   In 2021, MHP stipulated in any soybean procurement contracts a separate clause requiring the supplier to report the region of origin of soybeans and to confirm that they 

have been grown on land that has not been deforested or converted. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

48

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

Deforestation and conversion of 
high-carbon lands into agricultural 
land, including drainage of peat bogs 
(continued)

FINANCE RISKS

 MHP’s Corporate Sustainable Environmental Policy sets a number of objectives to contribute to sustainable development of the country at all locations, where the Company 
has got its operations, such as: 

•   contribute to the overall fight against climate change, including striving to become a carbon neutral company by 2030;
•  integrate sustainability considerations into all business decisions;
•   ensure sustainability in procurement of goods and services with an emphasis on supplier diversity and environmental attributes; and
•  comply with applicable environmental legislation and sustainability commitments and others.

Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates

The majority of MHP’s borrowings are denominated in US$. The resulting exposure is effectively hedged by the generation of around 53% of total revenue in US$ in 2021 
from the export of sunflower and soybean oils, chicken meat and grain. The hard currency revenue generated is more than sufficient for MHP to continue to service all 
dollar-denominated loans and payments.

Fluctuations in interest rates

The majority of MHP’s debt portfolio is at fixed interest rates. MHP’s debt portfolio has an 99% / 1% share of fixed/floating interest rates. The majority of the Company’s debt 
is in the form of Eurobonds issued at fixed interest rates. Bank borrowings are mostly from foreign banks or Ukrainian subsidiaries of international banks at rates lower 
than those available from Ukrainian banks.

MHP monitors its interest rate exposure and analyses the potential impact of interest rate movements on its net interest expenses.

Credit risk

Liquidity risk

MHP has a diversified pool of customers. The amount of credit allowed to any one customer or group of customers is strictly controlled. Credit offered to major groups 
of customers, including supermarkets and franchisees is, on average, between 5 and 21 days. To hedge this risk, MHP procedures require verification of counterparties’ 
solvency prior to the signing of an agreement. Policies and operating guidelines include limits in respect of counterparties to ensure that there is no significant concentration 
of credit risk. 

Credit risks are managed by security provisions included in agreements with customers. At foreign subsidiaries of MHP, an insurance company is involved to approve the 
credit limit and to insure against risk of non-payment.

MHP maintains efficient budgeting and cash management processes to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet its business requirements. MHP adopts a flexible 
CAPEX programme enabling capital projects to be deferred if necessary. MHP holds cash balances in hard currency on correspondent accounts and maintains an adequate 
level of undrawn credit lines.

Inefficient investments

MHP  has  developed  and  implemented  procedures  to  ensure  due  process  in  this  area.  The  Evaluation  of  Investment  Projects  procedure  requires  that  the  Investment 
Committee approves investment projects. All of the Company’s investment projects are documented with a formal investment appraisal report and financial model which 
are jointly approved by the Investment Committee. All major investment decisions require approval by the Board.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

49

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

STAKEHOLDER RELATIONS RISKS

MHP  is  in  regular  dialogue  with  its  local  communities  and  other  stakeholders  in  the  regions  in  which  it  operates.  The  Company  aims  to  conduct  these  relationships 
sensitively and with mutual respect.  It also prioritises the human rights of its local communities. MHP has designed and implemented stakeholder relations programmes in 
line with good international practice. This activity includes regular meetings with local community representatives, roadshows to enable local people to meet the Company 
and  the  design  and  maintenance  of  a  variety  of  communication  channels.    MHP  also  supports,  designs  and  conducts  a  number  of  projects  in  conjunction  with  local 
authorities and local communities that aim to improve local standards of living and infrastructure. 

Local communities and NGOs

 MHP continued to develop its local stakeholder relations in 2021 following the successful implementation of a range of Corporate Responsibility projects including:

•   The roll-out of educational programmes at all levels, from kindergarten to adult-learning;
•   The development and encouragement of local entrepreneurship through new projects and programmes. Entrepreneurship is important for the development of regions 
and  local  communities;  it  creates  new  jobs,  develops  infrastructure,  and  encourages  innovation  and  the  rational  use  of  resources.  MHP  works  in  partnership  with 
entrepreneurs to develop and improve local communities; and

•   The  development  of  infrastructure  and  safety,  which  includes  environmental  safety,  healthcare,  product  quality  and  safety,  safety  of  buildings,  structures  and  other 

infrastructure.

Investor and other stakeholder 
relations

MHP maintains an experienced and well-resourced communications and investor relations team that is supported by a national and international network of professional 
advisors.  The team is tasked with ensuring that MHP’s investor and wider communications activities are conducted in line with international good practice. The team also 
ensures that information about the Company is distributed in a timely manner, is accurate and up-to-date. MHP also monitors external commentary about its activities to 
ensure that any inaccuracies are addressed promptly.  A qualitative measurement of the Company’s image is performed on a regular basis and monitored by its senior 
management team and the Board.

COMPLIANCE RISKS

Legal and regulatory risk

MHP’s management team actively monitors regulatory developments in the countries in which the Group operates. MHP’s financial control framework has adopted tax and 
treasury approaches fully in compliance with relevant local laws in the jurisdictions in which the business is registered. MHP pays its taxes in full in all jurisdictions in which it 
operates. Moreover, MHP is consistently developing and integrating into its business practices standards such as the Market Abuse Regulation and sustainability reporting.

Bribery and corruption

MHP maintains robust anti-bribery and corruption policies and procedures which are regularly reviewed and monitored by the Audit Committee. These include a Code of 
Ethical Conduct and investigation procedures which all employees are required to adhere to, and address matters such as bribery, gifts, supplier and customer relations, 
conflicts of interest and other areas of potentially corrupt activity. MHP operates a whistle blower hotline for the reporting of suspected bribery and corruption

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

50

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISK

COMPLIANCE RISKS

HOW WE MANAGE THE RISK 

Failure to comply with the covenants 
under loan agreements

MHP has developed and follows control procedures to monitor compliance with the covenants. In 2019, the Company implemented a “Procedure for consolidated leverage 
ratio more than 3.0x“, which contains a roles and responsibility matrix, communication rules and a modelling tool, which is used before approval and actioning of transactions 
which have limitations if the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds 3.0x.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISK

Failure of IT systems could materially 
affect MHP’s business

A number of measures have been implemented across the Company to reduce the risk of IT system failure. These include: the implementation of additional business 
continuity  measures;  the  organisation  of  reserved  data  channels;  moving  services  to  the  Cloud;  and  the  establishment  of  an  incident  management  process  providing 
continuous support for the business. In addition, the Information Security (“IS”) team performs regular audits of critical IT services in order to determine any IS weakness 
and to perform penetration  testing of Company vulnerabilities. It also increases employee awareness of IS risks and focusses on developing proper behaviours.

COVID-19

The Management team implemented a range of measures for preventing sickness and the spread of infection within the Company (remote working, additional medical 
screenings, corporate transfers and protective masks etc.). At production facilities work is organised in shifts of small numbers of people that allows limited contact and 
minimises the potential spread of infection. To assist employees who became infected, the Company provided paid-for medical support, both screenings and treatment.

MHP has developed and implemented flexible production and sales plans that redirect sales from closed channels to other markets and channels as required. This is a 
continuous activity that is embedded into planning processes across the Group.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

51

S172 Statement & Stakeholder Engagement

S172 STATEMENT 
& STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

“WE ARE COMMITTED TO CONTINUING TO DELIVER VALUE TO SHAREHOLDERS AND TO 
GROWING VALUE FOR STAKEHOLDERS AND THE BROADER COMMUNITIES WHO DEPEND 
ON AND SUPPORT MHP.”

Section  172  of  the  UK  Companies  Act  2006 
requires each Director of the Company to act 
in the way he or she considers, in good faith, 
would most likely promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a 
whole. 

In this way, Section 172 requires a Director to 
have regard, among other matters, to the:
•   likely consequences of any decisions in the 

long term;

•  interests of the Company’s employees;
•   need to foster the Company’s business re-
lationships  with  suppliers,  customers,  and 
other material stakeholders;

•   impact of the Company’s operations on lo-

cal communities and the environment;

•   desirability  of  the  Company  maintaining  a 

reputation  for  high  standards  of  business 
conduct; and

•   need to act fairly between members of the 

Company.

In discharging its Section 172 duties, the Board 
has  regularly  considered  the  factors  set  out 
above and the views of key stakeholders. By 
considering MHP’s objectives and commitment 
to  responsible  business,  together  with  its 
strategic priorities, the Board aims to ensure 
that its decisions are consistent, predictable, and 
always in the best interests of the business.

Further details of the Board’s activities can be 
found in the Governance section of this Report 
on pages 62 to 87. 
 This includes how the 
Board  reaches  its  decisions;  the  matters 
discussed  and  debated  during  the  year;  the 

stakeholder considerations that were central 
to  those  discussions;  and  how  the  Board 
fosters  MHP’s  relationships  with  customers, 
suppliers  and  other  stakeholders.  Other 
relevant information can be found at MHP’s main 
corporate website at www.mhp.ua. 

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Regular engagement, dialogue and feedback 
with  MHP’s  material  internal  and  external 
stakeholders  is  an  important  element  of  the 
success of the Company and the operation of 
its business model. Understanding their views 
informs  and  assists  MHP’s  decision-making 
process  and  helps  drive  progress  towards 
the  achievement  of  MHP’s  aims,  objectives 
and strategy. The table on the following page 

summarises MHP’s key stakeholders, their areas 
of interest, how the organisation engages with 
each stakeholder group, and highlights during 
the year. 

MHP  regularly  reviews  its  understanding  of 
each stakeholder group, their areas of interest 
and its ongoing communications, reporting and 
dialogue activities. MHP employs experienced 
and  qualified  employee  teams  to  conduct 
these  activities.  They  include  members  of 
the  Board,  senior  management,  investor 
relations  staff,  human  resources  personnel 
and local stakeholder representatives. These 
are supported when required by experienced, 
professionally-qualified external advisors and 
services.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

52

S172 Statement & Stakeholder Engagement

OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS 

WHAT MATTERS TO THEM   HOW WE ENGAGE WITH THEM 

2021 HIGHLIGHTS

WORKFORCE

•   A shared vision for MHP’s long-

term su ccess;

•  Regular two-way communication;
•   Clear communication of Company 

MHP’s dedicated and
experienced workforce 
is the driving force 
behind the achievement 
of MHP’s aims and 
objectives and taking 
care of our people is our 
top priority

•   Learning and development 

and management goals;

opportunities; 

•   Occupational health, safety and 
wellbeing, including access to 
healthcare and support;

•   A conducive workplace featuring 
diversity, inclusion, flexibility, 
responsible business practice and 
clear communication; and

•   Fair and transparent employment 

terms and conditions.

•   Training, education and mentoring;
•   Programmes for the development of 

innovative thinking;
•  Corporate volunteering;
•  Grievance mechanism; and
•  Regular surveys. 

COVID-19 support: 

•   Day-to-day communication and support, including the provision of COVID-19-related care for 
employees and their close relatives and the coverage of costs in the event of hospitalisation;

•   Mass vaccination programme support: as at the end of February 2022 75% of MHP’s 

workforce had been vaccinated against COVID-19.  

Health & safety:
•   Launch of our comprehensive health programme whereby employees have access to a 

medical examination, tests and advice free of charge. During 2021, 19,693 employees took 
part;

•   Conduct of a series of workshops and training sessions, including “Leadership in production 
safety and anxiety management” and “Leadership in Security”.  To date [480] employees and 
[887] managers, including the CEO and other senior management, and other specialists] have 
taken part in these programmes respectively.

Communication:
•   Annual online ‘town hall’ meeting with employees led by the CEO and other members of the 
senior management team at which employees can ask questions and provide feedback;

•  Quarterly video blog with CEO and employees.

Training and development:
•   Launch of “Leaders Hub 2.0” Programme for 30 high-potential employees who we see as 

champions of change as the business transforms. 

COMMUNITIES AND 

NGOs

MHP’s reputation and
business continuity are
supported by its aim 
to be a proactive and 
supportive
member of its local
communities and a good
neighbour

•   Transparency, clear and regular 

communication and opportunities 
to engage;

•   Mutual cooperation to reach social 

•  Stakeholder Engagement Plan;
•  Grievance mechanism;
•  Regional recruiting programme;
•   Medical assistance in the village 

COVID-19 support:
Support and education to local communities about the effects of the Pandemic and the ongoing 
nationwide vaccination programme in Ukraine, in particular in rural areas where vaccination 
rates remain lower.

targets; 

•   Development and support of local 

infrastructure and services;

•   A responsible and open approach 
to environmental, health and safety 
issues; and

•   Local employment opportunities.

programme;

•  Regular public hearings; and
•   Regular investment in public infra-
structure in partnership with local 
stakeholders.

Medical support:
•   Transfer of medicines to healthcare facilities in partnership with LLC Pharma Start, a local 

pharmaceutical manufacturer in Ukraine.

Partnership with local communities, including through the following programmes: 
•  “Village. Steps to development” (supporting entrepreneurship in local businesses); 
•   “Time to Act Ukraine!” (online training in 13 regions of Ukraine in which MHP enterprises are 

present); and 

•    “JointFund Partnership Project” (helping communities solve their social, environmental and 

economic problems).

Stakeholder engagement:
•   Regular participation in local community meetings to understand local needs and 

requirements;

•  Completion of EBRD / IFC mediation process and commencement of the audit process.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

53

S172 Statement & Stakeholder Engagement

OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS 

CUSTOMERS, 
BUSINESS
PARTNERS AND

SUPPLIERS

MHP’s ongoing and
uninterrupted business
continuity relies on the
strength and 
maintenance
of its relationships with its
customers, suppliers and
business advisors

SHAREHOLDERS,
FINANCIERS AND 
THE INVESTMENT 

COMMUNITY

MHP’s ongoing access
to capital and liquidity
depends on maintaining
strong and lasting
relationships with
investors, debt providers,
financiers and financial
analysts

GOVERNMENTS 
AND

REGULATORS

MHP’s licence to 
operate is dependent 
on its relations with 
governments and
regulators and operating
within the applicable laws
and regulations

MEDIA

An important element 
of all of MHP’s key 
stakeholder
relations is that the
media reports timely and
accurate information 
about its activities

WHAT MATTERS TO THEM   HOW WE ENGAGE WITH THEM 

2021 HIGHLIGHTS

•   Fair business conduct, terms and 

conditions;

•   MHP’s approach and performance 
relating to biosecurity, product 
quality, environmental, health and 
safety matters; and 

•  Interaction via tender platform;
•   Dedicated staff teams to interact 

with customers, suppliers and busi-
ness advisors;

•   Provision of questionnaire facilities; 

and

•   Transparency, clear communication 

•   Participation in regular customer 

channels and opportunities to 
engage.

due diligence processes.

Customer development:

•   Establishment of culinary centre in Kiev enabling collaboration with customers to develop 

culinary products and solutions. 

Business conduct:
•   Signature of statement of partnership with 40 major suppliers focussed on price and quality 

and on helping Ukrainian suppliers to grow;

•   Engagement with business partners via our Code of Business Partners Conduct & Integrity 

Declaration process, including know your customer (KYC) and customer due diligence (CDD) 
standards; 

•   Worked closely with suppliers to ensure compliance with MHP’s business partner code 

addressing matters such as environmental and social standards.

•   Financial and share / bond price 

performance;
•  Credit rating;
•  Strategy;
•  Risk management;
•   Environmental, social and 

governance (“ESG”) approach and 
performance;

•   Transparency, regular and 

proactive communication and 
reporting;

•  Sustainalytics rating; and 
•   Regular communication from 
and engagement with senior 
management and the Board. 

•   Regular provision of conference calls 

for the investment community;
•  Quarterly results announcements;
•   One-to-one meetings (both in-person 
and  ‘virtually’)  with  investors  and  fi-
nanciers  conducted  by  the  Head  of 
Investor  Relations  and  /  or  with  se-
nior  management  and  Board  mem-
bers;

•  Annual general meeting;
•   Dedicated IR section on the Compa-

ny’s website;

•   Annual  financial  and  non-financial 

reports; and 
•  Investor surveys.

Communication:
•   Regular information on events, including the Pandemic, Avian Influenza outbreaks, and the 

dynamic geopolitical situation;

•   Virtual roadshows and virtual conference participation to maintain investor communication 

during the Pandemic.

Responsible business strategy communication:
•   Conduct of ESG virtual roadshows by the Head of Investor Relations and the Executive 

Chairman;  

•  Regular communication with specialist ESG agencies e.g.  Sustainalytics. 

Investor perception study:
•   Regular conduct of investor perception studies (in September 2021), the results and 
feedback from which are reported to the Board and factored into decision making.

•   Adherence to applicable laws and 

•   Regular meetings with local govern-

regulations;

ments;

COVID-19 support:
•   Regular dialogue to support local and national efforts to address the Pandemic and Avian 

•   Support and cooperation with local 

(Ukraine and also within those 
countries in the EU, UK and MENA) 
economic development agencies;

•   Investment into infrastructure, 

education and medical facilities; 
and 

•   Transparency, clear communication 

channels and opportunities to 
engage.

•   Receipt of timely, complete and 

up-to-date news and information 
about MHP’s activities; 

•   Contact information for the media; 

and 

•   Transparency, clear communication 

channels and opportunities to 
engage.

•   Participation in local infrastructure, 
health and education projects; and 

•   Close cooperation with local 

regulators over matters such as 
maintenance of strict bio-security, 
health and safety and environmen-
tal matters.

Influenza outbreaks;

Support of Ukrainian responsible business strategy:
•   Participation with and support of Ukrainian Business & Trade Association and government 

departments at COP 26 event examining how Ukraine aims to meet the sustainability goals 
and the country’s role in supporting the drive to net zero across the whole of Europe by 
2050. 

•  Company websites;
•   Regular distribution of Company 

Social media
•  Regular communications to support local and national efforts;

news and information;

•   Availability of senior management 
for media interviews and briefings; 
and

•  Site-visits for the media.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5454

CORPORATE 
RESPONSIBILITY

THIS SECTION OF THE ANNUAL REPORT IS PROVIDED TO GIVE CURRENT AND 
PROSPECTIVE SHAREHOLDERS AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS AN OUTLINE 
UNDERSTANDING OF MHP’S APPROACH TO CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS. 
IT REPORTS HOW THIS ASPECT OF THE BUSINESS IS INTEGRATED INTO ITS 
OVERALL STRATEGY AND POLICY INFORMATION. IT ALSO INCLUDES A SUMMARY 
OF MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES, GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS INFORMATION AND 
COMMUNITY CASE STUDY INFORMATION. AS IN PREVIOUS YEARS, THE FORTHCOMING 
NON-FINANCIAL REPORT WILL CONTAIN FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THIS ASPECT 
OF MHP’S BUSINESS AND WILL BE PUBLISHED LATER IN 2022. THIS WILL APPLY THE 
LATEST APPLICATE GLOBAL REPORTING INITIATIVE (GRI) FRAMEWORK.

KEY FOCUS AREAS

MHP’s approach to responsible business focuses on eight key areas, which are illustrated in this 
table, highlighting MHP’s key areas of impact and opportunity.

STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

BUSINESS CONDUCT

OUR PEOPLE

1.  Commitment to transparency

1.  Anti-bribery and corruption

2.  Workforce dialogue and 

communications

2. Regulatory and legal compliance

1.  Workplace diversity

2.  Equal opportunities

3.  Supplier and customer 

3.  Training and development

3. Provision of healthy workplaces

3.  Investment and financial community 

relationships

engagement

4.  Provision of resources for the media

4.  Product labelling and pricing

5.  Data protection and information 

security

4.  Fair working conditions

4.  Employee health and well being

5. Approach to organised labour

5. Addressing COVID-19

EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND 
SAFETY

1.  Occupational health

2.  Accident prevention

Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5555

KEY FOCUS AREAS (CONTINUED)

PRODUCT QUALITY AND 
SAFETY

PLANET

PROSPERITY AND 
COMMUNITIES

ANIMAL WELFARE

1.   Maintenance of biological safety 

1.   Greenhouse gas and atmospheric 

1.  Community partnerships

1.  Antibiotic free programme

standards

2.  Product hygiene

3. Product quality

4. Scientific analysis

5. Quality of raw materials

emissions

2.  Management of effects of business 

2.  Maintenance of appropriate living 

2. Biodiversity management

activity

conditions

3. Water use and discharges to water

3.  Local infrastructure investment

3.  Constant access to balanced food 

4.  Reuse, recycling and waste 

management

5. Energy use

4.  Supporting local economic 

development

and fresh water

4.  Veterinary supervision

5. Being a good neighbour

5. High-quality bedding materials

•  Share dealing code
•  Inside information disclosure policy
•  Health and safety policy
•  Environmental and sustainability policy
•  Corporate social responsibility policy
•  Charitable donations policy
•  Anti-bribery and corruption policy
•  Related party transaction policy
•  Risk management policy
•  Internal audit policy
•  Whistleblowing policy
•  Human resources policy

POLICY FRAMEWORK

MHP’s  corporate  responsibility  framework  is 
regularly  reviewed  by  the  Board  and  will  be 
developed over time supervised by the recent-
ly  formed  International  Government  Relations 
and Public Affairs Board Committee on behalf 
of the Board.

MHP’s  related  policies  form  part  of  the  Cor-
porate  Governance  Charter  which  is  avail-
able  for  download  from  the  holding  compa-
ny  website  (mhp.com.cy). 
  They  comprise 
the  following  policy  statements  and  address 
all  of  the  key  focus  areas  in  the  table  on 
page  66. 
  MHP’s  policies  also  align  the 
organisation  with  the  appropriate  industry, 
regulatory  and  international  standards  and 
guidelines.

Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5656

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

MHP’s policy framework is supported by com-
prehensive  corporate  responsibility  manage-
ment systems which have been developed in 
line  with  industry  best  practice  and  interna-
tional  standards.  Board  level  management  of 
these systems is supervised in the main by the 

International Government Relations and Public 
Affairs  Committee.  The  Committee  regularly 
reviews  this  structure  in  line  with  the  aim  of 
maintaining  a  programme  of  continuous  im-
provement and achieving the highest industry 
standards.  Highlights are recorded below and 
further information is recorded within the forth-
coming Non-Financial Report. 

STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

MHP  employs  experienced  fully-resourced  workforce  teams 
and  retains  knowledgeable  specialist  advisors  to  conduct  its 
communications  and  dialogue  with  its  stakeholders  including 
investors, workforce, the media, local communities, governments 
and regulators. 

PRODUCT 
QUALITY & 
SAFETY

PLANET

This aspect of the business is of paramount importance to MHP and it is 
proud of its exemplary record in this area. The Company’s management 
systems use the latest technologies and are certified for compliance with 
key internationally recognised standards of food safety including BRC 
Food Safety DSTU ISO 22000, Global GAP, basic principles of Good 
Manufacturing Practice (GMP), and requirements of the HACCP system 
(Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points).

MHP’s  management  approach  is  focused  on  improving  operational 
efficiency, encouraging accountability and remaining compliant with all 
applicable environmental regulations. Every MHP facility has a full-time 
environmental officer who oversees the environmental performance and 
reports to the Director. The Chief Environmental Officer oversees the 
environmental performance of MHP’s facilities. In 2022 MHP will begin 
the process of obtaining ISO 50001 certification at its production sites.

BUSINESS 
CONDUCT

MHP’s Ethics and Compliance programme is closely monitored by 
the Board and the internal Compliance Committee. It is managed by 
a qualified workforce team that comprise MHP’s Compliance Office. 
The team works closely with senior management to ensure that 
MHP’s policies and codes and adhered to.

PROSPERITY 
AND 
COMMUNITIES

In the course of 2020 MHP refined its community development approach 
by centralising its activities. MHP works in partnership with other large 
businesses, international donors, as well as national Ukrainian charities 
in the development of its community projects and to share and develop 
expertise. MHP’s approach is framed by its Charitable Aid Policy, a 
Community Engagement procedure and a Stakeholder interaction plan.

OUR PEOPLE

MHP’s  HR  function  and  management  systems  are  aligned  with 
the requirements set by the Ukrainian legislation and international 
best practices to the extent practical regarding strategic workforce 
planning, efficient human resources management, talent acquisition 
management focus on and personal development.

EMPLOYEE 
HEALTH & 
SAFETY

EMPLOYEE 
HEALTH & 
SAFETY

MHP  Group  companies  implement  risk  based  approaches  to 
continuously develop the health care management system and 
occupational  safety  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
international  occupational  health  safety  standards.  In-house 
occupational health and safety audits are regularly conducted at 
MHP’s enterprises in accordance with the in-house procedure which 
was developed and approved in 2017.

Key elements of MHP’s animal welfare approach include; an antibiotic 
reduction strategy (antibiotics can be part of the therapy under the 
stewardship of the state veterinarians only); floor rearing with no use 
of  caged  systems;  preventing  the  use  of  equipment  and  inventory 
that may injure animals when handling them; stocking densities in line 
with EU animal welfare standards; provision of veterinary care only by 
persons with the relevant professional qualifications; a ban on use of 
anaesthetics and analgesics and prohibition of all surgical interventions;  
prohibiting the use of antimicrobial agents recognised by the WHO as 
critical to human medicine; prohibiting the use of any growth promoters; 
use of state-of-the-art technologies with the ability to monitor animal 
conditions  and  fostering  humane  treatment  of  animals  among 
employees, partners, customers and other stakeholders.

Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5757

GREENHOUSE GAS 

EMISSIONS

MHP’s  greenhouse  gas  emissions 

data  encompasses  all  of  its  operations 

that  are  under  MHP’s  financial  control. 

The  calculation  applied  the  following 

methodologies. 
•   Global  Warming  Potential  (GWP) 

from  IEA  –  CO2  emissions  from  Fuel 

Combustion Highlights (2013 edition)
•   I P C C   F i f t h   A s s e s s m e n t   Re p o r t 

(Intergovernmental  Panel  on  Climate 

Change)

•   IFC Carbon Emissions Tool (CEET) ifc.

org 

The data has not been externally verified 

although  MHP  will  consider  taking  this 

step in the future.

EMISSION 
TYPE

Scope 1
Ukraine (non-
biogas)

SCOPE 2 
Ukraine 
(location 
based)

2021 
(TONNES 
CO2E)

2020 
(TONNES 
CO2E)

373,673

321,428

237,776

232,301

% CHANGE

Increased by 
16.25%

Increased by 
2.36%

SUSTAINABLE 
AGRICULTURAL 
PRACTICES

MHP’s sunflower, soya, maize and wheat 
production  activities  prioritise  environ-
mental best practice, responsible man-
agement of biodiversity, carbon footprint 
reduction and the increase of yields.  

As part of these commitments the Com-
pany  has  been  developing  its  systems 
over  time  through  the  use  of  innova-
tion,  best  practice  industry  technology 
and ensuring that its team is staffed by 
knowledgeable  professionals  with  the 
required experience and expertise. 

Examples  of  MHP’s  approach  in  2021 
and beyond include:
•   Regular  monitoring  and  testing  of 
ground  soil  to  improve  the  environ-

mental results of its activities, support 
biodiversity, increase environment pro-
tection and production efficiency;
•   Maximum observance of optimal sow-
ing  dates,  reduction  of  sowing  rates 
and  selection  of  maize  hybrids  that 
protect soil moisture levels;

•   Annual increase of areas under Strip-
Till  technology  (over  4000  hectares 
in 2021) to improve soil management 
practices;

•   Changing  the  direction  of  tillage  to 
increase soil loosening in more than 
half of the cultivated areas;

•   Testing of technologies to reduce the 
carbon  footprint  of  agricultural  ac-
tivities  in  conjunction  with  Syngenta 
(about 12,000 hectares);

•   Successful  pilot  implementation  of 
the use of drones in plant monitoring 
and  protection  activities  to  increase 

efficiency  and  reduce  carbon  foot-
print. This project will be significantly 
upscaled from 2022; and

•   A  commitment  to  increase  the  use 
of  technology  and  innovation  in 
MHP’s  farm  management  systems 
including  the  use  of  advanced  al-
gorithms,  machine  learning  and 
artificial  intelligence  capabilities 
to  enable  efficiency,  reduce  emis-
sions  and  protect  the  environment. 

Corporate Responsibility 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5858

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, 
LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL, 
CULTURAL AND DIALOGUE 
ACTIVITIES IN 2021

MHP’s  community  development,  environmen-
tal, cultural and dialogue activities delivered in 
partnership with a number of government and 
business partners resulted in the delivery of a 
wide variety of projects during the year. Some 
prominent examples are recorded below.

Partnership forum events

MHP  held  five  partnership  forum  events  in 
2021  which  were  attended  by  a  variety  of 
stakeholders. 

The aim was to facilitate working arrangements 
with  the  Ukrainian  authorities  for  community 
development projects involving the local com-
munity, business and government. They were 
attended by around 400 people.

Local stakeholder co-operation agreements

99  co-operation  agreements  were  signed 
with  local  self-government  bodies  in  the 
areas of Ukraine where MHP operates. These 
will benefit communities located in more than 
700  settlements  in  13  regions  and  address 
matters such as local healthcare, education and 
infrastructure.

Meeting individual local residents

The aims of these meetings are to encourage 
dialogue and to address any concerns and sug-
gestions that members of the local community 
may have concerning MHP’s activities. In 2021 
3,693  people  engaged  in  dialogue  with  MHP 
using its local dialogue mechanisms.

Microgrants  Competition  for  Community 
Developments

The  aim  is  to  motivate  members  of  the  local 
community to address economic, environmen-

tal  and  social  issues  in  and  around  the  town 
of  Ladyzhyn  in  south-west  Ukraine.  MHP’s 
competition  which  focused  on  project  man-
agement  training,  financial  management  and 
community  involvement  selected  12  winners 
that  were  awarded  a  grant  of  up  to  UAH 
50,000. 9 projects were been implemented by 
the end of 2021.

Waste management events

130  local  waste  removal  events  were  held 
in  April  and  May  with  members  of  the  local 
community. They were attended by more than 
7,500 residents of the communities that reside 
in nine different regions of Ukraine. 

They  included  720  employees  of  the  MHP 
group,  who  volunteered  to  participate  in  the 
clean-up activities. 

Additionally  MHP  organised  13  EcoFes-
tival  events  within  different  Ukraine  loca 
communities  to  promote  issues  such  as 

responsible household  waste  management  in 
partnership with local authorities.

Open air cinema events

MHP  partnered  with  other  businesses  and 
local  authorities  to  deliver  a  national  tour  of 
Ukrainian cinema for areas in the country that 
are deprived of cultural facilities. It showcased 
38 Ukrainian films at 122 screening,

The tour started in June and ended in August. 
It visited 10 regions and 350 settlements, was 
staffed by 500 volunteers (316 from MHP) and 
attended by approximately 50,000 people.

Cleaning the Rosava river bed

This  project  aims  to  improve  the  hydrolog-
ical  condition  of  river  Rosava  in  Ukraine 
and  was  initiated  by  the  local  community.  
MHP supported the purchase of a dredger to 
enable  it  to  take  place.  The  total  cost  of  the 
project is UAH 3.27 million.

Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

5959

introduced  in  2021.  This  included  a  “Health 
Month”  project  where  personal  health 
examinations  for  19,693  employees  were 
delivered  and  advice  was  provided  by 
specialists free of charge.

Occupational  safety  is  a  natural  priority. 
Particular  attention  is  paid  to  workforce 
p r o t e c t i o n   a n d   t h e   m a i n t e n a n c e   a n d 
d e v e l o p m e n t   o f   a n   M H P- w i d e   s a f e t y 
culture.  Features  in  2021  included  a  series 
of  management  training  events  called 
“Leadership in Security”. These were attended 
by  the  company’s  CEO  Yuriy  Kosyuk  and  the 
entire  top  management  of  MHP.  In  total  887 
managers  and  health  and  safety  specialists 
participated during the year.

Safety  audits  were  conducted  at  each  of 
MHP’s  enterprises.  These  identified  and 
addressed  over  2,300  improvements  which 
led  to  a  reduction  in  the  risk  of  injuries  and 
accidents  at  work  to  preserve  employee 
health.  46  internal  investigations  of  various 
types of health and safety incidents were also 
conducted.  These  identified  the  root  causes 
of each incident to ensure that they were not 
repeated.

Over 15,000 employees were involved in safety 
training of employees directly at the workplace. 
This  training  was  conducted  in  a  new  format 
called  “Safety  Stop  Hour”,  aimed  at  raising 
workforce  awareness  of  the  importance  of 
assessing risks before starting work.

PROVISION OF HUMANITARIAN 
AID 

Following the Russian invasion on 24 February 
2022,  the  management  and  workforce 
recognised that, as one of the country’s major 
food  producers,  it  was  essential  that  we 
prioritised our role in supporting the wellbeing 
of the Ukrainian people. 

Our efforts have focussed on the people who 
are  located  in  those  regions  where  hostilities 
have taken place or are still taking place. 

In particular we aim to support:
•  Defenders and rescuers;
•   People living in communities that have been 

isolated by the conflict;

•   People being cared for in hospitals and oth-
er  medical  facilities  and  the  staff  that  work 
there;

•   Organisations  that  support  the  welfare  of 

children and older people; and

•   People who have lost their homes and liveli-

hoods due to the conflict.

MHP  has  been  providing  humanitarian  aid 
(mainly  through  food  supply)  despite  the 
obvious logistical challenges across all regions 
of  Ukraine.  Up  to  11  April  this  included  the 
provision up to 11,000 tonnes of free-of-charge 
poultry  products.  The  total  value  of  this  and 
further aid (other food, equipment, cars, diesel 
and different materials) provided up to this date 
was approximately UAH 575 million.

Many  of  our  employees  have  been  providing 
this support despite the significant difficulties 
and  disruptions  caused  by  the  conflict  and 
often  at  considerable  personal  risk.  The 
management team is proud of and humbled by 
the contribution that everyone has made.

MHP will continue to provide humanitarian aid 
activities for as long as the conflict continues. 
The Company is therefore working closely with 
the national government and local authorities 
to ensure, as far as possible, food security for 
everyone in Ukraine. 

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND 
SAFETY DEVELOPMENTS IN 
2021

A clear priority for the occupational health and 
safety team in 2021 was continuing to address 
the  COVID-19  pandemic.  MHP  continued  to 
support  employees  and  their  families  with 
compensation  and  access  to  treatment  for 
those affected. 

MHP  also  conducted  a  mass  vaccination 
programme  in  which  75%  of  employees  in 
Ukraine  have  participated.  Additionally  the 
health and safety team dealt with around 11,000 
communications from the workforce about the 
Pandemic.

A  new  occupational  health  programme, 
“Corporate  Health  of  MHP  employees”  was 

Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

60

Non-Financial Information Statement

NON-FINANCIAL 
INFORMATION 
STATEMENT

MHP’S COMMITMENT TO TRANSPARENCY

MHP IS COMMITTED TO TRANSPARENT REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE OF ITS 
FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES 
WHERE THIS INFORMATION IS RELEVANT TO SHAREHOLDERS AND OTHER KEY 
STAKEHOLDERS. 

MHP IS PROVIDING THIS INFORMATION TO ALIGN THE INFORMATION WITHIN 
THIS REPORT WITH THE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN SECTIONS 
414CA AND 414CB OF THE COMPANIES ACT 2006.

THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED TO ASSIST READERS OF THIS REPORT TO 
UNDERSTAND MHP’S APPROACH, POLICIES AND PERFORMANCE IN 
CONNECTION WITH NON-FINANCIAL MATTERS. IT ALSO AIMS TO HIGHLIGHT 
WHERE FURTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION, OTHER THAN THAT DISCLOSED 
WITHIN THIS REPORT, CAN BE ACCESSED.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

61

Non-Financial Information Statement

OTHER REPORTING 
REQUIREMENTS

POLICIES AND STATEMENTS OF APPROACH, 
DUE DILIGENCE AND OUTCOMES

RISKS, RISK MANAGEMENT AND ADDITIONAL 
INFORMATION

NON-FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
INFORMATION

Environmental matters

•   Sustainable environmental policy
•   Sustainability Strategy is under development
•   Action Plan Is under development

•  Global climate change
•  Irrational water use
•   Deforestation and conversion of high-carbon lands into 

agricultural land, including drainage of peat bogs

Employees

•  Personnel policy
•   Corporate occupational health and safety policy

•  Occurrence of a significant health and safety incident
•   Lack  of  highly-qualified  staff  at  strategic  level  and 

production enterprises

•   COVID-19 and other pandemics

•   Direct greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1)
•   Indirect greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 2)
•  Resource efficiency
•  Energy management
•  Energy consumption
•  Water management
•  Waste management

•  Human rights
•  Male/female ratio
•  Development programmes
•  MHP Innovation Lab
•  Health of employees
•  Training and education
•  Personnel assessment

Other social matters

Business conduct 

•  Code of Ethical Conduct
•   Procedure of engagement with nongovernmental 

organizations

•   Corporate philanthropy & charity policy
•   MHP Community Relations Procedure
•  Land use policy
•  Stakeholders engagement plan

•  Code of Ethics
•   Code of Business Partner Conduct
•  Integrity Statement
•  Ethics HelpLine
•  KYC/CDD Procedure
•  Conflict of Interest Management
•  Antitrust & Fair Competition

•   A  deterioration  in  local  community  relationships  may 
lead to disruption in day-to-day business activities, ad-
verse  perceptions  about  MHP’s  approach  to  human 
rights,  the  environment  and  negative  reputational  ef-
fects

•  Grievance mechanism
•  Community projects realized
•  Work of MHP’s Hromada Foundation
•  The main projects of the Foundation
•  Complaints and suggestions

•  Bribery and corruption
•  Legal and regulatory risk

•   Compliance with legislation, business practice 

requirements

•   Interest in feedback from employees
•   Transparent and mutually beneficial 

cooperation with partners
•   Zero tolerance to corruption
•   Zero conflict of interest
•   Adherence to highest standards of moral and 

ethical principles

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

63  Corporate Governance Report

66  Board of Directors

73  Audit & Risk Committee Report 

79  Nominations & Remuneration  

Committee Report

82   International Government Relations 
& Public Affairs Committee Report

84  Management Report

GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

63
63

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE 
REPORT 

ABOUT MHP 

MHP  was  established  on  30  May  2006. 
According  to  the  extract  issued  by  the 
Luxembourg  Trade  and  Companies  Register 
on  8  August  2017,  the  Company  converted 
from a public limited liability company (“societe 
anonyme”) into a European company (“Societas 
Europaea”) effective the previous day. 

Effective  27  December  2017,  the  Company’s 
registered  office  and  central  administration 
was transferred to Cyprus and the Company 
is currently registered in the Cyprus Registry 
for SE Companies, under number SE 27. The 
Company’s registered office is at 16-18 Zinas 
Kanther  Street,  Agia  Triada,  3035  Limassol, 
Cyprus.

In December 2017, the Company adopted a new 
Memorandum  and  Articles  of  Association  to 
comply with the provisions of Cyprus Companies 
Law, Cap. 113, Council Directive 2001/86/EC of 
8  October  2001  supplementing  the  Statute 
for  a  European  company  with  regard  to  the 
involvement of employees, the SE Regulation 
and  the  European  Public  Limited-Liability 

Company Regulations 2006, as applicable in 
Cyprus. 

This  new  Memorandum  and  Articles  of 
Association can be found on the Group websites 
(mhp.com.cy 

, mhp.ua 

). 

The  Company’s  corporate  governance 
structures,  processes  and  procedures  are 
outlined in its Code of Corporate Governance 
which  can  also  be  viewed  on  the  Group 
websites. The Company upholds and practises 
the highest standards of corporate governance 
with its shareholders, the Board of Directors, 
personnel,  business  community  and  other 
stakeholders  including  government  and 
regulatory agencies. 

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 
WITH THE UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE 2018 

The  Company  has  been  steadily  developing 
its  corporate  governance  processes  and 
procedures over recent years and aspires to 
the achievement of best practice in line with 

international  standards.  It  regards  the  UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (available 
from  the  Financial  Reporting  Council  at 
) as the appropriate international 
(frc.org.uk 
benchmark for its approach.  MHP also complies 
with the requirements of Cypriot law. 

During 2021, MHP undertook further steps in 
order to comply as far as practicable with the 
UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  2018.  The 
Company  received approval by over 97% of its 
shareholders for a new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy on 28 December 2021.

It is the opinion of the Board that during 2021 
the Company complied with the principles and 
requirements of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code except in relation to the matters noted 
below. 

97%

OF SHAREHOLDERS 
VOTED IN FAVOR OF THE 
NEW DIRECTORS’ 
REMUNERATION POLICY

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

64

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE 2018 (continued)

PROVISION 
NUMBER

PROVISION REQUIREMENT

EXPLANATION

When  20  per  cent  or  more  of  votes  have  been  cast  against  the  board  recommendation  for  a 
resolution, the company should explain, when announcing voting results, what actions it intends 
to take to consult shareholders in order to understand the reasons behind the result. An update 
on  the  views  received  from  shareholders  and  actions  taken  should  be  published  no  later  than 
six months after the shareholder meeting. The board should then provide a final summary in the 
annual report and, if applicable, in the explanatory notes to resolutions at the next shareholder 
meeting,  on  what  impact  the  feedback  has  had  on  the  decisions  the  board  has  taken  and  any 
actions or resolutions now proposed.

The Chair should be independent on appointment under the criteria outlined in Provision 10.

At  the  AGM  held  on  28  April  2021  over  20%  of  the  Company’s  shareholders  voted 
against the reappointment of John Grant, Non-Executive Director, and the ratification 
and  approval  of  director  remuneration  and  payments  to  directors.  Subsequently  the 
Board engaged in regular dialogue with its shareholders to understand their concerns 
with  a  view  to  shaping  the  Company’s  subsequent  actions  to  ensure  that  they  are 
appropriately  addressed.  A  new  Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  was  presented  at 
the  EGM  on  28  December  2021  and  was  approved  by  over  97%  of  the  Company’s 
shareholders.  The  Company  is  also  continuing  its  search  to  strengthen  the  levels  of 
independence and diversity on the Board.

On his appointment in 2017, the Chairman had served on the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director  since  2006.  At  the  time  of  his  appointment  he  was  also  employed  by  the 
International Finance Corporation as a Senior Regional Consulting Agribusiness Industry 
Specialist.  This  role  ended  over  three  years  ago.  After  considering  the  Chairman’s 
credentials,  experience,  expertise  and  independence  of  thought,  it  was  the  Board’s 
view  that  the  Chairman  was  independent  at  the  time  of  his  appointment.  In  2018,  at 
the request of the Board, the Chairman agreed to support the Chief Executive Officer 
with certain specific strategic projects where his extensive knowledge and expertise 
could  be  particularly  helpful.  Subsequently,  in  March  2019  his  role  was  designated 
as Executive Chairman and no longer independent. The Board is satisfied that these 
arrangements  are  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company,  its  shareholders  and  other 
stakeholders.

The  Board  should  identify  in  the  annual  report  each  Non-Executive  Director  it  considers  to  be 
independent. Circumstances which are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, a Non-Executive 
Director’s independence include whether a Director has served on the Board for more than nine 
years from the date of their first appointment.  A clear explanation should be provided if the Board 
nonetheless considers the Non-Executive Director to be independent.

John Grant has served as a Non-Executive Director of the Company since 2006 and is 
the Senior Independent Director.  The Board values his business perspective in view 
of his extensive experience as a director of a wide range of major public companies 
in  a  variety  of  business  sectors  and  is  satisfied  that  he  possesses  the  necessary 
independence of thought to be regarded as independent.

At least half the Board, excluding the Chair, should be Non-Executive Directors whom the Board 
considers to be independent.

The Chair should not remain in post beyond nine years from the date of their first appointment 
to the Board. To facilitate effective succession planning and the development of a diverse board, 
this period can be extended for a limited time, particularly in those cases where the Chair was an 
existing Non-Executive Director on appointment.

This  requirement  was  not  met  for  a  short  period  following  the  resignations  of  Roger 
Wills and Roberto Banfi at the start of 2021 (see Changes to the Board in 2021 below). 
The Board continues its search to strengthen its independence and diversity. 

The Chairman became a Non-Executive Director in 2006 and was appointed Chairman 
in  2017  at  which  time  the  Board  was  satisfied  of  his  independence  of  thought  and 
viewed the appointment as in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and 
other stakeholders. His subsequent adoption of executive responsibilities was also, and 
continues to be, viewed as being in the best interests of these parties.

4

9

10

11

19

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

65

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE 2018 (CONTINUED)

PROVISION 
NUMBER

PROVISION REQUIREMENT

EXPLANATION

32

36

38

40

The  board  should  establish  a  remuneration  committee  of  independent  non-executive  directors,  with  a 
minimum membership of three, or in the case of smaller companies, two. In addition, the Chair of the board 
can only be a member if they were independent on appointment and cannot chair the committee. Before 
appointment as Chair of the remuneration committee, the appointee should have served on the remuneration 
committee for at least 12 months.

The  Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee  currently  comprises  Philip 
Wilkinson and John Grant, Independent Non-Executive Directors, and John 
Rich,  Executive  Chairman.  John  Rich  chaired  this  Committee  between  19 
January 2021 and 8 September 2021 following the resignation of Roger Wills 
from the Board. This was an interim measure, viewed by the Board as being 
in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  material  stakeholders.  On  8 
September  2021,  Philip  Wilkinson,  Independent  Non-Executive  Director, 
became  Committee  Chair  and  John  Rich  stepped  down  from  chairing  the 
Committee and became a member.

Remuneration  schemes  should  promote  long-term  shareholdings  by  executive  directors  that  support 
alignment with long-term shareholder interests. Share awards granted for this purpose should be released 
for sale on a phased basis and be subject to a total vesting and holding period of five years or more. The 
remuneration  committee  should  develop  a  formal  policy  for  post-employment  shareholding  requirements 
encompassing both unvested and vested shares.

At  the  EGM  on  28  December  2021,  MHP’s  shareholders  approved  a  new 
Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  which  better  aligned  the  interests  of  the 
Executive  Directors  with  those  of  shareholders.  This  document  defers  the 
setting of Company policy in relation to long-term incentives, including share 
awards, until a later date (not later than the end of 2023).

Only basic salary should be pensionable. The pension contribution rates for executive directors, or payments 
in lieu, should be aligned with those available to the workforce. The pension consequences and associated 
costs of basic salary increases and any other changes in pensionable remuneration, or contribution rates, 
particularly for directors close to retirement, should be carefully considered when compared with workforce 
arrangements.

Directors’  pensionable  salaries  are  calculated  on  the  basis  of  salary  plus 
performance  related  bonuses  in  line  with  local  legislation  and  are  in  line 
with  general  workforce  arrangements,  The  Company  plans  to  update  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy to specifically address this area not later than 
the end of 2023.

When determining executive director remuneration policy and practices, the remuneration committee should 
address the following:

•   clarity  –  remuneration  arrangements  should  be  transparent  and  promote  effective  engagement  with 

shareholders and the workforce;

•   simplicity – remuneration structures should avoid complexity and their rationale and operation should be 

easy to understand; 

At the EGM on 28 December 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved 
(over 97% in favour) a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy which had been 
formulated with the assistance of Deloitte, MHP’s remuneration consultant.

In common with many companies from the region, MHP does not currently 
disclose  individual  executive  director  remuneration  data.  This  policy  is 
regularly reviewed and discussed with MHP’s shareholders.

•   risk – remuneration arrangements should ensure reputational and other risks from excessive rewards, and 

behavioural risks that can arise from target-based incentive plans, are identified and mitigated;

•   predictability  –  the  range  of  possible  values  of  rewards  to  individual  directors  and  any  other  limits  or 

discretions should be identified and explained at the time of approving the policy;

•   proportionality – the link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term performance 

of the company should be clear. Outcomes should not reward poor performance; and 

•   alignment  to  culture  –  incentive  schemes  should  drive  behaviours  consistent  with  company  purpose, 

values and strategy.

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

66

BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS 

DETAILS OF THE DIRECTORS THAT WERE 
MEMBERS OF THE BOARD AT
31 DECEMBER 2021 ARE RECORDED BELOW.

DR JOHN C RICH 
EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN 

JOHN GRANT  
SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR 

John  Rich  is  a  highly  experienced  senior  business 
executive  with  a  strong  background  in  agribusiness 
operations, development banking and investment. 

John  Grant  has  extensive,  board-level  business 
management,  finance, 
strategy  and  operational 
experience in a wide range of international businesses. 

Nationality: Australian 

Joined the Board: 2006

Nationality: British 

Joined the Board: 2006

Position: Member of the Nominations and Remuneration 
Committee and member of the IGR & PA Committee 

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

 Member of the Australian College of Veterinary Science 
and  a  registered  financial  member  of  the  Australian 
College of Veterinary Surgeons;
 1990-2003:  Executive  Director,  Austasia  Pty  Ltd 
(agribusiness conglomerate SE Asia);
 1995-2002:  Director  AN-OSI  Pty  Ltd  (supply  chain 
management  for  feedlot  beef,  poultry  and  dairy 
operations SE Asia/China);
 2006-2019  Senior  Consulting  Agribusiness  Industry 
Specialist  IFC  and  Agribusiness  consultant  to  IFC 
invested clients until 2020; 
 2017-2021 Financial Board Advisor to ADM Capital and 
Independent  Non-Executive  Director  at  three  other 
poultry-related companies;

Current roles: 
• 

 Managing  Director  of  Australian  Agricultural  Nutrition 
and Consulting Pty Ltd (AANC);
 Recently  appointed  to  the  Food  and  Agribusiness 
Advisory Council of the London based Commonwealth 
Development Corporation (CDC). 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Position:  Chairman  of  the  Audit  &  Risk  Committee 
and  member  of  the  Nominations  and  Remuneration 
Committee.

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

 Senior Independent Director, Augean plc, Melrose plc, 
Pace plc and Wolfson Microelectronics plc; 
 Non-Executive  Director,  National  Grid  plc,  Corac 
Group plc and the Royal Automobile Club Limited;
 Audit Committee Chairman: Augean plc, Melrose plc, 
National Grid plc, Pace plc;
 Remuneration  Committee  Chairman:  Augean  plc, 
National Grid plc
 1992-1996:  Finance  Director,  Lucas  Industries  plc, 
LucasVarity plc; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

•  1990-1992: Executive Deputy Chairman, Jaguar Cars; 
 1989:  Director  of  Corporate  Strategy,  Ford  Motor 
• 
Company. 

Current roles: 
• 

 Current  roles:  Chairman,  British  Racing  Drivers’  Club 
Ltd

PHILIP J WILKINSON OBE  
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR 

CHRISTAKIS TAOUSHANIS
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

Philip Wilkinson has considerable experience in international 
poultry industries. 

Christakis Taoushanis is a highly experienced 
international financier and senior manager.

Nationality: British

Joined the Board: 2020 

Position: Chairman of IGR & PA Committee, Chairman of the 
Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee,  Member  of  the 
Audit & Risk Committee.

Career and prior experience highlights: 
•  Commercial Director of Arla Foods; 
• 

 Poultry industry: Managing Director of Grampian Country 
Food Group, in 2006 joined 2 Sisters Food Group; in 2015 
joined Inghams, Australia;
 Dairy industry: awarded an OBE in 2003 for Services to the 
Dairy Industry; Chairman of the National Dairy Council and 
National Dairy Farm Assured Ltd. 

• 

• 

Current roles: 
• 

• 

 Director  of  Red  Tractor  Poultry  Sector  Board,  the  British 
Poultry Council;
 Council  Member  of  AVEC,  Association  of  Poultry 
Processors and Poultry Trade in the EU;
• 
 Advisor to the Board of Alltech, USA;
•  Advisor to the Board of eggXYt, Israel;
•  Chairman of BetaBugs, Scotland. 

Nationality: Cypriot  

Joined the Board: 2018

Position: Member of the Audit & Risk Committee  

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

 30  years  of  banking  experience  including  4  years 
at  Continental  Illinois  National  Bank  of  Chicago,  18 
years  at  HSBC  Group  in  Hong  Kong  and  Cyprus, 
and  8  years  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  at  Cyprus 
Development Bank.

Current roles: 
• 

 Non-Executive  Director  of  various  regulated  and 
listed companies;
 Advisor  to  a  number  of  companies  through  the 
private firm, TTEG & Associates. 

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

67

YURIY KOSYUK
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Yuriy Kosyuk has been Chief Executive Officer of MHP since he 
founded the Company in 1998. 

ANDRIY BULAKH
DEPUTY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
- PEOPLE

Andriy  Bulakh  is  an  experienced  manager,  auditor  and 
consultant.

VIKTORIA KAPELYUSHNAYA
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya has considerable senior financial and 
business management experience. 

Nationality: Ukrainian   

Nationality: Ukrainian 

Nationality: Ukrainian 

Joined the Board: 2006 (joined MHP in 1998) 

Joined the Board: 2021 (joined MHP in 2020)

Joined the Board: 2006 (joined MHP in 1998) 

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

 1992:  graduated  as  a  process  engineer  in  meat  and  milk 
production from the Kyiv Institute of the Food Industry;
 1995: founded the Business Centre for the Food Industry in 
Kiev.

• 

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

  Managing  Partner  and  Head  of  Consulting  (Deloitte 
Ukraine);
 Master’s  Degree  in  International  Economic  Relations, 
Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv;
 Member  of  the  Association  of  Chartered  Certified 
Accountants (ACCA).

• 

• 

Career and prior experience highlights: 
• 

 Diplomas  in  Processing  Engineering  (1992)  and  Financial 
Auditing (1998) from the Kyiv institute of the Food Industry:
 Deputy  and  Chief  Accountant  at  the  Ukraine  Business 
Centre for the Food Industry (BCFI).

• 

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

68

DIRECTORS WHO SERVED 
DURING 2021 

The  directors  who  served  during  the  year 
were:
•  Dr John Rich
•  John Grant 
•  Roger Wills (resigned 19 January 2021)
•  Roberto Banfi (resigned 9 February 2021)
•  Christakis Taoushanis 
•  Philip J Wilkinson OBE
•  Yuriy Kosyuk 
•  Yuriy Melnyk (resigned 16 November 2021)
•  Andriy Bulakh (appointed 28 December 2021)
•  Viktoria Kapelyushnaya 

CHANGES TO THE BOARD 
IN 2021 AND PLANNED 
DEVELOPMENTS

At 31 December 2021 the Board comprised the 
Executive  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
Deputy Chief Executive Officer - People, Chief 

Financial  Officer    and  three  Independent 
Non-Executive  Directors.  Details  of  the 
Board’s composition are set out on pages 66 
to 67 
 which contain biographical details of 
the  Directors.  Changes  to  the  Board  during 
the year are recorded below.

•   On  19  January  2021  Roger  Wills  resigned 
from  the  Board.  John  Rich  was  appointed 
as 
Interim  Chairman  of  the  Nominations 
and  Remuneration  Committee  pending  the 
appointment of a new Committee Chair.

•   On  9  February  2021  Roberto  Banfi  retired 
from  the  Board.  He  continues  to  advise  the 
Company  on  a  consultancy  basis  and  is 
retained  as  an  advisor  to  the  Board  and  its 
committees. 

•   On 8 September 2021 Philip J Wilkinson OBE 
was  appointed  to  chair  the  Nominations  and 
Remuneration Committee. John Rich stepped 
down  simultaneously  as  Interim  Chairman  of 
the Nominations and Remuneration Committee 

and  continues  to  serve  as  a  member  of  the 
Committee.

•   On 16 November 2021 Yuriy Melnyk resigned 
from the Board. He continues to serve MHP as 
Deputy CEO.

•   On  28  December  2021  the  shareholders 
approved  the  appointment  of  Andriy  Bulakh, 
as an executive director to the Board.

More  information  about  the    Board  and 
changes during the year can be found within 
this  section  of  the  Annual  Report  and  in  the 
Chairman’s Statement on pages 21 to 22. 

In  order  to  continue  to  satisfy  the  indepen-
dence  requirements  of  the  UK  Corporate 
Governance Code in relation to overall Board 
independence,  further  develop  Board  and 
Board Committee independence, diversity and 
to develop the Board’s breadth of experience 
and  skills,  a  search  for  a  new  Independent 
Non-Executive  Director  is  being  conducted 
using  the  services  of  an  experienced  execu-

tive  search firm. This process is being led by 
the  Senior  Independent  Director.  Although, 
following  a  thorough  search  process,  an 
appointment was imminent in February 2022, 
this  has  been  deferred  until  the  situation  in 
Ukraine stabilises.

BOARD MEETING ATTENDANCE

The  Board  conducted  nine  meetings  during 
2021.  All  the  Non-Executive  Directors  and 
the  Chairman  attended  these  meetings.  The 
Chief  Executive  Officer  attended  three  of 
the  meetings  where  the  most  material  and 
strategic decisions were discussed.

As  a  result  of  COVID-19  restrictions  and 
in  common  with  many  listed  multinational 
companies,  the  majority  of  Board  meetings 
during 2021 were conducted using conference 
call  facilities.  The  Board  of  Directors  also 
approved certain decisions through 13 circular 
resolutions. 

DIRECTOR

JOHN RICH

JOHN 
GRANT

PHILIP 
WILKINSON

CHRISTAKIS 
TAOUSHANIS

YURIY 
KOSYUK

VIKTORIA 
KAPELYUSHNAYA

YURIY MELNYK 
(resigned 16 
November 2021)

ANDRIY BULAKH 
(appointed 28  
December 2021)

ROGER WILLS  
(resigned January 
2021)

ROBERTO BANFI 
(resigned February 
2021)

MEETINGS 
ATTENDED/
MEETINGS INVITED

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

3/9

8/9

4/6

1/1

1/1

3/3

Corporate Governance Report 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

69

PRINCIPAL  RESPONSIBILITIES 
OF THE BOARD 

•  Appointments to Board committees; 
•   Board  and  senior  management  succession 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  the  overall 
conduct of the Company’s business and has 
the powers, authorities and duties vested in it 
by and pursuant to the relevant Cyprus laws 
and regulations and the Articles of Association 
of the Company. MHP’s Articles of Association 
can  be  viewed  at  the  corporate  website 
(mhp.com.cy 

). 

The  Company  has  a  unitary  governance 
structure  and  the  Board  is  the  ultimate 
decision-making body, except for the powers 
reserved for the Shareholders’ Meeting by law 
or  as  specified  in  the  Articles  of  Association 
(see  also Board  of  Directors  on  pages  66  to 
67 

). 

The  Board  has  a  schedule  of  matters  that 
are assigned to it for discussion, debate and 
approval in line with the requirements of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. 

These include: 
•   MHP’s  strategy,  aims  and  objectives  and 
review of performance against those goals; 

•  Mergers and acquisitions strategy;
•   Sustainability  and  responsible  business  (or 

“ESG”) strategy and KPIs;

•  Budgets, financial and operational targets; 
•   Annual,  half  yearly  and  quarterly  financial 

results; 

•  Annual report and accounts; 
•  Dividend policy; 
•   Appointments  to  the  Board  and  removal  of 

Board members; 

planning; 

•   Approval of major capital expenditure projects, 

acquisitions and divestments; 

•   Significant  variations 
borrowing facilities; 

in  borrowings  or 

•   Financial  and  risk  management  policies  and 

procedures; and

•   Appointment  and  removal  of  the  Company 

Secretary.

ROLE OF THE CHAIRMAN

The Board elects the Chairman from members 
that  meet  the  Board’s  criteria  following  the 
preparation  of  a  job  specification  by  the 
Nominations and Remuneration Committee. 

The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance 
Charter  excludes  the  CEO  from  becoming 
Chairman. 

The  Chairman,  John  Rich,  is  responsible  for 
the  proper  and  efficient  functioning  of  the 
Board. The Chairman determines the calendar 
of  Board  meetings  and  the  agenda  of  the 
Board’s  meetings  after  consultation  with  the 
CEO.  Prior  to  each  meeting,  the  Chairman 
prepares a report and ensures that Directors 
receive  complete  and  accurate  information 
and, to the extent appropriate, a copy of any 
presentation to be made at the Board meeting. 

The Chairman will also make sure that there 
is  sufficient  time  and  debate  for  making 
decisions. 

joining  the  Board  and  that  existing  Directors 
continually  update  their  skills  and  the 
knowledge and familiarity with the Company 
required to fulfil their role both on the Board 
and  on  Board  Committees.  The  Chairman 
represents the Board to shareholders and the 
public and chairs Shareholders’ Meetings. 

The Chairman serves as the interface between 
the  Board  and  major  shareholders  of  the 
Company on matters of corporate governance. 

The  CEO  is  responsible  for  the  execution 

and management of the outcome of all Board 

decisions. The CEO is delegated powers that 

are  not  exclusively  reserved  to  the  Board  or 

to the Shareholders’ Meetings. The CEO can 

delegate  authority  for  daily  management  to 

subordinate executives but will retain ultimate 

accountability  to  the  Board  for  the  actions 

which are conducted during the performance 

of the role and the actions of delegates. 

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE 
CHAIRMAN AND THE CEO 

A  clear  division  of  responsibilities  is 
maintained  between  the  Chairman  and  the 
CEO.  The  CEO  may  not  carry  out  the  duties 
of  the  Chairman  and  vice  versa  except  in 
extraordinary  circumstances  limited  to  no 
more than 12 months. 

The  Chairman  is  required  to  maintain  close 
relations with the CEO by giving him support 
and  advice  while  respecting  the  executive 
responsibilities of the CEO. The CEO provides 
the Chairman with all the information required 
to carry out the role. 

ROLE OF THE CEO 

The  CEO,  Yuriy  Kosyuk,  reports direct  to  the 
Board. The CEO is entrusted by the Board with 
the day-to-day management of the Company 
within  the  strategic  parameters  established 
by the Board. 

ROLE OF THE SENIOR 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR 

John  Grant  has  been  designated  as  the 

Board’s  Senior  Independent  Director  since 

2014.  The  Senior  Independent  Director  acts 

as an advisor to the Chairman, is responsible 

for coordinating the annual evaluation of the 

Chairman  and  acts  as  an  intermediary  for 

the  other  Directors  and  shareholders  when 

required. He provides an alternative point of 

contact for shareholders on matters where the 

usual channels of communication are deemed 

inappropriate. 

In  2021,  the  Senior  Independent  Director 

did  not  receive  any  requests  directly  from 

shareholders/stakeholders  but  participated 

in  a  number  of  meetings  organised  by  the 

Company  or  investment  banks.  Many  of 

these meetings concerned the proposed new 

Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  which  was 

passed  by  shareholders  (over  97%  voted  in 

favour) at the EGM on 28 December 2021.

•  Remuneration of Directors; 
•   Senior  management  appointments,  removals 

and remuneration arrangements; 

The Chairman is also responsible for ensuring 
that  new  Directors  receive  a  complete  and 
tailored  induction  to  the  Company  prior  to 

The CEO oversees the organisation and effi-
cient day-to-day management of subsidiaries, 
affiliates and joint ventures. 

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

70

ROLE OF THE NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS 

The Non-Executive Directors bring an external 
perspective to Board discussions. They offer 
specialist advice, constructive challenge and 
strategic guidance to the Executive Directors 
as well as holding them to account. 

MHP  benefits  from  the  broad  range  of  skills 
and  experience  that  the  Non-Executive 
Directors  provide  from  different  businesses 
and fields.

NON-EXECUTIVE 
INDEPENDENCE 

The  independence  of  each  of  the  Non-
Executive  Directors  is  considered  on 
appointment. 

Each year, the Nominations and Remuneration 
Committee  (“NRC”)  and  the  Board  consider 
the  facts  and  circumstances  relating  to 
Director  independence  (and  throughout  the 
year,  as  appropriate).  This  process  includes 
an assessment of whether each Non-Executive 
Director is independent of Management and 
any business or other relationships that could 
materially  interfere  with  his  or  her  exercise 
of  objective,  unfettered  and  independent 
judgement  or  his  or  her  ability  to  act  in  the 
best interests of the shareholders. In making 
its decision, the Board considers relationships 
with  Management,  major  shareholders, 
associated companies and other parties with 
whom the Company conducts business. 

At  31  December  2021,  the  Board  had  seven 
directors, three of whom are classified by the 
Board as independent. 

John  Grant  has  served  as  a  Non-Executive 
Director  of  the  Company  since  2006  and 
has been Senior Independent Director since 
2014.  He  has  therefore  served  on  the  Board 
for more than nine years from the date of his 
first appointment. 

He has had extensive experience over many 
years  as  an  independent  non-executive 
director of a wide range of public and private 
companies  covering  a  variety  of  business 
sectors.  He  has  been  Senior  Independent 
Director,  and  has  chaired  the  Audit  and/or 
Remuneration  Committees  of  several  major 
public companies. The Board values his broad 
business  perspective  and  experience  and 
continues  to  be  satisfied  that  he  possesses 
the necessary independence of character and 
judgement to be regarded as independent. 

Christakis  Taoushanis  and  Philip  Wilkinson 
were  also  viewed  as  Independent  Non-
Executive  Directors.  John  Rich  was  viewed 
by the Board as independent on appointment 
as  Chairman  in  2017  but  is  now  not  viewed 
as independent and designated as Executive 
Chairman  because  of  his  subsequent 
performance of certain executive management 
functions.  Accordingly,  in  March  2019,  he 
resigned from the Audit Committee. 

His  interim  appointment  during  the  year 
as  Chairman  of  the  Nominations  and 
Remuneration Committee ended in September 
2021. 

ROLE OF THE COMPANY 
SECRETARY 

The  Company  Secretary  ensures  that  the 
Board  receives  appropriate  and  timely 

information and provides advice and support 
to the Chairman, the Board, Board Committees 
and  senior  management  on  regulatory  and 
governance  matters.  All  Directors  have 
direct  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of 
the  Company  Secretary.  Directors  may  also 
obtain independent advice as required at the 
Company’s expense. 

APPOINTMENT AND 
RE-APPOINTMENT OF 
DIRECTORS 

There  is  a  formal  and  rigorous  procedure 
for  the  appointment  of  new  Directors.  The 
shareholders  shall  have  power  at  any  time, 
and from time to time, to appoint any person 
to be a Member of the Board, to fill a casual 
vacancy  through  EGM.  Any  Member  of  the 
Board so appointed shall hold office only until 
the  next  following  annual  general  meeting, 
and shall then be eligible for re-election.

The  process  for  new  appointments  is  led 
by  the  Nominations  and  Remuneration 
Committee  which  makes  a  recommendation 
to the Board. 

The  Board  may  appoint  any  Director  to  hold 
any employment or executive office and may 
revoke or terminate such appointment. In line 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all 
members of the Board are subject to annual 
re-election by a majority of shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting. 

Directors  may  be  re-elected  an  unlimited 
number  of  times.  Shareholders  may,  by 
ordinary resolution, also appoint a person as 
a Director or remove any Director before the 
expiration of their period in office.

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 

MHP  values  its  distinctive  culture  and,  in 
particular,  its  proactive  approach  to  creating 
senior  management  and  development 
opportunities  for  women.  MHP  believes  that 
diversity  and  inclusion  support  innovation, 
continuous  improvement  and  increase 
efficiency.  The  Board  is  also  mindful  of  the 
recommendations contained within the FTSE 
Women Leaders Review  (diversity) and Parker 
(gender) Reviews. 

The  FTSE  Women  Leaders  Review  is  an 
independent,  business-led  framework 
supported by the UK Government, which sets 
recommendations  for  companies  to  improve 
the representation of Women on Boards and 
in Leadership positions. The Review builds on 
the Hampton-Alexander and Davies Reviews.

The  Board  and  the  Nominations  and 
Remuneration Committee considered diversity 
and  inclusion  matters  as  part  of  the  regular 
assessment  of  Board  effectiveness  and  the 
appointments  process  (see  also  the  NRC 
).    The  Board 
report  on  pages  79  to  80 
has  determined  that  it  will  not  set  specific 
targets  with  respect  to  Board  diversity  but 
recognises the benefits that this brings to its 
effectiveness.  It  is  committed  to  promoting 
diversity throughout the business. 

MHP  is  also  committed  to  ensuring  that 
equality is preserved within its remuneration 
arrangements for all its workforce throughout 
the business. More details will be included in 
the forthcoming Non-Financial Report.  

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

71

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

At  the  end  of  each  year,  the  Board  and 
Committees  undertake  an  assessment  of 
their  own  effectiveness.  In  parallel,  the  Non-
Executive  Directors  meet  to  discuss  and 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  Executive 
Chairman.  The  results  are  considered  by 
the  Board  at  the  first  Board  meeting  of  the 
following year.

DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS 
LITIGATION STATEMENT 

No  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  of 
MHP’s  senior  Management  has,  for  at  least 
five years: 
•   Any  convictions 

fraudulent 

relating 

to 

offences;

•   Been a senior manager or a member of the ad-
ministrative or supervisory bodies of any com-
pany  at  the  time  of,  or  preceding,  any  bank-
ruptcy, receivership or liquidation; or

•   Been subject to any official public incrimination 
and/or sanction by any statutory or regulatory 
authority  (including  any  designated  profes-
sional  body)  nor  ever  been  disqualified  by  a 
court from acting as a member of the adminis-
trative, management or supervisory bodies of 
a company, or from acting in the management 
or conduct of the affairs of a company. 

The  interests  of  Directors  in  MHP’s  GDRs  at 
31  December  2021  are  shown  in  the  table 
below.

DIRECTOR

NUMBER 
OF GDRS 
HELD

JOHN 
RICH

JOHN 
GRANT

25,000

17,000

RELATED PARTY 
TRANSACTIONS 

In  July  2020  the  Board  approved  a  Related 
Party  Transactions  Policy,  which  tightened 
controls over all related party transactions. 

Full information on loans made to and repaid 
by  WTI  Trading  Limited  is  disclosed  in  the 
Management Report on pages 84 to 87 
 and 
  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
in  Note  32 
Statements on page 97. 

Loans to WTI Trading Limited were repaid in 
full in December 2021.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Board has formal procedures in place to 
manage  conflicts  of  interest.  Each  Director 
is  required  to  inform  the  Board  of  any  other 
directorship, office or responsibility, including 
executive positions that are taken up outside 
the Company during the term of office. 

If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  a  conflict  of 
interest  exists,  the  relevant  Director  does 
not participate in discussions and will abstain 
from  a  Board  vote  on  the  affected  matter. 
The  Company’s  Conflict  of  Interest  Policy 
covers  any  transactions  involving  conflicts 

of  interest  (whether  actual  or  potential)  of 
MHP’s Management team members, including 
Directors  of  subsidiaries  and  branches  (“key 
management”):
•   MHP’s  line  managers  who  have  authority  to 
authorise transactions on behalf of MHP (“line 
managers”); and

•   Other  MHP  employees  who  are  authorised 
to  internally  approve  any  decisions  as 
significant  transactions  based  on  internal 
policies  and 
(“responsible 
instructions 
employees”)  or  who  have  power  to  influ-
ence such decisions. 

INFORMATION AND 
PROFESSIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT 

The Board ensures that Directors, especially 
Non-Executive  Directors,  have  access  to 
independent  professional  advice  at  the 
Company’s  expense  where  they  judge  it 
necessary  to  discharge  their  responsibilities 
as  Directors.  Board  Committees  are  also 
provided  with  sufficient  resources  to 
undertake their duties.

OTHER PROFESSIONAL COMMITMENTS

Every Director is required to allocate the time and attention required for the 
proper fulfilment of his or her duties. This commitment includes limiting the 
number of other professional commitments to the extent required. 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION 

All  Board  Directors  are  required  to  keep 
confidential  information  received  in  their 
capacity  as  Directors  and  may  not  use  it  for 
any other purpose than for fulfilling their remit. 

All  Directors  have  access  to  the  advice 
and  services  of  the  Company  Secretary, 
who  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  Board 
procedures are complied with. 

The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that 
the  Directors  receive  accurate,  timely  and 
clear  information.  The  Company’s  Executive 
Management  team  is  obliged  to  provide 
such  information  and  Directors  may  seek 
clarification or amplification where necessary. 
The  Chairman  ensures  that  Directors 
continually update their skills, knowledge and 
understanding of the Company’s activities in 
order to fulfil their role effectively both on the 
Board and on Board Committees. 

Corporate Governance ReportSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

72

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK 
MANAGEMENT 

The  Board  of  Directors  is  ultimately 
responsible  for  the  Company’s  governance, 
risk management, internal control environment 
and processes and reviews their effectiveness 
at  least  annually.  Once  identified,  risks 
are  evaluated  to  establish  their  potential 
financial  or  non-financial  impact  and  the 
likelihood  of  their  occurrence.  For  risks 
assessed  as  significant,  a  mitigation  action-
plan is determined by the relevant operational 
business management team. 

The  summary  of  key  risks  is  regularly 
discussed with MHP’s Management team and 
reported at least annually to the Board through 
the Audit & Risk Committee. The Company has 
an independent risk and process management 
department whose activities are overseen by 
the  CFO  and  reported  to  the  Audit  &  Risk 
Committee. 

The  Directors,  Management  and  employees 
follow  principles  of  responsible  business 
that are in line with the Company’s approved 
Conflict of Interest Policy. 

A  summary  of  the  Company’s  framework 
for  managing  risks,  and  the  Company’s  key 
business  risks  together  with  the  risk  related 
 of 
to war can be found on pages 43 to 50 
this Report.

ENGAGEMENT WITH 
STAKEHOLDERS 

The  Board  recognises  the  importance  of 
regular,  effective  and  constructive  communi-
cations  with  its  shareholders  and  maintains 
a dedicated investor relations department to 
facilitate this. 

Corporate Governance Report

The  principal  opportunity  for  shareholders 
to  engage  with  the  Board  is  at  the  Annual 
General Meeting. MHP announces its financial 
results on a quarterly basis. This information 
is released through the appropriate regulatory 
news services and recorded on the Company’s 
website. 

Each  results  announcement  is  accompanied 
by a conference call with MHP’s finance and 
investor relations team during which investors 
and analysts have the opportunity to discuss 
and ask questions about MHP’s performance. 

During  the  year  the  Board  and  investor 
relations  team  regularly  engaged  with 
shareholders  and  financial  analysts  to 

The Company also initiated and conducted a 
series of meetings between shareholders and 
the  Senior  Independent  Director  during  the 
second half of 2021 to discuss the proposed 
new  Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  prior 
to  the  EGM  which  was  conducted  on  28 
December  2021.  This  policy  was  passed  by 
over 97% of MHP’s shareholders at the EGM. 

WORKFORCE ENGAGEMENT 

MHP  works  closely  with  its  workforce  who 
play an active role in the management of the 
business through day-to-day dialogue and en-
gagement with the senior management team.  

MHP ANNOUNCES ITS FINANCIAL RESULTS ON A QUARTERLY BASIS. THIS 
INFORMATION IS RELEASED THROUGH THE APPROPRIATE REGULATORY 
NEWS SERVICES AND RECORDED ON THE COMPANY’S WEBSITE. 

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 

The  next  Annual  General  Meeting  will  take 
place  in  June  2022  at  1pm  at  16-18  Zinas 
Kanther  Street,  Agia  Triada,  3035  Limassol, 
Cyprus.  The  2022  AGM  notice  can,  in  due 
course, be found within the investor relations 
section at the Company’s website. 

discuss  matters  relating  to  MHP’s  strategy 
and  financial  performance  (a  Board  member 
participated  in  20%  of  meetings  with 
stakeholders).

The  Company  also  conducted  a  survey  of 
investor opinion which enabled shareholders 
and  bondholders  to  confidentially  report 
their  opinions  about  matters  such  as  MHP’s 
financial  and  non-financial  performance, 
strategy,  information  disclosure,  investor 
relations  and  quality  of  management. 
Further information can be found in the S172 
Statement  &  Stakeholder  Engagement  on 
pages 51 to 53. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

73

Audit & Risk Committee Report

AUDIT & RISK 
COMMITTEE 
REPORT

JOHN GRANT  
CHAIRMAN, AUDIT 
& RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit & Risk Committee (the “Committee”) is responsible for the integrity of the Group’s financial 
reporting and oversees its internal financial controls and risk management processes.  The Committee also 
makes recommendations to the Board on the appointment of external and internal auditors and oversees 
their activities.

I am pleased to present this report which describes how the Audit & Risk Committee carried out its 
responsibilities during the year and how it addressed significant issues relating to the Financial Statements.

John Grant
Chairman, Audit & Risk Committee

DIRECTOR

JOHN GRANT (Chairman)   

CHRISTAKIS TAOUSHANIS

PHILIP WILKINSON

NO OF MEETINGS

5/5

5/5

5/5

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

74

Audit & Risk Committee Report

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES

COMPOSITION

In March 2021, the Board renamed the Committee 
(previously the Audit Committee) the Audit & Risk 
Committee  to  emphasise  the  importance  of  its 
role  in  overseeing  and  reporting  to  the  Board 
on the Company’s risk management processes, 
although the Board retains overall responsibility 
for risk.

The  Committee’s  role  and  responsibilities  are 
set out in its amended terms of reference, which 
can be viewed on the Company’s website in the 
Corporate Governance Charter (Annex C) 

The Committee recognises its responsibility for 
protecting the interests of all its stakeholders with 
respect  to  the  integrity  of  financial  information 
published by the Company and the effectiveness 
of the audit.

The  Committee  comprises  a  minimum 
of  three  non-executive  directors,  each 
of  whom  is  deemed  by  the  Board  to 
be  independent.    The  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  is  John  Grant,  who  has 
significant and relevant financial experience 
in  a  wide  range  of  senior  non-executive 
roles  including  chairing  audit  committees 
in  a  number  of  major  international 
businesses (see biography on page 66). 
Christakis  Taoushanis (see  biography  on 
  has  been  a  member  of  the 
page  66) 
Committee  since  November  2018.    Philip 
Wilkinson  (see  biography  on  page  66) 
joined the Committee in June 2020.   The 
Committee  Chairman  invites  the  Chief 
Financial Officer, the Head of Internal Audit 

and senior representatives of the external 
auditor to attend meetings as appropriate.  
The  Committee  has  the  right  to  invite 
any  other  director  or  employee  to  attend 
meetings as it considers appropriate.

MEETINGS 

The  Committee  meets  at  least  four  times 
a  year.    The  scheduling  of  meetings  is 
intended to align with the financial reporting 
timetable,  enabling  the  Committee  to 
review  the  annual  and  quarterly  financial 
statements,  to  agree  the  audit  plan  in 
advance  of  the  full  year  audit,  and  to 
maintain  oversight  of  the  Group’s  internal 
controls  and  processes  throughout  the 
year.    In  2021,  the  Committee  met  five 

times;  for  timing  reasons,  an  additional 

meeting  was  held  in  December  2021  to 

consider  and  approve  the  2021  external 

audit plan.  The attendance of members at 

these meetings is shown in the table above.  

During the year, because of COVID-related 

travel restrictions, a number of Committee 

members and invitees necessarily attended 

certain meetings by video conference.

The  Committee  meets  with  the  external 

auditors at least once a year in the absence 

of Management.  In 2021, this meeting took 

place in March following the review of Ernst 

&  Young’s  report  on  their  audit  of  the  full 

year financial statements.  

THE COMMITTEE IS 
RESPONSIBLE SPECIFICALLY 
FOR:

• 

• 

• 

 reviewing  and  monitoring  the  integri -
ty  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements, 
including  the  Annual  Report  and  Interim 
Report, and any formal announcements re-
lating to financial performance;

 reviewing  and  reporting  to  the  Board  on 
significant reporting issues and the judge-
ments they contain;

 overseeing  the  Company’s  processes  for 
monitoring  and  managing  risk  through-

out  the  Group  and reporting  to the  Board 
on  the  effectiveness  of  those  processes, 
including the emergence of potential new 
risks;

• 

• 

 keeping under review the effectiveness of 
the Company’s financial reporting and inter-
nal control systems;

 reviewing and assessing annually the inde-
pendence, objectivity and effectiveness of 
the  external  auditors,  making  recommen-
dations to the Board regarding the appoint-
ment, re-appointment and replacement of 
external  auditors  and  the  terms  of  their 

• 

• 

• 

engagement,  and  approving  the  external 
audit plan;

 reviewing policy and practice regarding the 
provision  of  non-audit  services  by  the  ex-
ternal auditor;

 monitoring  and  evaluating  the  effective-
ness  of  the  internal  audit  function  and 
approving the internal audit plan;

 ensuring  compliance  with  relevant 
accounting  standards  and  consistency  of 
accounting policies, and challenging Man-
agement on the validity of assumptions un-
derlying accounting judgements;

• 

• 

• 

 reviewing,  challenging  and  reporting  to 
the  Board  on  the  going  concern  assump-
tion  and  the  basis  of  the  longer-term 
viability assessment; 

 reviewing  the  Annual  Report  and  finan-
cial  statements  to  ensure  they  are  fair, 
b a l a n c e d   a n d   u n d e r s t a n d a b l e   a n d 
advising the Board accordingly; and

r eviewing  and  overseeing  the  adequacy 
of  arrangements  for  employees  to 
raise  concerns  in  accordance  with  the 
Company’s whistle-blowing policy.

 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

75

KEY ACTIVITIES DURING THE 
YEAR

In  addition  to  matters  relating  to  the  2021 
financial  statements  (see  below),  other  key 
activities addressed by the Committee during 
the year included:
•   recommending for approval by the Board revi-
sions to the Committee’s Terms of Reference, 
in particular to reflect increased emphasis on 
overseeing  the  Company’s  risk  management 
processes;

•   considering the potential impact of COVID-19 
and the associated risks.  Although potential-
ly  material,  the  Committee  was  satisfied  that 
adequate  protection  and  control  measures 
had been put in place to protect MHP’s work-
force  and  ensure  continuity  of  supply  and 
production;

•   considering  the  effect  of  COVID-19,  and  re-
sulting absences from work, on the adequacy 
of  resources  committed  to  the  Internal  Audit 

Audit & Risk Committee Report

function,  taking  account  also  of  difficulties  in 
recruiting adequately trained and experienced 
staff  in  Ukraine,  and  agreeing  appropriate 
revisions to the internal audit programme;

•   keeping  under  review  the  Group’s  key  risks, 
including  the 
increasing  risk  of  potential 
cyber-attacks,  and  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Group’s risk management and internal control 
programmes;

•   approving the scope of work for Internal Audit 

in 2022;
•   considering 

readiness 

the  Group’s 

for 
increased reporting requirements, particularly 
in relation to climate change and sustainability; 
•   keeping  under  review  the  status  of  loans  to 
related  parties  and  confirming  that  loans  to 
WTI Trading Limited had been repaid in full by 
year-end, as anticipated;

•   discussing  the  results  of  the  annual  assess-
ment  of  the  Committee’s  effectiveness  and 
agreeing areas for potential improvement.

•   considered  the  processes  in  place  for  the 

valuation of assets, including the reasonable-

ness and consistency of assumptions; and

•   reviewed the effectiveness of the Company’s 

risk management and internal controls.

In  addition,  the  Committee  gave  particular 

consideration  to  the  following  significant 

issues and risks relating to the 2021 financial 

statements (see table on next page).

SIGNIFICANT ISSUES RELATING 
TO THE 2021 FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

The Committee undertook the following recur-
ring activities in relation to the 2021 financial 
statements:
•   considered  and  approved 

the  auditor’s 

independence and fee;

•   reviewed and agreed the scope of work to be 
undertaken in respect of the 2021 accounts by 
the external auditor;

•   considered the external auditor’s review of the 
interim financial report and their report on the 
audit of the full year results; 

•   reviewed  the  annual  and  quarterly  financial 
statements and Annual Report to ensure they 
were  fair,  balanced  and  understandable  and 
provided the information necessary for share-
holders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance,  business  model  and  strategy, 
and advised the Board accordingly; 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

76

Audit & Risk Committee Report

SIGNIFICANT ISSUE OR RISK CONSIDERED

HOW THIS WAS ADDRESSED BY THE COMMITTEE

REVENUE RECOGNITION
There is а presumed risk of misstatement on revenue recognition due to fraud.

The  Committee  discussed  revenue  recognition  processes  with  Management,  reviewed  with  the  Head 
of Internal Audit the results of an internal audit of controls over accounting and financial reporting and 
discussed  the  audit  work  conducted  by  Ernst  &  Young.    It  was  satisfied  that  adequate  processes  and 
controls were in place to manage the risk of revenue misstatement.

VALUATION OF BIOLOGICAL ASSETS AND AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE
Forecasting models used to determine the fair value of biological assets and agricultural produce require extensive 
management judgements and the use of complex models.

The Committee reviewed the assumptions and judgements applied by Management and confirmed that 
Ernst & Young had verified the reasonableness of input data and the accuracy of calculations.

VALUATION AND IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Testing of impairment of goodwill is inherently subjective as calculation of value in use of the relevant cash generating unit 
(“CGU”) or asset requires judgements and assumptions regarding future cashflows and the appropriate discount rate.  

REVALUATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Accounting standards require revaluation of property, plant and equipment to be performed with sufficient regularity to 
demonstrate that the carrying values do not differ materially from fair values. 

LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had extended loans of US$ 67.4 million to its majority shareholder, WTI Trading Limited.  

COMPLIANCE WITH BOND AND BANK COVENANTS
Continued compliance with covenants included in bond and bank debt agreements is an important ongoing focus for the 
Committee.  If the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Net Debt to LTM-adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Eurobond agreement) 
exceeds 3.0 to 1 the Group is not permitted to make certain restricted payments or to pay dividends in excess of $30 million.

The Russian invasion of Ukraine on 24 February 2022 resulted in material uncertainty as to the ability of MHP to continue 
operating its Ukrainian poultry production facilities and to sow and harvest crops as planned, and therefore its ability to 
continue as a Going Concern for the foreseeable future.

The Committee challenged Management’s assumptions and analysis underlying their review of potential 
impairment  in  respect  of  Perutnina  Ptuj,  acquired  in  February  2019,  and  reviewed  the  audit  work 
undertaken by Ernst & Young.  The Committee was satisfied that no impairment of goodwill or non-current 
assets was required.  

The  Committee  accepted  Management’s  recommendation  that  revaluations  would  be  performed  for 
all  fixed  asset  groups  other  than  buildings,  utilities  and  infrastructure.  It  reviewed  the  methods  and 
assumptions  adopted  by  Management  and  independent  appraisal  experts  to  calculate  fair  values  and 
ensured that disclosures in the financial statements were appropriate.

The Committee confirmed that loans to WTI Trading Limited had been repaid in full, both as to principal and 
interest, prior to 31 December 2021 and that no other material loans to related parties were outstanding. 
See also Note 32 to the Financial Statements.

The  Committee  verified  that  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  had  declined  from  3.66  to  1  as  at 
31 December 2020 to 1.90 as at 31 December 2021.  As the Consolidated Leverage Ratio had been below 
3 to 1 since 30 June 2021, no restrictions have been in effect since publication of the Group’s six-month 
results on 9 September 2021.

With regard to future compliance, the Committee confirmed that Management had performed appropriate 
stress tests, taking account of potential changes in macro-economic conditions and the potential impact 
of external events, and that these tests had been satisfied.

The  Committee  worked  closely  with  Management  to  ensure  all  practicable  measures  were  taken 
immediately following the invasion to enable the Company to continue to operate and to preserve cash as 
far as possible.  The Committee supported Management in seeking agreement from bondholders to defer 
for 270 days the first semi-annual interest payments on the Group’s three Eurobond issues and requesting 
similar support from its lending banks. Strong support was received from bondholders and banks in mid-
March 2022.  Following the success of Management and the entire MHP workforce in maintaining poultry 
operations to date at close to full capacity, and initiating sowing of summer crops on most of MHP’s land, 
the Committee reviewed updated financial forecasts and accepted Management’s assessment that, while 
material uncertainties remain, there is high confidence that the Group will be able to meet its financial 
obligations for the foreseeable future. It therefore agreed that it is appropriate for the 2021 accounts to be 
prepared on a Going Concern basis.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

77

Audit & Risk Committee Report

EXTERNAL AUDIT

APPOINTMENT OF EXTERNAL AUDITOR 
AND ASSESSMENT OF EFFECTIVENESS 

Ernst  &  Young  was  appointed  as  the  auditor  of  the  Company 
with effect from the 2020 financial year, replacing the previous 
auditor  Deloitte,  following  a  comprehensive  tender  and 
selection process in the fourth quarter of 2019.  

The  Committee  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  Ernst  &  Young 
following  completion  of  their  audit  of  the  2020  accounts  and 
concluded  that  it  was  satisfied  with  the  quality,  integrity  and 
effectiveness of their work. 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

A  policy  is  in  place  covering  engagement  of  the  external 
auditor  for  the  supply  of  non-audit  services  to  ensure  that  its 
independence and objectivity are not impaired.  This requires 
the Audit Committee to approve all material non-audit services 
in advance of the service being provided.  Cumulative non-audit 
fees  are  reviewed  periodically  at  scheduled  meetings  of  the 
Committee.  A breakdown of fees earned by the external auditor 
for  audit  and  non-audit  services  can  be  found  in Note  8 
to the Financial Statements.

It  is  the  Committee’s  intention  to  ensure  future  non-audit 
services are provided by a number of different firms to ensure 
both independence of the external audit and best quality and 
best value provision of non-audit services.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE AND 
OBJECTIVITY

The  Committee  has  a  policy  and  procedures  in  place  to 
ensure  that  auditor  independence  and  objectivity  are  never 
compromised.  This  includes  approval  requirements  for 
engagement  of  the  external  auditor  for  non-audit  services, 
periodic review of the cost of non-audit services provided by 
the external auditor and requirements for rotation of the audit 
partner every 7 years.  

Each year, the auditor is required to provide to the Committee 
evidence of how it believes its independence and objectivity 
have been maintained.  

Based on these requirements and procedures, the Committee 
remains  confident  that  auditor  independence  and  objectivity 
have been and will be maintained. 

ERNST 
& YOUNG

WAS APPOINTED AS THE 
AUDITOR OF THE COMPANY 
WITH EFFECT FROM THE 2020 
FINANCIAL YEAR

7REQUIREMENTS 

FOR ROTATION OF 
THE AUDIT 
PARTNER EVERY

YEARS

 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

78

Audit & Risk Committee Report

INTERNAL AUDIT

The  Company  has  an  in-house  Internal 
Audit  function  whose  primary  purpose 
is  to  provide  independent  assurance  to 
Management  and  the  Committee,  and 
hence the Board, on the Company’s risk 
management  and  control  environment.  
The  internal  audit  remains  free  from 
all  conditions  that  threaten  the  ability 
of  internal  auditors  to  carry  out  their 
responsibilities  in  an  unbiased  manner. 
Internal  Audit  coverage  includes  all 
the  Company’s  operations,  resources, 
services  and  responsibilities  to  other 
bodies,  with  no  department  or  business 
unit  of  the  Company  being  exempt  from 
review.

Internal Audit responsibilities include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 ex a m i n i n g   a n d   e v a l u a t i n g   t h e 
adequacy  of  the  Company’s  system 
of internal control;

 a s s e s s i n g  
t h e   r e l i a b i l i t y   a n d 
accuracy  of  information  provided  to 
stakeholders;

 assessing  compliance  with  statutory 
and regulatory requirements; 

 assessing compliance with Company 
policies and procedures;

• 

• 

• 

• 

 ensuring  that  the  Company’s  assets 
are  properly  accounted  for  and 
safeguarded;

 a s s e s s i n g   t h e   e f f i c i e n c y   a n d 
effectiveness  with  which  resources 
are employed;

 liaising with external auditors in audit 
planning  and  assisting  the  external 
auditors as required; and

 investigating  any  instances  of  fraud, 
irregularity or corruption.

The Internal Audit programme is approved 
annually  by  the  Committee  and  the 
Head  of  Internal  Audit  reports  findings 
periodically to the Committee.  

At  least  annually,  the  Committee 
considers  the  role  and  effectiveness 
of  the  Internal  Audit  function,  taking 
account  of  the  resources  available  and 
required,  the  experience  and  expertise 
of  personnel  and  the  quality  of  service 
delivered. The Committee concluded that 
the  Internal  Audit  function  is  continuing 
to  deliver  the  level  of  service  required, 
notwithstanding  the  recent  operational 
challenges  resulting  from  the  COVID 
pandemic. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 
AND INTERNAL 
CONTROL

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of 
the Company’s risk management and control 
systems  through  regular  updates  from 
Management,  reviews  of  the  key  findings 
of  the  external  and  internal  auditors  and 
an  annual  review  of  the  risk  management 
process  and  risk  matrix.    Results  are 
reported  regularly  to  the  Board,  which  has 
overall responsibility for risk management. 

The  annual  review  covers  key  risks  that 
could  potentially  impact  the  achievement 
of  the  Group’s  strategic  and  financial 
objectives.    New  risks  and  changes  in 
existing risks are identified on a continuous 
basis.

A risk scoring system is used to help quantify 
both the probability and potential impact of 
each major risk after the effect of mitigating 
actions, to assess residual risks against the 
Company’s  risk  appetite  and  to  prioritise 
further risk management actions.  

t o  

t h e 
T h e   C o m p a n y ’s   a p p r o a c h  
identification  and  assessment  of  risks,  and 
the  response  to  risks,  is  based  on  best 
business practices and international COSO 
Enterprise  Risk  Management  standards. 
Please  see  also  the  Risk  Management 
 of this Annual Report. 
section on page 43 

N o   i n c i d e n t s   o f   s i g n i f i c a n t   c o n t r o l 
weaknesses or failures were identified at any 
time during the year to 31 December 2021.

John Grant
Chairman, Audit & Risk Committee
05 May 2022

COSO

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

79

Nominations And Remuneration Committee Report

NOMINATIONS AND 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
REPORT 

PHILIP J 
WILKINSON OBE  
INDEPENDENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR 

THIS REPORT DESCRIBES HOW THE NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
CARRIED OUT ITS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE YEAR. 
THE NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE (“THE COMMITTEE”) IS 
RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE BOARD ON THE APPOINTMENT 
OF DIRECTORS AND FOR DETERMINING THE REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS. 

MEMBER

JOHN RICH 
(Interim Chairman from 
January - September 2021)

JOHN GRANT 

PHILIP J WILKINSON OBE  
(appointed Chairman from 
September 2021)

ROGER WILLS  
(resigned in January 
2021)

NO OF MEETINGS

5/6

6/6

6/6

0/0

ROLE AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES 

The Committee’s role and responsibili-
ties are set out in its Terms of Reference, 
which can be viewed on the Company’s 
website  in  the Corporate  Governance 
  Further  details 
Charter  (Annex  E). 
regarding the Committee’s composition, 
areas  of  focus  in  2021  and  diversity 
approach are set out below. 

COMPOSITION

The  Committee  comprises  a  minimum 
of  three  Independent  Non-Executive 
Directors.  The  Chairman  of  the  Com-
pany  may  also  serve  as  a  member. 
Following Roger Wills’ resignation from 

the  Board  and  the  Committee  in  Jan-
uary  2021,  Dr  John  Rich  was  appoint-
ed Interim Chairman  of  the  Committee 
pending the appointment of a qualified 
Independent Non-Executive Director as 
Chairman. As such, Dr John Rich served 
as Interim Chairman from January 2021 
to  September  2021.  Philip  J  Wilkinson 
OBE,  an  Independent  Non-Executive 
Director, was appointed as Chairman of 
the  Committee  on  8  September  2021.  
The Company Secretary acts as secre-
tary to the Committee. On occasion, the 
Committee invites the Chief Executive, 
the  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  Deputy 
Chief  Executive  Officer  -  People  to  at-
tend  discussions  where  their  input  is 
required. 

MEETINGS

T h e   C o m m i t t e e   m e e t s   n o t   l e s s 
than  twice  a  year.  During  2021,  the 
Committee  met  six  times.  Members’ 
attendance is shown in the table above.

DURING 2021, THE 
COMMITTEE MET

6

TIMES

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

80

Nominations And Remuneration Committee Report

AREAS OF FOCUS IN 2021 

in  mind 

The  principal  matters  considered  by  the 
Committee during 2021 were as follows: 
•   Bearing 

the  composition  and 
balance  of  the  Board,  the  search  for  a  new 
Independent Non-Executive Director contin-
ued.  There is an intention to bring additional 
industry experience and improve the balance 
of the Board. Although the process has been 
delayed by COVID-related travel restrictions 
and more recently by the Russian invasion of 
Ukraine,  we  hope  to  make  an  appointment 
when the situation in Ukraine stabilises.

•   As  reported  last  year,  the  Committee  ap-
pointed a remuneration consultant, Deloitte, 
to conduct a comparative review of compen-
sation of the Executive Directors and Senior 
Management  with  a  view  to  changing  to  a 
more performance-related bonus scheme. 

•   The  first  outcome  of  this  compensation 
review is a new Directors’ Remuneration Pol-
icy, the full detail of which may be found on 
the  Company’s  website.  The  Company  con-
sulted  with  shareholders  and  put  the  Policy 
to  an  EGM  in  December  2021  where  it  was 
overwhelmingly  approved.  This  Policy  will 
be put to shareholders for approval at least 
every three years. 

•   The  second  outcome  of  this  review  is  ex-
pected  to  be  a  new  Pay  Philosophy  for 
Senior  Management.  The  Group  has  begun 
exploring  a  Senior  Management  Incentive 
Programme  linked  to  the  five-year  strat-
egy  for  the  Company.  This  will  be  further 
developed  during  2022  and  presented  to 
the Committee for approval.  

•   In  addition, 

the  Committee  has  been 
kept  informed  of,  and  supports,  initiatives 

in 

for 

those  disciplines. 

to  realign 
technical  expertise  and  sen-
ior  management  structures  to  better  un-
derpin  planned  strategic  developments.  
identifying  key  experts  and 
Progress 
managerial  roles  within  the  Group  was 
made  during  2021  including  defining  core 
competencies 
In 
2022  the  Committee  will  be  kept  informed 
of  the  next  stage  of  development,  where 
circumstances  permit,  where  people  cur-
rently  in  those  positions  are  assessed  and 
potential  future  successors  are  identified.  
Out  of  the  17  senior  management  positions 
in  the  Company,  10  have  been  appointed 
in  the  last  two  years,  five  through  internal 
through  external 
five 
promotion  and 
recruitment. 

DIVERSITY

MHP  recognises  the  importance  and  value  of 
diversity  throughout  its  workforce.  For  more 
information  on  the  Group’s  approach,  please 
see  the  Corporate  Governance  Report  on 
page 63. 

Philip J Wilkinson OBE 
Chairman, Nominations and Remuneration 
Committee 
05 May 2022   

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

82

IGR & PA Committee Report

INTERNATIONAL GOVERNMENT 
RELATIONS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 
COMMITTEE REPORT

1  Since 9 February 2021, Roberto Banfi continues 
to advise the Committee and the Company on 
a consultancy basis.

agricultural  sector  boards  and  holds  several 
non-executive  directorships  and  advisory 
positions  in  global  agri-businesses  (see 
biography on page 66). 

The  other  members  of  the  Committee  are 
Dr John Rich (see biography on page 66) 
and  Roberto  Banfi,  who  stepped  down  from 
the Board and the Committee on 9 February 
2021 but continues to advise the Committee 
and the Company on a consultancy basis.

The  Committee  has  the  right  to  invite  any 
other director or employee to attend meetings 
as it considers appropriate. 

THE INTERNATIONAL GOVERNMENT RELATIONS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 
COMMITTEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SETTING THE STRATEGY AND 
OBJECTIVES OF THE COMPANY’S GOVERNMENT RELATIONS AND PUBLIC 
AFFAIRS EFFORTS.

MEMBER

PHILIP J 
WILKINSON OBE

DR JOHN RICH

ROBERTO BANFI1

NO OF MEETINGS

4/4

4/4

4/4

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

The Committee’s role and responsibilities are 
set  out  in  its  Terms  of  Reference,  which  can 
be  viewed  on  the  Company’s  website  in  the 
Corporate Governance Charter (Annex F). 
This  Report  describes  how  the  International 
Government  Relations  and  Public  Affairs 
(“IGR  and  PA”)  Committee  carried  out  its 
responsibilities  during  the  year  and  how  it 
addressed  political  and  industry  concerns 
relating to the poultry sector. The Committee 
is responsible for developing the Company’s 
approach  to  international  government 
relations and public affairs and reflecting the 
changing business and political environment 
in which the Company operates. This includes 

reviewing and providing input to Management 
on  responsible  business  matters  and 
anticipating and preparing the reaction of the 
Company to any potential crisis management 
situations relating to political and operational 
issues (e.g. Avian Influenza outbreaks during 
the year and, post balance sheet, the Russian 
invasion). 

COMPOSITION

The Committee comprises at least two Board 
members. The Chairman of the Committee is 
Philip  J  Wilkinson  OBE  who  has  significant 
and  relevant  experience  in  international 
agricultural  politics,  has  historically  chaired 

 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

83

MEETINGS IN THE YEAR 

The  Committee  meets  at  least  twice  a  year. 
A  meeting  may  be  convened  at  any  time 
by  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee,  the 
Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive 
Officer  to  consider  any  matters  falling  within 
the  Committee’s  terms  of  reference.  Four 
meetings were held during the year, three of 
which were held by video conference due to 
COVID-19 restrictions.

COMMITTEE PROGRESS AND 
ACHIEVEMENTS TO DATE 

Responsible business 
The  2021  UN  Climate  Change  Conference 
(“COP  26”)  once  again  outlined  the  critical 
importance  of  global  society  working 
together to address the significant challenges 
posed  by  climate  change.    MHP  is  proud  to 
be  accelerating  its  efforts  in  this  area  and 
to  be  striving  to  be  a  leader  in  sustainable 
agriculture and food production. 

Central  to  MHP’s  sustainable  development 
plan  is  its  commitment  to  achieving  Carbon 
Neutrality  by  2030.  Working  with  our 
partner,  Alltech  E-CO2  we  are  on  the  verge 
of  establishing  the  Group’s  current  carbon 
footprint and in 2022 this information will be 
submitted  to  the  Carbon  Trust  for  validation 
prior to setting out a future roadmap. Through 
accurate  measurement,  we  have  identified 
disciplines where improvements can be made.  

Our    vertically-integrated  agribusiness 
model means we are well placed to take the 
appropriate  action  necessary  to  achieve  our 
objectives  across  the  whole  of  our  supply 
chain and I am delighted to report that we are 
currently on target to achieve our goals. This 
includes collaborating with external suppliers 
as we cannot achieve the goals on our own. 

IGR & PA Committee Report

2030

CARBON 
NEUTRALITY 
BY 2030

CO2

International government relations 
and public Affairs progress
One  year  into  the  formation  of  the  IGR  and 
PA  Committee,  I  am  pleased  to  report  that 
relations  with  EU  and  UK  office  holders  and 
policy makers in the agribusiness sector have 
advanced  both  positively  and  significantly.  
We  have  demonstrated  our  professionalism 
particularly  with  regard  to  the  management 
of  the  Avian  Influenza  crisis  which,  over 
the  past  year,  has  been  one  of  the  worst 

on  record  across  Europe.  Our  open  and 
transparent  approach  to  this  crisis,  together 
with  the  development  of  professional 
working  relationships  with  our  counterparts 
in  Europe  and  the  UK,  has  been  a  major 
contributory  factor  in  the  positive  results 
which  will  be  referenced  later  in  the  Report 
of  the  Committee.  We  hope  to  extend  these 
successes  further  around  the  globe  during 
2022 always bearing in mind the impact the 
Russian invasion is having on the Company.  

The  Committee  is  delighted  to  report  that 
Avian  Influenza  regionalisation  recognition 
has been achieved between Ukraine and the 
European Union (“EU”) enabling export trade 
to be resumed from uninfected areas.  It was 
encouraging  to  note  the  support  from  much 
of  the  EU  poultry  industry  for  this  initiative 
which we believe to be a positive step in the 
right direction from a relationship perspective.  
The  veterinary  authorities  from  the  EU  were 
satisfied that the credible procedures adopted 
by  the  Group  to  meet  the  standards  set  out 
in  EU  legislation  for  notification,  disposal, 
cleaning  and  logistics  movements  during 
an  Avian  Influenza  outbreak  were  all  strictly 
adhered to. Progress has also been made with 
reference to Avian Influenza recognition with 
the United Kingdom.  After much exchanging 
of  information,  recognition  was  achieved  in 
December 2021. 

Despite  export  sales  being  interrupted  as 
a  result  of  the  war,  we  are  still  on  target  to 
deliver our UK Poultry Meat Export Agreement 
quota  volumes.    As  a  result,  we  had  already 
instigated  discussions  with  the  UK’s  Foreign 
Office and Department of International Trade 
with a view to increasing the Tariff Free Quota 
volumes.    At  the  time  of  these  discussions 
the  UK  Prime  Minister  visited  Ukraine  and 
discussed the liberalisation of trade between 
the two countries.  The UK has subsequently 

announced that all tariffs on goods imported 
from Ukraine will be reduced to zero and all 
quotas  will  be  removed  under  a  Free  Trade 
Agreement.  

The EU have proposed to follow the UK’s lead 
by temporarily removing remaining tariffs and 
quotas on Ukrainian exports.

We are currently awaiting the details of both 
initiatives  but  are  quietly  encouraged  and 
optimistic.

I  am  encouraged  by  the  improvement  in 
International Government Relations and Public 
Affairs achieved during the year and hope to 
build  on  this  once  the  situation  in  Ukraine 
normalises.

Philip J Wilkinson OBE 
Chairman, IGR & PA Committee 
05 May 2022

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

84

Management Report

MANAGEMENT 
REPORT 

THE INFORMATION WITHIN THIS REPORT IS ALIGNED WITH THE 
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE UK COMPANIES ACT 2006, 
THE UK DISCLOSURE AND TRANSPARENCY RULES, THE LISTING 
RULES OF THE UK AND CYPRUS COMPANIES LAW CAP. 113. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND REVIEW OF THE BUSINESS

MHP is the international food and agrotech company that cares about its people, the environment 
and communities and is transforming into a culinary company.  MHP Ukraine and Perutnina Ptuj 
(“PP”) operate vertically-integrated business models, owning and operating each of the key stages 
of chicken production processes (see Our Business Model on pages 16). 
 During 2021, principal 
activity of the company remained unchanged. MHP’s objectives are to maximise efficiency in 
production costs, increase profitability by consolidating multiple steps in the value-chain and follow 
the strategy of sales diversification taking into account market availability and challenges, local 
customer preferences as well as the stability that diversification brings. Detailed information on 
the Group’s financial and operational performance, including KPIs, can be found in the Business 
Review on pages 26 to 30. 

Key to the Company’s approach to managing waste is MHP’s biogas programme, comprising 
facilities and green energy projects, which enable the recycling of different wastes including husks, 
leftovers from grain and chicken production. Further information on this circular economy aspect 
 and will also be 
of the Group’s business may be found in the Group Overview on pages 7 to 15 
reported on in detail in the forthcoming Non-Financial Report. 

THE  BUSINESS  IS  ORGANISED  INTO  AND  OPERATES 
THROUGH FOUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS:

POULTRY AND RELATED OPERATIONS SEGMENT 
(MHP, EXCLUDING PERUTNINA PTUJ) 

The  Poultry  and  Related  Operations  Segment  produces,  processes  and  sells 
chicken meat (fresh and frozen), culinary products (marinated, ready-to-cook and 
value-added products), vegetable oils (sunflower and soybean) and mixed fodder. It 
incorporates three chicken meat complexes and two breeding farms, three sunflower 
oil plants, one soybean crushing plant, three feed mills and two biogas complexes. 
For more detailed information see the Group Overview on pages 10 to 11. 

GRAIN GROWING OPERATIONS SEGMENT 

The Grain Growing Operations Segment grows crops for fodder production and 
for sale to third parties. In 2021 MHP’s total landbank constituted approximately 
361,000 hectares (“ha”) of land of which the majority was used for grain cultivation. 
The landbank comprises a number of enterprises in Ukraine. For more detailed 
information see the Group Overview on pages 12. 

MEAT-PROCESSING & OTHER AGRICULTURAL 
OPERATIONS SEGMENT 

The Meat-Processing & Other Agricultural Operations Segment produces and sells 
sausage, salami,  convenience foods and produce from cattle and milk operations. 
It incorporates two facilities for the production of prepared meat products and a 
number of cattle farms. For more detailed information see the Group Overview on 
pages 13. 

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT – PERUTNINA 
PTUJ 

The European Operating Segment comprises 100% of Perutnina Ptuj (“PP”), a leading 
poultry and processed-meat producer in the Balkans with production assets in 
Slovenia, Croatia, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina and distribution companies 
in Austria, North Macedonia and Romania. PP supplies products to 18 European 
countries. For more detailed information see the Group Overview on pages 14. 

 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

85

Management Report

COMPANY’S MISSION 

The  Company’s  mission  is  to  provide  our 
customers with high-quality, sustainable food 
products and culinary solutions that are safe 
and responsibly produced, at the same time 
as  anticipating  and  meeting  our  customers’ 
evolving priorities and requirements.

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS 

The  Executive  Management  team  believes 
there  are  ample  opportunities  for  growth 
both  internationally  and  domestically.  In 
Ukraine,  the  Group  offers  a  wide  range  of 
poultry products ranging from fresh chicken to 
culinary products through to processed meat 
products  that  MHP  develops  and  offers  to 
its customers. In line with the transformation 
to become a culinary company, the Group is 
increasingly providing solutions to consumers, 
retailers and food service with ready-to-cook 
and  ready-to-eat  food  products.  Further 
information  on  the  evolution  of  the  Group’s 
strategy,  as  set  out  below,  may  be  found  in 
 As 
the Group Overview on pages 7 to 15. 
a  result  of  the  War,  MHP  has  experienced 
a  number  of  significant  disruptions  and 
operational  issues  within  its  business, 
which  are  described  in  detail  in  Note  33 
  Operating  Environment  and  in Note  39 

Subsequent Events. 

Exports  of  chicken  meat  now  reach  over  80 
countries with a potential to further increase 
geographies, volumes and product SKUs.

THE STRATEGY TO ACHIEVE THE COMPANY’S MISSION:  

1

2

3

TRANSFORMATION INTO 
A CULINARY COMPANY 

CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT 
& INNOVATION  

APPROACH TO PEOPLE AND 
WORKFORCE 

Transform the Company into a culinary company 
through the managed and careful development 
of  cooperation  with  the  franchise  network, 
retail,  HoReCa,  the  Nasha  Ryaba  antibiotic-
free range, packed poultry, the culinary kitchen 
and  other  initiatives.  This  includes  increasing 
the  Company’s  presence  in  value-added  food 
products such as processed meat, convenience 
food and the Commercial Kitchen concept; 

Maintain  “continuous  improvement”  approach 
including  optimising  human  productivity,  high 
biosecurity standards, environmental standards, 
health  and  safety  and  animal  welfare  practices 
(including, but not limited to, the antibiotic-free 
programme); 

Develop  the  Company’s  approach  to  people, 
including providing a healthy and safe workplace 
and an environment that enables every employee 
to develop their skills to their maximum potential. 

4

5

EXPORT DIVERSIFICATION 
& EXPANSION 

INTERNATIONAL SALES 
AND DISTRIBUTION 

Continue  export  expansion  through  sales 
diversification  and  market  targeting,  increasing 
the share of value-added sales;  

Continue  to  establish  international  sales  and 
distribution offices and potentially joint ventures;  

6

 EFFICIENCY

Constantly  increase  production  efficiency 
through  modernisation  and  innovation; 
improvement in cost and quality control; and the 
use of up-to-date technology across all business 
segments, including PP;  

7
BRAND PROMOTION AND 
DEVELOPMENT  

8
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY 
PROJECTS  

9
M&A OPPORTUNITIES 

Promote  and  develop  the  Company’s  strong 
brands through consumer-driven innovation and 
the introduction of new products;  

Expand  alternative  energy  projects  (biogas, 
biodiesel, solar, wind energy etc); and  

Explore  M&A  opportunities  and  potentially 
acquire  further  meat-processing  and/or  poultry 
production companies internationally.  

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

86

DIVIDEND POLICY 

In  March  2013  the  Board  of  Directors 
approved  the  adoption  of  a  dividend  policy 
that  maintains  a  balance  between  the 
need  to  invest  in  further  development  and 
the  right  of  shareholders  to  share  the  net 
profits of the Company. In recognition of the 
Company’s exeptional performance in 2021, in 
November the Board resolved to pay a one-
off  special  (interim)  dividend  of  US$  0.2803 
per  share  (approximately  US$  30  million)  on 
10  December  2021.  Taking  into  account  the 
current  uncertainties  following  the  Russian 
invasion of Ukraine, and the resulting need to 
preserve  liquidity  to  support  the  Company’s 
ongoing  business  operations  and  to  help 
sustain  national  food  security,  the  Board  of 
MHP  SE  has  decided  that  no  final  dividend 
will be paid.

LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES 

On  21  January  2020,  the  Board  approved 
a  loan  facility  of  up  to  US$  80  million  to 
the  Company’s  principal  shareholder,  WTI 
Trading Limited (“WTI”) to meet WTI’s general 
liquidity  requirements  and  other  corporate 
purposes for a maximum of three years. As of 
31  December  2020,  loans  to  WTI  amounted 
to  US$  67.4million.  During  2021  the  Group 
provided  additional  loans  to  WTI  of  US$  3.6 
million.  All  loans  to  WTI  were  repaid  fully  in 
December 2021.

The  Directors  believe  that  the  loans  were 
issued  at  arm’s  length  terms  and  for  fair 
market  value,  that  they  were  in  the  best 
interests  and  for  the  commercial  benefit  of 
the Group and did not violate the terms of the 
Senior Notes (Note 29). 

Management Report

RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT

Sustaining  significant  investment  in  R&D 
as  well  as  innovation  is  fundamental  to  the 
Company’s  long-term  growth  strategy.  Our 
target  is  to  sustain  MHP’s  position  as  a 
world  leader  in  efficient  poultry  production 
at  the  same  time  as  adopting  a  sustainable 
and  responsible  approach  to  society,  our 
employees,  the  environment  and  animal 
welfare. 

BUSINESS REVIEW AND RISKS

A  review  of  the  Group’s  performance  and 
the  key  risks  and  uncertainties  which 
face  the  business  as  well  as  details  on 
likely  developments  can  be  found  in  the 
Chairman’s Statement on page 21 
 and Risk 
Management on page 43 

 of this Report. 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 
REPORTING AND ESG 
DIALOGUE

The  Group  initiated  corporate  responsibility 
reporting  in  2015  and  issues  a  separate 
Corporate  Responsibility  Report  (Non- 
Financial  Report)  annually.  This  Report 
includes  information  for  MHP’s  material 
stakeholders and applies the latest applicable 
Global  Reporting  Initiative’s  (“GRI”)  reporting 
framework, Core compliance. The latest Non-
Financial Report is for 2020 and can be found 
in  the  “Sustainable  Development”  section  of 
the  Company’s  website.  MHP  expects  the 
2021  Report  to  be  available  in  June  2022. 
Summary Corporate Responsibility information 
 within 
is also included on pages 54 to 59 

this Annual Report. MHP also participates in a 
number of ESG research exercises conducted 
by specialist investor research agencies and 
readily responds to questions and information 
requests  from  shareholders  concerning  this 
aspect of its activities. 

FINANCIAL REPORTING 
PROCESS 

MHP  has  in  place  a  comprehensive  financial 
review cycle which includes a detailed annual 
budgeting  process.  The  annual  budget  and 
the business plan, upon which the budget is 
based, is reviewed and approved by the Board 
of  Directors.  Major  commercial  and  financial 
risks  are  assessed  as  part  of  the  business 
planning  process.  There  is  a  comprehensive 
system  of  financial  reporting,  with  monthly 
performance  reports  and  regular  forecast 
updates presented to the Board of Directors. 

At a Group level, MHP has in place common 
accounting  policies  and  procedures  on 
financial reporting and closing. Management 
monitors  the  publication  of  new  reporting 
standards and works closely with the external 
auditors in evaluating in advance the potential 
impact of changes in these standards. 

BRANCHES

MHP does not have any branches. 

SHARE CAPITAL
The authorized share capital as of 31 December 
2021  and  2020  was  EUR  221,540  thousand 
represented  by  110,770,000  shares  with  par 
value of EUR 2 each. 

As at 31 December 2021, the Group had a direct 
holding of 3,731,792 treasury shares represented 
by an equal amount of GDRs.

All shares have equal voting rights and rights 
to receive dividends, which are payable at the 
discretion of the Company.

There was no change in share capital during 
the year ended 31 December 2021 (Note 26, 
p. 146). 

CHANGES TO THE BOARD

All  changes  to  the  Board  of  Directors  are 
disclosed  in  the  Corporate  Governance 
Report, p. 66-67. 

COMPENSATION OF KEY 
MANAGsEMENT PERSONNEL

Total  compensation  of  the  Group’s  key 
management personnel, included primarily in 
selling, general and administrative expenses 
in the accompanying consolidated statements 
of  profit  and  loss  and  other  comprehensive 
income, amounted to US$ 16.9 million and US$ 
15.1 million for the years ended 31 December 
2021  and  2020  respectively.  Compensation 
of  key  management  personnel  consists  of 
contractual salary and performance bonuses. 

Key  management  personnel  totalled  22 
and  22  individuals  as  of  31  December  2021 
and  2020  respectively,  including  3  and  4 
independent  non-executive  directors  as  of 
31 December 2021 and 2020 respectively.

 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

87

COMPENSATION OF KEY 
MANAGsEMENT PERSONNEL 
(continued)

The table below shows the total remuneration 
of Board members. 

DIRECTOR

2021

2020 

EXECUTIVE 
CHAIRMAN 

NEDS  

EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS

696

696

622

958

6,497

5,421 

SHARE OPTIONS 

At the date of this Annual Report, neither the 
Company  nor  PJSC  MHP  has  a  share  option 
plan and no share options have been granted 
to  Directors,  members  of  MHP’s  senior 
Management or employees.   

AUDITOR ROTATION

Details  of  the  rotation  are  disclosed  in  the 
Audit & Risk Committee Report on p. 73. 

AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION 

Remuneration  to  the  auditors  amounted  to 
US$ 990,000 for the year ended 31 December 
2021 (2020: US$ 1 million), including both audit 
and  non-audit  services.  Statutory  audit  fees 
amounted to US$ 825,000 for the year ended 
31 December 2021 (2020: US$ 758,000) fees 
for tax advisory services US$ 84,000 (2020: 
US$  70,000)  and  fees  for  other  non-audit 
services  US$  81,000  for  the  year  ended  31 

Management Report

December  2021  (2020:  US$  172,000).  The 
Company  has  rules  and  processes  in  place 
to ensure the independence of the auditors, 
including non-audit fee limitations set by the 
Board, and prior approvals by the Audit  & Risk 
Committee  to  ensure  any  services  provided 
are compatible with the independence of the 
auditors.  

INTERNAL AUDIT 

The  Company  maintains  an  internal  audit 
function.  The  Head  of  Internal  Audit  has  the 
right of access to the Audit & Risk Committee 
and  the  Chairman.  Further  details  can  be 
found  in  the Audit  &  Risk  Committee  Report 
on pages 73 to 78. 

GOING CONCERN 

The  Russian  invasion  of  Ukraine  on 
24  February  2022  resulted  in  material 
uncertanties for the Company, some of which 
continue as of the date of the Report. Having 
reviewed  updated  financial  forecasts,  the 
Directors  agreed  with  the  recommendations 
of  the  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  Report  that, 
at  the  time  of  the  approval  of  the  financial 
statements  it  was  appropriate  to  adopt  the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements of the Group.    

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 
TO AUDITORS

has taken all steps that he/she ought to have 
taken in his/her duty as a Director in order to 
make  himself/herself  aware  of  any  relevant 
audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the 
Group’s auditors are aware of that information.   

POLITICAL DONATIONS 

The  Group  did  not  make  any  political 
donations  or  incur  any  political  expenditure 
during the year.  

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

All  subsequent  events  are  disclosed  in  the 
Financial  and  Operational  Review  section 
(pp. 31-39) 
 of the 
Annual Report. 

 and in Note 39 (p. 161) 

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

According  to  the  terms  of  the  Senior  Notes, 
the  Company  may  be  required  to  offer  to 
repurchase  the  Senior  Notes  from  holders 
if  a  change  in  control  occurs  as  a  result  of 
a  takeover  bid.  At  the  date  of  this  Annual 
Report, no takeover bids have been made for 
the Company’s shares. 

There  are  no  agreements  between  the 
Company  and  its  Directors  or  employees 
providing  for  compensation  on  loss  of  office 
or employment (whether through resignation, 
purported  redundancy  or  otherwise)  that 
would occur because of a takeover bid. 

GROUP OVERVIEW 

OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL 

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE 
REPORT 

STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

KPIs

FINANCIAL AND 
OPERATIONAL 
REVIEW

PRINCIPAL RISKS 
AND 
UNCERTAINTIES

MEASURES OF 
FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE

PAGES

7

16

63

51

26

31

43

40

The  Company  has  chosen,  in  accordance 
with  Section  414  C(11)  of  the  UK  Companies 
Act  2006,  and  as  noted  in  this  Management 
Report,  to  include  certain  matters  in  its 
Strategic  Report  that  would  otherwise  be 
required to be disclosed in this Management 
Report. The Strategic Report can be found on 
pages 4 to 23. 
 A non-financial information 
statement  in  line  with  Section  414CA  and 
414CB of the UK Companies Act 2005 may be 
found on page 60. 

So  far  as  each  Director  is  aware,  all 
information relevant to the audit of the Group’s 
consolidated  financial  statements  has  been 
supplied to the Group’s auditors. Each Director 

Other  information  that  is  relevant  to 
the  Management  Report,  and  which  is 
incorporated  by  reference  into  this  Report, 
can be located as follows: 

APPROVAL

Approved  by  the  Board  and  signed  on  its 
behalf by:

John Rich 
Executive Chairman 
05 May 2022

 
  
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

90  Statement of the Board of Directors

91 

Independent Auditor’s Report

97   Consolidated Financial Statements

104  Notes 

BUSINESSREVIEW16 Key Performance Indicators19 Financial and Operational Review25 Financial Policies27 Risk Management39 Stakeholder Engagement41 Corporate ResponsibilitySTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

89

Contents

CONTENTS

STATEMENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PREPARATION 
AND APPROVAL OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 ....................................................................................... 90

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ....................................................................................................... 91

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED 
31 DECEMBER 2021
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income  ...............................97
Consolidated statement of financial position ....................................................................................... 99
Consolidated statement of changes in equity ......................................................................................101
Consolidated statement of cash flows ..................................................................................................102

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .............................................. 104
1. Corporate information ............................................................................................................................105
2. Summary of significant accounting policies ....................................................................................106
3. Changes in the group structure ........................................................................................................... 117
4. Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty.............................. 117
5. Segment information ..............................................................................................................................121
6. Revenue .................................................................................................................................................... 124
7. Cost of sales .............................................................................................................................................125
8. Selling, general and administrative expenses ................................................................................125
9. Other operating income ........................................................................................................................126
10. Other operating expenses ..................................................................................................................126
11. Deferred income ....................................................................................................................................126
12. Finance costs ......................................................................................................................................... 127
13. Income tax ............................................................................................................................................... 127

14. Property, plant and equipment ..........................................................................................................130
15. Right-of-use asset ................................................................................................................................. 134
16. Intangible assets ................................................................................................................................... 135
17. Goodwill ................................................................................................................................................... 137
18. Non-current financial assets ............................................................................................................... 138
19. Biological assets .................................................................................................................................... 138
20. Inventories .............................................................................................................................................. 141
21. Agricultural produce .............................................................................................................................. 141
22. Taxes recoverable and repaid ........................................................................................................... 141
23. Trade accounts receivable ................................................................................................................ 142
24. Other current financial assets ........................................................................................................... 145
25. Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................................... 145
26. Shareholders’ equity ........................................................................................................................... 146
27. Non-controlling interests .................................................................................................................... 146
28. Bank borrowings .................................................................................................................................. 148
29. Bonds issued ......................................................................................................................................... 149
30. Lease liabilities .......................................................................................................................................151
31. Other current financial liabilities .........................................................................................................151
32. Related party balances and transactions .......................................................................................152
33. Contingencies and contractual commitments .............................................................................. 153
34. Dividends ................................................................................................................................................ 154
35. Fair value of financial instruments ...................................................................................................156
36. Risk management policies ................................................................................................................. 157
37. Pensions and retirement plans ..........................................................................................................160
38. Earnings per share ...............................................................................................................................160
39. Subsequent events ...............................................................................................................................161
40. Authorization of the consolidated financial statements ..............................................................161

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

90

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

STATEMENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

The Board of Directors is responsible for the 
preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  that  give  a  true  and  fair  view 
of  the  financial  position  of  MHP  SE  (the 
“Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) 
as of 31 December 2021 and of the consolidated 
statements  of  profit  or  loss  and  other 
comprehensive income, changes in equity and 
cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to 
the consolidated financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies. 

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, the Board of Directors is responsible 
for:
•   properly selecting and applying accounting 

policies;

•   presenting  information,  including  account-
ing policies, in a manner that provides rele-
vant, reliable, comparable and understand-
able information; 

•   providing additional disclosures when com-
pliance with the specific requirements in the 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”)  are  insufficient  to  enable  users  to 
understand  the  impact  of  particular  trans-
actions, other events and conditions on the 
Group’s consolidated financial position and 
financial performance; 

•   making an assessment of the Group’s ability 

to continue as a going concern.

The Board of Directors, within its 
competencies, is also responsible for:
•   designing,  implementing  and  maintaining 
an  effective  and  sound  system  of  internal 
controls over financial reporting, throughout 
the Group;

•   maintaining  adequate  accounting  records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Group’s transactions and disclose with rea-
sonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  consoli-
dated  financial  position  of  the  Group,  and 
which enable them to ensure that the con-
solidated financial statements of the Group 
comply with IFRS;

•   maintaining  statutory  accounting  records 
in compliance with local legislation and ac-
counting standards in the respective juris-
dictions;

•   taking such steps as are reasonably avail-
able to them to safeguard the assets of the 
Group; and

•   preventing  and  detecting  fraud  and  other 

irregularities.

 The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Group as of and for the year ended 31 December 
2021 were authorized for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 5 May 2022. 

Board of Directors’ responsibility statement

In accordance with DTR4.1 on Annual Financial 
Reporting,  providing  for  the  disclosure  and 
transparency requirements for issuers whose 
transferable securities are admitted to trading on 
a UK Recognised Investment Exchange, we, the 
members of the Board of Directors, responsible 
for the preparation of the annual consolidated 
financial statements of MHP SE for year ended 
31 December 2021, hereby declare that to the 
best of our knowledge:
•   the consolidated financial statements, pre-
pared  in  accordance  with  International  Fi-
nancial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  adopt-

ed  by  the  EU,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit  of  the  Company  and  the  undertak-
ings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole; and

•   the  management  report  includes  a  fair  re-
view of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Com-
pany, and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation  taken  as  a  whole,  together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board:

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Yuriy Kosyuk

John Grant

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

John Clifford Rich

Philip J Wilkinson

Andriy Bulakh

Christakis Taoushianis

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

91

Independent Auditor’s Report

Ernst & Young Cyprus Ltd

1511 Nicosia, Cyprus 

Jean Nouvel Tower

6 Stasinou Avenue

1060 Nicosia

P.O. Box 21656

Tel: +357 22209999

Fax: +357 22209998

ey.com

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF MHP SE 
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

OPINION

BASIS FOR OPINION 

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  of  MHP  SE  (the  “Company”),  and  
its  subsidiaries  (the  “Group”),  which  comprise 
the  consolidated statement of financial position 
as at 31 December 2021, and the consolidated  
statements  of  profit  or  loss  and  other 
comprehensive income, changes in equity and 
cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to 
the consolidated financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements give a true and fair view of 
the consolidated financial position of the Group 
as at 31 December 2021, and of its consolidated 
financial performance and its consolidated cash 
flows  for  the  year  then  ended  in  accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and 
the requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, 
Cap. 113. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with 
International  Standards  on  Auditing  (ISAs). 
Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities 
for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements section of our report. We remained 
independent  of  the  Group  throughout  the 
period  of  our  appointment  in  accordance  with 
the  International  Ethics  Standards  Board  for 
Accountants’  International  Code  of  Ethics  for 
Professional Accountants (including International 
Independence Standards) (IESBA Code) together 
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the consolidated financial statements 
in  Cyprus,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements and the IESBA Code. We believe 
that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

MATERIAL UNCERTAINTY 
RELATED TO GOING CONCERN

We draw attention to Note 39 to the consolidated 
financial statements, which indicates that since 
24  February  2022  the  Group’s  operations  are 
negatively  affected  by  the  ongoing  military 
invasion of Ukraine, with the magnitude of further 
developments  or  the  timing  of  their  cessation 
being  uncertain.  These  conditions,  along  with 
other  matters  as  set  forth  in  Notes  4  and  39 
indicate the existence of a material uncertainty 
that  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion 
is not modified in respect of this matter.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS 
INCORPORATING THE MOST 
SIGNIFICANT RISKS OF 
MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS, 
INCLUDING ASSESSED RISK OF 
MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS 
DUE TO FRAUD  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgment, were of most significance 
in  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of the current period. In addition to 
the matter described in the Material Uncertainty 
Related to Going Concern section of our report, 
we have determined the matters described below 
to be the key audit matters to be communicated in 
our report. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on  these  matters.  For  each  matter  below,  our 
description of how our audit addressed the matter 
is provided in that context.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

92

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

KEY AUDIT MATTERS 
INCORPORATING THE MOST 
SIGNIFICANT RISKS OF 
MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS, 
INCLUDING ASSESSED RISK OF 
MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS 
DUE TO FRAUD (CONTINUED)

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described 
in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the consolidated financial statements section of 
our report, including in relation to these matters. 
Accordingly, our audit included the performance 
of  procedures  designed  to  respond  to  our 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement 
of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The 
results  of  our  audit  procedures,  including  the 
procedures  performed  to  address  the  matters 
below,  provide  the  basis  for  our  audit  opinion 
on  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial 
statements.

KEY AUDIT MATTER

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The total amount of revenue recognised in 2021 was USD 
2,372,262 thousand. Revenue recognition was one of the matters 
of most significance in our audit since the amount of revenue is 
material to the consolidated financial statements and due to a large 
number of transactions and management judgment involved in 
the interpretation of contract terms, identification of performance 
obligations, timing of revenue recognition and in the determination 
of whether the Group is a principal or an agent in its sales 
arrangements.

Information on the accounting policy for revenue recognition 
is disclosed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements 
and disclosures related to revenue are included in Note 6 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

We considered the Group’s accounting policy in respect of revenue recognition.

We assessed the design and operating effectiveness of relevant internal controls 
over revenue recognition process, including IT-dependent manual controls. 

We analysed sales contracts terms and assessed the moment of transfer of control 
over goods and services. On a sample basis, we compared the date of transfer of 
control over goods and services with the date of revenue recognition. We also tested, 
on a sample basis, data of transaction records in the system to their respective 
customer contracts, underlying invoices and cash receipts.
On a sample basis, we obtained confirmations of sales and accounts receivable 
balances from customers.

We tested a sample of revenue transactions recognised shortly before and after the 
year end and assessed the period these transactions relate to. 

We performed analytical procedures in respect of revenue that included, among 
others, the analysis of monthly sales to detect unusual fluctuations and reconciliation 
with comparative information for prior periods.

We analysed sales contracts terms in respect of indicators of whether the Group is a 
principal or an agent under these sales arrangements.

We assessed disclosures in respect of revenue included in the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

93

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

VALUATION OF BIOLOGICAL ASSETS AND AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE

The Group measures biological assets at fair value less costs to sell in accordance with IAS 41 
Agriculture and IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of 
biological assets was USD 242,597 thousand, out of which USD 215,459 thousand was classified 
within current assets and USD 27,138 thousand within non-current assets. 

Agricultural produce harvested from biological assets is measured at fair value less costs to sell at 
the point of harvest in accordance with IAS 41 Agriculture and IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. As 
at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of agricultural produce was UAH 511,267 thousand. 

The Group assesses the fair value of the biological assets based on the discounted cash flow 
technique. The key assumptions and inputs used in the measurement are average meat output, 
average productive life, expected yields, expected market prices, estimated future production costs 
and costs to sell and discount rates.

The fair value of agricultural produce is determined by reference to market prices at the point of 
harvest. 

The valuation of biological assets and agricultural produce is one of the matters of most 
significance in our audit since the assessment of fair value requires assumptions and management 
judgement.

Information on the accounting policy for biological assets and agricultural produce is disclosed in 
Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements and disclosures related to the biological assets and 
agricultural produce are included in Notes 19 and 21 of the consolidated financial statements.

We analysed the Group’s accounting policy in respect of biological assets and agricultural produce in 
accordance with the requirements of IFRS.

We obtained an understanding of the internal controls surrounding the valuation process for biological assets 
and agricultural produce and assessed their design and implementation.

For biological assets, we analysed the valuation methods used by management. Further, we compared 
management’s assumptions to the Group’s historical data, the Group’s actual data and, where applicable, to 
market data and external benchmarks. We considered the discount rate used, with the support of our internal 
valuation specialists.

For agricultural produce, we analysed management’s identification of the principal market, we compared the 
prices used by management to the market data. We analysed costs required to sell agricultural produce and 
analysed how they are taken into consideration in calculation of fair value less cost to sell.

We tested the mathematical accuracy of the models prepared by management.

We assessed the disclosures in respect of biological assets and agricultural produce made in the consolidated 
financial statements.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

94

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

FAIR VALUE OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

We assessed the competence, capabilities and objectivity of the external appraiser. 

The Group applies the revaluation model for its property, plant and equipment. Due to high level of 
subjectivity in respect of assumptions underlying the assessment of the fair value of property, plant 
and equipment this matter was one of the most significance in our audit. The Group has a process 
of external valuations, when the value of property, plant and equipment is being measured by an 
independent external appraiser. 

Information about property, plant and equipment is disclosed in Note 14 to the consolidated 
financial statements. Description of the accounting policy and key judgements and estimates is 
included in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

We engaged our internal valuation specialists in the assessment of the valuation methodology used and the 
assumptions made by the appraiser and management. 

We compared input data used by the external appraiser with internal sources of data and available industry 
data. 

We analyzed the underlying assumptions by inspecting historical data, available market data and other 
evidence provided by management. 

We compared the amount of revaluation charge recognized in the consolidated financial statements with the 
valuation report.

We assessed the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements related to fair value measurement of the 
property, plant and equipment.

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS WITH INDEFINITE USEFUL LIFE

As at 31 December 2021, the Group had significant balance of goodwill and intangible assets with 
indefinite useful life of USD 66,382 thousand and USD 31,597thousand respectively.

An impairment assessment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful life is a key 
audit matter due to the range of judgements and assumptions used in the impairment model for 
each CGU, as well as the significance of the carrying amount of goodwill and intangible assets with 
indefinite useful life.

Disclosure relating to the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful life is 
presented in Note 17 and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.

Our procedures included assessment of the assumptions and methodologies used by the Group in its value-
in-use calculation of cash-generating units. 

We compared the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data and our internal information on key inputs 
such as projected economic growth, sales volumes, inflation and discount rates. 

We analysed, for each cash generating unit, the excess of the recoverable amount over carrying amount. We 
tested sensitivity of the value in use to key assumptions. We have involved our internal valuation experts to 
analyze the scope of appraisal, the data, application of methods, and the methodology used in the valuation 
process and the assumptions made by the Group’s management specialists and management. 

We also tested mathematical accuracy of management’s impairment analyses and sensitivity calculations.

We also analysed the disclosures related to impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful 
life presented in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

95

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

REPORTING ON OTHER 
INFORMATION 

The Board of Directors is responsible for the other 
information.  The  other  information  comprises 
information  included  in  Group’s  2021  Annual 
Report,  but  does  not  include  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  and  our  auditor’s  report 
thereon.  The Board of Directors is also required 
pursuant to article 151 of the Cyprus Companies 
Law  Cap.113  to  prepare  and  publish  a  Non-
Financial Information Report by 30 June 2022. 
This report has not been issued by the date of 
this report.

Our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements does not cover the other information 
and  we  do  not  express  any  form  of  assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the consolidated 
financial statements, our responsibility is to read 
the  other  information  identified  above  and,  in 
doing so, consider whether the other information 
is materially inconsistent with the consolidated 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material 

misstatement  of  this  other  information,  we  are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to 
report in this regard. 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND 
THOSE CHARGED WITH 
GOVERNANCE FOR THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

The  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  the 
preparation of consolidated financial statements 
that  give  a  true  and  fair  view  in  accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  and  the 
requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 
113, and for such internal control as the Board of 
Directors determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of consolidated financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, 
the Board of Directors is responsible for assessing 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern  and  using  the  going  concern  basis  of 

accounting unless the Board of Directors either 
intends  to  liquidate  the  Group  or  to  cease 
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to 
do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible 
for  overseeing  the  Group’s  financial  reporting 
process. 

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 
FOR THE AUDIT OF THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these consolidated financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we 
exercise  professional  judgment  and  maintain 
professional  scepticism  throughout  the  audit.  

We also: 
•   Identify and assess the risks of material mis-
statement of the consolidated financial state-
ments, whether due to fraud or error, design 
and perform audit procedures responsive to 
those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for  our  opinion.  The  risk  of  not  detecting  a 
material  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud 
is higher than for one resulting from error, as 
fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  inten-
tional  omissions,  misrepresentations,  or  the 
override of internal control. 

•   Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control 
relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circum-
stances, but not for the purpose of expressing 
an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal control.

•   Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting 
policies used and the reasonableness of ac-
counting  estimates  and  related  disclosures 
made by the Board of Directors. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

96

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 
FOR THE AUDIT OF THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

•   Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the 
Board of Directors’ use of the going concern 
basis of accounting and, based on the audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncer-
tainty  exists  related  to  events  or  conditions 
that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists, 
we are required to draw attention in our au-
ditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such 
disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our 
opinion.  Our  conclusions  are  based  on  the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our 
auditor’s  report.  However,  future  events  or 
conditions may cause the Group to cease to 
continue as a going concern. 

•   Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure 
and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  including  the  disclosures,  and 
whether  the  consolidated  financial  state-
ments represent the underlying transactions 
and events in a manner that achieves a true 
and fair view. 

•   Obtain  sufficient  and  appropriate  audit  evi-
dence  regarding the financial information of 
the  entities  or  business  activities  within  the 
Group to express an opinion on the consoli-
dated financial statements. We are responsi-
ble for the direction, supervision and perfor-
mance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion. 

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with 
governance  regarding,  among  other  matters, 
the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify 
during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance 
with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied 
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding 
independence,  and  to  communicate  with 
them  all  relationships  and  other  matters  that 
may  reasonably  be  thought  to  bear  on  our 
independence,  and  where  applicable,  actions 
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. 

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those 
charged with governance, we determine those 
matters  that  were  of  most  significance  in  the 
audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
of the current period and are therefore the key 

audit matters. We describe these matters in our 
auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public  disclosure  about  the  matter  or  when,  in 
extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so 
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the 
public interest benefits of such communication.

REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL 
REQUIREMENTS 

Pursuant to the additional requirements of the 
Auditors Law of 2017, we report the following: 
•   In our opinion, based on the work undertaken 
in  the  course  of  our  audit,  the  consolidated 
management report has been prepared in ac-
cordance with the requirements of the Cyprus 
Companies Law, Cap. 113, and the information 
given  is  consistent  with  the  consolidated  fi-
nancial statements. 

•   In light of the knowledge and understanding 
of  the  Group  and  its  environment  obtained 
in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  are  required 
to  report  if  we  have  identified  material  mis-
statements in the consolidated management 
report. We have nothing to report in this re-
spect.  

OTHER MATTERS

 This  report,  including  the  opinion,  has  been 
prepared for and only for the Company’s members 
as a body in accordance with Section 69 of the 
Auditors Law of 2017 and for no other purpose. 
We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other 
person to whose knowledge this report may come 
to. 

 The engagement partner on the audit resulting 
in this independent auditor’s report is Andreas 
Avraamides. 

Andreas Avraamides

Certified Public Accountant and 
Registered Auditor 

for and on behalf of 

Ernst & Young Cyprus Limited 

Certified Public Accountants and Registered 
Auditors 

Nicosia, 5 May 2022

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

97

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2021 (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Revenue

Net change in fair value of biological assets and agricultural produce

Cost of sales

GROSS PROFIT

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Other operating income

Other operating expenses

Loss on impairment of property, plant and equipment

OPERATING PROFIT

Finance income

Finance costs

Foreign exchange gain/(loss), net

Other expenses

PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

Income tax (expense)/benefit

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Loss for the year from discontinued operations

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

NOTES

2021

2020

5,6

 2,372,262

 1,911,137  

5

7

8

9

10

14

12

36

13

3

 184,926  

30,502 

 (1,812,672) 

 (1,544,101) 

 744,516  

 397,538  

 (228,183) 

(187,801) 

11,835  

16,526

 (11,558) 

 (23,412)  

(10,607)       

   (1,730)       

 506,003  

201,121  

 10,531  

 13,584  

  (150,424) 

  (144,257)  

 40,466  

 (203,664)  

 (2,867) 

 (3,491)

 403,709  

 (136,707)

 (6,914) 

 5,132 

396,795  

 (131,575)  

(3,457)    

 (1,482) 

  393,338     

 (133,057) 

The accompanying notes on 
the pages 98 to 155  form 
an integral part of these 
consolidated financial 
statements 

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer

Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

98

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2021 (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

ITEMS THAT WILL NOT BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS:

Effect of revaluation of property, plant and equipment

Deferred  tax  on  revaluation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  charged  directly  to 
other comprehensive income as result of revaluation

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Cumulative translation difference

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

PROFIT/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

NOTES

2021

2020

14

13

246,106  

 (26,597) 

-

-

 (2,931) 

 (180,213)  

 216,578  

 (180,213)  

 609,916  

 (313,270)  

375,511  

 (136,506)  

27

17,827  

 3,449 

393,338

 (133,057)  

 586,558  

 (314,547)  

 23,358  

1,277  

 609,916  

 (313,270)  

EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE FROM CONTINUING AND DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share (USD per share)

3.51

(1.28)

EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share (USD per share)

38

3.54 

(1.26) 

The accompanying notes on 
the pages 98 to 155  form 
an integral part of these 
consolidated financial 
statements 

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer

Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

99

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as of 31 December 2021  (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Non-current biological assets

Non-current financial assets

Long-term bank deposits

Deferred tax assets

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories

Biological assets

Agricultural produce

Prepayments

Other current financial assets

Taxes recoverable and prepaid

Trade accounts receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL ASSETS

NOTES

31 DECEMBER 
2021

31 DECEMBER 
2020

14

15

16

17

19

18

13

20

19

21

24

22

23

25

 1,939,607  

1,678,917

  277,288     

207,001

97,791     

  66,382     

27,138  

 28,764  

 9,904  

1,966  

96,841

70,614

25,584

23,083

4,612

1,822

 2,448,840  

2,108,474

 367,219  

 215,459  

 511,267  

44,572     

16,156  

68,151  

 156,878  

 275,237  

240,715

175,085

269,045

16,776

81,314

54,647

119,187

217,579

1,654,939  

1,174,348

4,103,779 

3,282,822

The accompanying notes on 
the pages 98 to 155  form 
an integral part of these 
consolidated financial 
statements 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

100

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as of 31 December 2021  (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)  (continued)

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Share capital

Treasury shares

Additional paid-in capital

Revaluation reserve

Retained earnings

Translation reserve

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY 
HOLDERS OF THE PARENT

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

NOTES

31 
DECEMBER 
2021

31 
DECEMBER 
2020

NOTES

31 
DECEMBER 
2021

31 
DECEMBER 
2020

26

 284,505  

284,505

Other current liabilities

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade accounts payable

(44,593) 

 174,022

 811,684

1,557,284

(44,593)

174,022

648,982

1,195,143

 (1,018,514) 

(1,020,229)

Advances received

Bank borrowings

Interest payable

Lease liabilities

31

28

28,29

30

 174,242  

 93,289  

  41,983     

121,458   

 21,180  

77,111

 529,263 

149,768

86,638

15,227

39,788

21,487

62,004

374,912

 1,764,388  

1,237,830

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 2,309,591  

2,028,619

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

4,103,779  

3,282,822

27

28

29

30

11

13

29,800  

16,373

 1,794,188  

1,254,203

 103,604  

64,608

 1,376,820  

1,370,999

 204,139  

136,495

44,593    

 44,704  

  6,468     

44,505

29,867

7,233

 1,780,328  

1,653,707

The accompanying notes on 
the pages 98 to 155  form 
an integral part of these 
consolidated financial 
statements 

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer

Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

101

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2021  (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

The accompanying notes on the pages 98 to 155  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer

Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT

SHARE 

CAPITAL

TREASURY 

ADDITIONAL 

REVALUATION 

RETAINED 

TRANSLATION 

SHARES

PAID-IN CAPITAL

RESERVE

EARNINGS

RESERVE

NON-

TOTAL

CONTROLLING 

INTERESTS

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

284,505

(44,593)

174,022

862,435

1,148,113

(842,188)

1,582,294

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive loss

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) 
FOR THE YEAR

Transfer from revaluation reserve to retained 
earnings

Dividends declared by the Parent (Note 34)

Non-controlling interests arising in a business 
combination

Translation differences on revaluation reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

284,505

(44,593)

174,022

-

-

-

(136,506)

-

-

(178,041)

(136,506)

(178,041)

(136,506)

(178,041)

(314,547)

(77,972)

77,972

-

-

(135,481)

648,982

(30,000)

83

135,481

-

-

-

-

-

(30,000)

83

-

 375,511  

211,047  

1,195,143

(1,020,229)

1,237,830

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE 
YEAR

Transfer from revaluation reserve to retained 
earnings

Dividends declared by the Parent (Note 34)

Dividends declared by subsidiaries

Non-controlling interests arising in a business 
combination

Translation differences on revaluation reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

375,511  

209,332  

-

 209,332 

 375,511 

-

1,715  

 1,715 

(70,240) 

 70,240  

-

-

-

 (60,000) 

-

-

 23,610    

 (23,610) 

-

-

-

-

-

586,558 

23,358 

609,916 

-

 (60,000) 

-

-

-

-

-

(10 819)

888

-

-

 (60,000) 

 (10 819) 

888

-

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

284,505

(44,593)

174,022

 811,684  

 1,557,284  

(1,018,514) 

 1,764,388  

 29,800  

 1,794,188  

TOTAL 

EQUITY

1,595,866

(133,057)

(180,213)

(313,270)

-

(30,000)

1,607

-

1,254,203

 393,338  

216,578  

13,572

3,449

(2,172)

1,277

-

-

1,524

-

16,373

17,827

 5,531  

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

102

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2021  (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit/(loss) before tax

Loss before tax from discontinued operations

Non-cash adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows

NOTES

2021

2020

 403,709  

(136,707)

(3,457)    

(1,482)

Depreciation and amortization expense

Net change in fair value of biological assets and agricultural produce

5

5

192,858  

192,103

 (184,926) 

(30,502)

Change in allowance for unrecoverable amounts and direct write-offs

 (4,059) 

16,912

Loss on impairment of property, plant and equipment

14

  10,607        

1,730

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 6,157  

42

Finance income

Finance costs

Released deferred (expense)/income

Non-operating foreign exchange gain/(loss), net

(10,531) 

(13,584)

12

 150,424  

144,257

 711  

(1,739)

 (40,466) 

203,664

OPERATING CASH FLOWS BEFORE MOVEMENTS IN WORKING CAPITAL

 521,027  

374,694

Working capital adjustments

Change in inventories

Change in biological assets

Change in agricultural produce

Change in prepayments made

Change in other financial current assets

Change in taxes recoverable and prepaid

Change in trade accounts receivable

 (118,568) 

(55,580)

 (22,908) 

(19,429)

 (65,785) 

(36,975)

 (29,997)  

(4,160)

 (7,800)  

1,695

 (11,647)  

(32,469)

  (39,656)    

(4,310)

The accompanying notes on 
the pages 98 to 155  form 
an integral part of these 
consolidated financial 
statements 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

103

Statement Of The Board Of Directors’

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2021  (in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated) (continued)

WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS (continued)

Loans repaid by related parties

NOTES

2021

2020

Loans and finance aid provided to related parties

 (3,694) 

(57,106)

71,000  

10,000

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 (99,965) 

(128,613)

Change in advances received

Change in other financial current liabilities

Change in trade accounts payable

CASH GENERATED BY OPERATIONS

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Investing activities

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of other non-current assets

Purchases of intangible assets

30,651 

(37,306)

 2,980 

28,514

 17,641  

6,408

Financing activities

Proceeds from bank borrowings

275,938  

221,082

Repayment of bank borrowings

 10,170  

9,803

Repayment of lease liabilities

 (148,051) 

(144,926)

 Dividends paid

329,462  

113,154

 (203,335) 

(118,387) 

 (20,536) 

(15,524)

(60,000) 

(30,000)

 (10,842) 

(930)

 (13,258) 

(15,274)

124,799

70,685

 (140,074) 

(72,793)

 (2,825) 

(2,106)

(12,625) 

(3,996)

Dividends paid by subsidiaries to non-controlling 
shareholders

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

34,749  

(51,687)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 59,583  

(109,615)

Net foreign exchange difference on cash and cash 
equivalents

 (1,925)

(13,541)

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

 217,579  

340,735

Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment

 4,652  

3,545

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

25

275,237  

217,579

Proceeds from disposals of assets held for sale

Purchases of non-current biological assets

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Government grants received

3

11

Prepayments and capitalized initial direct costs under lease 
contracts

Investments in short-term deposits

Withdrawals of short-term deposits

Loans provided to employees, net

 2,964     

2,700

 (1,640) 

(769)

 (1,840) 

-

  142     

2,052

 (9,737) 

(7,185)

 (5,563) 

(1,798)

433

390

 (1,158) 

(1,547)

NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS

Non-cash repayments of lease liabilities

-

-

  (10,793)   

(9,134)

Property, plant and equipment purchased for credit

 3,445  

-

The accompanying notes on the pages 98 to 
155  form an integral part of these consolidated 
financial statements 

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer

Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

104

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of 31 December 2021 the Group employed 
30,890  people  (31  December  2020:  30,471 
people).

The primary subsidiaries, the principal activities 
of the companies forming the Group and the 
Parent’s effective ownership interest as of 31 
December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

MHP SE (the “Parent” or “MHP SE”), a limited 
liability company (Societas Europaea) registered 
under the laws of Cyprus, was formed on 30 May 
2006. Hereinafter, MHP SE and its subsidiaries 
are referred to as the “MHP SE Group” or the 
“Group”. The registered address of MHP SE is 
16-18 Zinas Kanther Street, Agia Triada, 3035 
Limassol, Cyprus. The MHP SE shares are listed 
on the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) in the 
form of global depositary receipts (“GDRs”).

The  controlling  shareholder  of  MHP  SE  is 
Mr.  Yuriy  Kosyuk  (“Principal  Shareholder”), 
who owns 100% of the shares of WTI Trading 
Limited (“WTI”), which is the immediate majority 
shareholder of MHP SE, which in turn directly 
owns of 59,7% of the total outstanding share 
capital of MHP SE.

The principal business activities of the Group are 
poultry and related operations, grain growing, as 
well as meat processing and other agricultural 
operations.  The  Group’s  poultry  and  related 
operations  integrate  all  functions  related  to 
the production of chicken, including hatching, 
fodder  manufacturing,  raising  chickens  to 
marketable age (“grow-out”), processing and 
marketing  of  branded  chilled  products  and 
include  the  production  and  sale  of  chicken 
products, vegetable oil and mixed fodder. Grain 
growing comprises the production and sale of 
grains. Meat processing and other agricultural 
operations comprise the production and sale 
of cooked meat, sausages, convenience food 
products, milk and feed grains. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

105

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NAME

Raftan Holding Limited1

Hemiak Investments Limited1

Eledem Investments Limited1

MHP Lux S.A.

MHP

Myronivsky Plant of Manufacturing Feeds and Groats

Vinnytska Ptakhofabryka

Peremoga Nova

Oril-Leader

Myronivska Pticefabrika

Starynska Ptakhofabryka

Zernoprodukt MHP

Katerinopilskiy Elevator

SPF Urozhay

Agrofort

MHP-Urozhayna Krayina

Ukrainian Bacon

MHP-AgroKryazh

MHP-Agro-S

Zakhid-Agro MHP

Perutnina Ptuj d.d.

MHP Food Trading

MHP B.V.

MHP Trade B.V.

COUNTRY OF 
REGISTRATION

YEAR 
ESTABLISHED/ 
ACQUIRED

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

31 DECEMBER 2021

31 DECEMBER 
2020

Cyprus

Cyprus

Cyprus

Luxembourg

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Slovenia

United Arab 
Emirates

 Netherlands

 Netherlands

2006

2018

2006

2018

1998

1998

2011

1999

2003

2004

2003

2005

2005

2006

2006

2010

2008

2013

2013

2015

2019

2016

2014

2018

Sub-holding Company

Sub-holding Company

Sub-holding Company

Finance Company

Management, marketing and sales

Fodder and vegetable oil production

Chicken farm

Breeder farm

Chicken farm

Chicken farm

Breeder farm

Grain cultivation

Fodder production and grain storage, vegetable oil production

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Meat processing

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Poultry production

Trading in vegetable oil and poultry meat

Trading in poultry meat

Trading in poultry meat

-

-

-

100.0%

99.9%

88.5%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

79.9%

51.0%

51.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

88.5%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

79.9%

51.0%

51.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

The Group’s primary operational facilities are located in different regions of Ukraine as well 
as in Southeast Europe, including Slovenia, Serbia, Croatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina 
(represented by Perutnina Ptuj d.d. together with its subsidiaries).

1  On 19 April 2021 merger of MHP SE with its subsidiaries, namely Raftan Holding ltd, Hemiak Invest-
ments  ltd and Eledem Investments ltd, took place. All assets and liabilities of merging companies 
have been transferred to the succeeding company MHP SE. Subsidiary companies were dissolved

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

106

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have 
been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted 
by the European Union and the requirements 
of  the  Cyprus  Companies  Law  Cap  113.  The 
operating subsidiaries of the Group maintain 
their accounting records under local accounting 
standards. 

Local  principles  and  procedures  may  differ 
from  those  generally  accepted  under  IFRS. 
Accordingly,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  which  have  been  prepared  from 
the  Group  entities’  local  accounting  records, 
reflect adjustments necessary for such financial 
statements to be presented in accordance with 
IFRS.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

These consolidated financial statements have 
been  prepared  on  the  assumption  that  the 
Group is a going concern and will continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Group are prepared on the basis of historical 
cost except for revalued amounts of buildings 
and  structures,  grain  storage  facilities, 
production machinery, vehicles and agricultural 
machinery,  biological  assets,  agricultural 
produce,  and  certain  financial  instruments, 
which are carried at revalued amounts. Historical 
cost is generally based on the fair value of the 
consideration given in exchange for goods and 
services at the date of intitial recognition of an 
item.

ADOPTION OF NEW AND REVISED 
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING 
STANDARDS

The  Group  applied  for  the  first  time  certain 
standards and amendments, which are effective 
for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1 
January 2021. The Group has not early adopted 
any other standard, interpretation or amendment 
that has been issued but is not yet effective.

The following standards were adopted by the 
Group on 1 January 2021:
•   Interest  Rate  Benchmark  Reform  –  Phase 
2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, 
IFRS 4 and IFRS 16;

•   Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 

30 June 2021 Amendment to IFRS 16.

AMENDMENTS TO IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 
4 AND IFRS 16: PHASE 2 OF INTEREST RATE 
BENCHMARK REFORM

The  amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39,  IFRS  7, 
IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 relate to the modification 
of  financial  assets,  financial  liabilities  and 
lease  liabilities,  specific  hedge  accounting 
requirements,  and  disclosure  requirements 
applying IFRS 7 to accompany the amendments 
regarding modifications and hedge accounting.

The IASB introduces a practical expedient for 
modifications  required  by  the  reform.  These 
modifications are accounted for by updating the 
effective interest rate. All other modifications 
are  accounted  for  using  the  current  IFRS 
requirements.

Under the amendments, hedge accounting is 
not discontinued solely because of the IBOR 
reform.  Hedging  relationships  (and  related 
documentation)  must  be  amended  to  reflect 

modifications  to  the  hedged  item,  hedging 
instrument and hedged risk. Amended hedging 
relationships should meet all qualifying criteria to 
apply hedge accounting, including effectiveness 
requirements.

The amendments require that an entity should 
also  disclose  additional  information  in  order 
to  allow  users  to  understand  the  nature  and 
extent  of  risks  arising  from  the  IBOR  reform 
to  which  the  entity  is  exposed  and  how  the 
entity  manages  those  risks  as  well  as  the 
entity’s progress in transitioning from IBORs to 
alternative benchmark rates, and how the entity 
is  managing  this  transition.  This  amendment 
had  no  impact  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of the Group.

Amendments to IFRS 16: Covid-19 Related 
Rent Concessions

On  28  May  2020,  the  IASB  issued  Covid-19-
Related Rent Concessions - amendment to IFRS 
16 Leases. The amendments provide relief to 
lessees from applying IFRS 16 guidance on lease 
modification accounting for rent concessions 
arising as a direct consequence of the Covid-19 
pandemic. 

As  a  practical  expedient,  a  lessee  may  elect 
not to assess whether a Covid-19 related rent 
concession from a lessor is a lease modification. 
A lessee that makes this election accounts for 
any change in lease payments resulting from the 
Covid-19 related rent concession the same way 
it would account for the change under IFRS 16, 
if the change were not a lease modification. In 
2021 the IASB extended relief by 12 months to 
30 June 2022. This amendment had no impact 
on the consolidated financial statements of the 
Group.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

107

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS IN ISSUE BUT NOT EFFECTIVE

At  the  date  of  authorization  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  following  Standards  and 
Interpretations, as well as amendments to the Standards were in issue but not yet effective:

STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EFFECTIVE FOR ANNUAL 
PERIOD BEGINNING ON OR 
AFTER

A IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts1

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements: 
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2: 
Disclosure of Accounting Policies

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

Amendments to IAS 8: Definition of Accounting Estimates

1 January 2023

Amendments to IAS 12: Deferred Tax related to Assets and 
Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment: 
Proceeds before Intended Use1)

Amendments to IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities 
and Contingent Assets: Onerous Contracts — Cost of 
Fulfilling a Contract1

Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations: 
Reference to the Conceptual Framework1

1 January 2023

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–20201

1 January 2022

For these Standards and Interpretations management anticipates that their adoption will not have a material 
effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group in future periods.

FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY

The functional currency of Ukrainian companies 
of the Group is the Ukrainian Hryvnia (“UAH”); 
the functional currency of the Cyprus companies 
and Luxembourg company of the Group is the 
US  Dollar  (“USD”);  the  functional  currency  of 
the European companies of the Group is the 
Euro  (“EUR”);  the  functional  currency  of  the 
United Arab Emirates companies is the Dirham 
(“AED”). Transactions in currencies other than 
the functional currency of the entities concerned 
are treated as transactions in foreign currencies. 

Such transactions are initially recorded at the 
rates  of  exchange  ruling  at  the  dates  of  the 
transactions.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in such currencies are translated 
at the rates prevailing on the reporting date. All 
realized and unrealized gains and losses arising 
on exchange differences are recognised in the 
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and 
other comprehensive income for the period.

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are 
presented in US Dollars (“USD”), which is the 
Group’s presentation currency. 

The results and financial position of the Group 
are translated into the presentation currency 
using the following procedures:
•   Assets and liabilities for each consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position  presented 
are translated at the closing rate as of the 
reporting date of that statement of financial 
position;

•   Income and expenses for each consolidated 
statement of profit or loss are translated at 
exchange  rates  at  the  dates  of  the  trans-
actions;

•   Exchange differences arising on translation 
for  consolidation  are  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive income and presented as a 
separate component of equity. On disposal 
of  a  foreign  operation,  the  component  of 
OCI relating to that particular foreign oper-
ation is reclassified to profit or loss;

•   All equity items, except for the revaluation 
reserve,  are  translated  at  the  historical 
exchange  rate.  The  revaluation  reserve  is 
translated at the closing rate as of the date 
of the statement of financial position.

For  practical  reasons,  the  Group  translates 
items of income and expenses for each period 
presented  in  the  financial  statements  using 
the quarterly average exchange rates, if such 
translations reasonably approximate the results 
translated at exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of the transactions.

1  Standards have been already endorsed for use in the European Union

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

108

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

The relevant exchange rates were:

CURRENCY

CLOSING RATE AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2021

AVERAGE FOR 2021

CLOSING RATE AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2020

AVERAGE FOR 2020

UAH/USD

UAH/EUR

USD/EUR

 27.2782   

30.9226   

1.1336   

 27.2835  

 32.3009  

 1.1839  

28.2746

34.7396

1.2287

26.9639

30.8013

1.1423

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements incorporate 
the  financial  statements  of  MHP  SE  and  its 
subsidiaries.  Control  is  achieved  when  the 
Company:
•  has power over the investee;
•   is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee; and
•   has  the  ability  to  use  its  power  to  affect  its 

returns.

The  Company  reassesses  whether  or  not  it 
controls an investee if facts and circumstances 
indicate that there are changes to one or more 
of  the  three  elements  of  control  listed  above. 
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the 
Company obtains control over the subsidiary and 
ceases when the Company loses control of the 
subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of 
a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the 
year are included in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 
from  the  date  the  Company  gains  control  until 
the date when the Company ceases to control 
the subsidiary. Profit or loss and each component 
of  other  comprehensive  income  are  attributed 

to the owners of the Company and to the non-
controlling interests. Total comprehensive income 
of subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the 
Company and to the non-controlling interests even 
if this results in the non-controlling interests having 
a deficit balance. 

All significant intercompany transactions, balances 
and unrealized gains or losses on transactions 
are  eliminated  on  consolidation,  except  when 
the intragroup losses indicate an impairment that 
requires recognition in the consolidated financial 
statements.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the 
financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  to  bring 
the accounting policies used in line with those 
adopted by the Group.

ACCOUNTING FOR ACQUISITIONS

The  acquisitions  of  subsidiaries  from  third 
parties are accounted for using the acquisition 
method. On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are measured 
at their fair values. The consideration transferred 
by the Group is measured at fair value, which is 
the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the 

assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred 
by the Group to the former owners of the acquired 
subsidiary and the equity interests issued by the 
Group in exchange for control of the subsidiary. 
Acquisition-related  costs  are  recognised  in 
the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  as 
incurred.

When the consideration transferred by the Group 
in a business combination includes assets and 
liabilities resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement,  the  contingent  consideration  is 
measured at its acquisition-date fair value and is 
included as part of the consideration transferred. 
Any contingent consideration to be transferred 
by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value 
at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration 
that is classified as equity is not remeasured and 
subsequent  settlement  is  accounted  for  within 
equity. Contingent consideration classified as an 
asset or liability that is a financial instrument and 
within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, 
is  measured  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  fair 
value  recognised  in  the  statement  of  profit  or 
loss in accordance with IFRS 9. Other contingent 
consideration that is not within the scope of IFRS 

9 is measured at fair value at each reporting date 
with changes in fair value recognised in profit or 
loss. 

Non-controlling  interests  that  are  present 
ownership interests and entitle their holders to 
a  proportionate  share  of  the  subsidiary’s  net 
assets in the event of liquidation may be initially 
measured  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interests’ proportionate share of the 
recognised amounts of the subsidiary’s identifiable 
net assets. The choice of measurement basis is 
made  on  a  transaction-by-transaction  basis. 
Other types of non-controlling interests, if any, are 
measured at fair value or, when applicable, on the 
basis specified in other IFRS standards.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

109

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

ACCOUNTING FOR ACQUISITIONS 
(CONTINUED)

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum 
of  the  consideration  transferred,  the  amount 
of any non-controlling interests in the acquired 
subsidiary,  and  the  fair  value  of  the  Group’s 
previously  held  equity  interest  in  the  acquired 
subsidiary (if any) over the net of the acquisition-
date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed. 

If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition-
date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of 
the consideration transferred, the amount of non-
controlling interests in the subsidiary and the fair 
value of the Group’s previously-held interest in 
the subsidiary (if any), the excess is recognised in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss, as a 
bargain purchase gain. 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in 
subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing 
control over the subsidiaries are accounted for as 
equity transactions. The carrying amounts of the 
Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests 
are  adjusted  to  reflect  the  changes  in  their 
relative interests in subsidiaries. Any difference 
between the amount by which the non-controlling 
interests are adjusted and the fair value of the 
consideration  paid  or  received  is  recognised 
directly in equity and attributed to owners of the 
Parent. In acquisition of a legal entity that does 
not constitute a business, the cost of the group 
of  assets  is  allocated  between  the  individual 
identifiable assets in the group based on their 
relative fair values.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

Fair value is the price that would be received to 
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants 
at the measurement date. 

The  fair  value  measurement  is  based  on  the 
presumption that the transaction to sell the asset 
or transfer the liability takes place either in the 
principal  market  for  the  asset  or  liability,  or  in 
the  absence  of  a  principal  market,  in  the  most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability. The 
principal or the most advantageous market must 
be accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured 
using the assumptions that market participants 
would  use  when  pricing  the  asset  or  liability, 
assuming  that  market  participants  act  in  their 
economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset 
takes into account a market participant’s ability to 
generate economic benefits by using the asset in 
its highest and best use or by selling it to another 
market participant that would use the asset in its 
highest and best use.

The  Group  uses  valuation  techniques  that  are 
appropriate in the circumstances and for which 
sufficient data are available to measure fair value, 
maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

All  assets  and  liabilities  for  which  fair  value  is 
measured or disclosed in the financial statements 
are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, 
described  as  follows,  based  on  the  lowest 

level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement as a whole:
•   Level  1:  Quoted  (unadjusted)  market  prices 
in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  lia-
bilities;

•   Level  2:  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value  measurement  is  directly  or  indirectly 
observable;

•   Level  3:  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in 
the  financial  statements  on  a  recurring  basis, 
the  Group  determines  whether  transfers  have 
occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-
assessing  categorization  (based  on  the  lowest 
level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement  as  a  whole)  at  the  end  of  each 
reporting period.

BORROWING COSTS

Borrowing costs include interest expense, finance 
charges on leases and other interest-bearing long-
term payables and debt servicing costs.

Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition,  construction  or  production  of 
qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily 
take  a  substantial  period  of  time  to  get  ready 
for  their  intended  use  or  sale,  are  added  to 
the cost of those assets, until such time as the 
assets are substantially ready for their intended 
use  or  sale.Investment  income  earned  on  the 
temporary  investment  of  specific  borrowings 
pending their expenditure on qualifying assets 

is  deducted  from  the  borrowing  costs  eligible 
for capitalization. All other borrowing costs are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss and 
other  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  in 
which they are incurred.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND ASSETS

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the 
consolidated financial statements. Rather, they are 
disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements unless the possibility of an outflow 
of  resources  embodying  economic  benefits  is 
remote. Contingent assets are recognised only 
when the contingency is resolved.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

Segment reporting is presented on the basis of 
management’s  perspective  and  relates  to  the 
parts of the Group that are defined as operating 
segments.  Operating  segments  are  identified 
on the basis of internal reports provided to the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). 
The Group has identified its top management team 
as its CODM and the internal reports used by the 
top management team to oversee operations and 
make decisions on allocating resources serve as 
the basis of information presented. These internal 
reports are prepared on the same basis as these 
consolidated financial statements.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

110

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

Based on the current management structure, the 
Group  has  identified  the  following  reportable 
segments:
•  Poultry and related operations;
•  Grain growing operations;
•   Meat  processing  and  other  agricultural  op-

erations;

•  Europe operating segment.

Reportable  segments  represent  the  Group’s 
principal business activities. Poultry and related 
operations  segment  include  sales  of  chicken 
meat, sales of by-products such as vegetable oil 
and related products and other poultry-related 
products.  CODM  is  considering  oil  extraction 
as  a  part  of  mixed  fodder  production  rather 
than  a  separate  line  of  business  as  primarily 
quality  and  effectiveness  of  mixed  fodder 
production prevails over oil output. Grain growing 
operations include sale of grain other than feed 
grains and green-fodder. Meat processing and 
other agricultural operations segment primarily 
includes  sales  of  other  than  poultry  meat  and 
meat processing products, feed grains and milk.  
The Europe operating segment include sales of 
meat processing and chicken meat products in 
Southeast Europe.

The  Group  does  not  present  information  on 
segment assets and liabilities as the CODM does 
not review such information for decision-making 
purposes.

Non-current  assets  and  disposal  groups  are 
classified as held for sale if their carrying amount 
will  be  recovered  principally  through  a  sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use. 
This condition is regarded as met only when the 
asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate 
sale in its present condition subject only to terms 
that are usual and customary for sales of such 
asset  (or  disposal  group)  and  its  sale  is  highly 
probable.  Management  must  be  committed  to 
the sale, which should be expected to qualify for 
recognition as a completed sale within one year 
from the date of classification.

When  the  Group  is  committed  to  a  sale  plan 
involving  loss  of  control  of  a  subsidiary,  all  of 
the  assets  and  liabilities  of  that  subsidiary  are 
classified  as  held  for  sale  when  the  criteria 
described above are met, regardless of whether 
the Group will retain a non-controlling interest in 
its former subsidiary after the sale.

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified 
as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Group generates revenue primarily from the 
sale of agricultural products to the end customers. 
Revenue is measured based on the consideration 
to which the Group expects to be entitled in a 
contract with a customer and excludes amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties. The Group 
recognises revenue when it transfers control of 
a product or service to a customer. Revenue is 
adjusted  for  estimates  of  known  or  expected 

variable consideration, which includes consumer 
incentives,  trade  promotions,  and  allowances, 
such  as  rebates,  volume-based  incentives  and 
other programs. Variable consideration related 
to these programs is recorded as a reduction to 
revenue based on amounts the Group expects 
to  pay.  These  estimates  are  based  on  current 
performance, historical utilization, and projected 
redemption rates of each program. The Group 
reviews and updates these estimates regularly 
until the incentives are realized and the impact 
of any adjustments are recognized in the period 
the  adjustments  are  identified.  Non-monetary 
exchanges or swaps of goods which are of similar 
nature and value are not treated as  transactions 
which generate revenue. 

The Group recognises revenue from the following 
major sources:
•  chicken meat;
•  vegetable oil and related products;
•   other poultry related sales (delivery services, 
sunflower and soybean meals, sunflower husk 
and other)

•  grain;
•  meat processing products and other meat;
•   other agricultural operations (milk, feed grains 

and other).

Revenue is measured based on the consideration 
to which the Group expects to be entitled in a 
contract with a customer. The Group recognises 
revenue at a point in time when it transfers control 
of a product or service to a customer.

The major part of the Group’s sales are generated 
from the wholesale market. Revenue is recognised 
when control of the goods has transferred, being 

when  the  goods  have  been  shipped  to  the 
wholesaler’s  specific  location  or  delivered  to 
major Ukrainian sea ports. Following delivery, the 
wholesaler has full discretion over the manner of 
distribution and price to sell the goods, has the 
primary responsibility when on-selling the goods, 
and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in 
relation to the goods. A receivable is recognised 
by the Group when the goods are delivered to 
the  wholesaler  as  this  represents  the  point  in 
time at which the right to consideration becomes 
unconditional.  Under  the  Group’s  standard 
contract terms, customers have no right of return.

The Group sells its products for export on various 
terms,  some  of  which  include  shipping  and 
handling costs in the price of the product. Sales 
price of products for local market predominantly 
includes shipping and handling costs in the price 
of the product.

GOVERNMENT GRANTS

Government  grants  are  recognised  as  income 
over  the  periods  necessary  to  match  them 
with  the  related  costs,  or  as  an  offset  against 
finance  costs  when  received  as  compensation 
for the finance costs for agricultural producers. 
When the grant relates to an asset, the received 
funds are recorded in the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements as deferred income, which is 
recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis 
over the useful life of the related assets.

Government  grants  are  not  recognised  until 
there is reasonable assurance that the Group will 
comply with the conditions attaching to them and 
that the grants will be received.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

111

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

All groups of property, plant and equipment are 
carried at revalued amounts, being their fair value 
at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent 
depreciation and impairment losses, except land 
and other fixed assets that are carried at historical 
cost less (for the other fixed assets) accumulated 
depreciation.

The historical cost of an item of property, plant 
and equipment comprises (a) its purchase price, 
including  import  duties  and  non-refundable 
purchase taxes, after deducting trade discounts 
and rebates; (b) any costs directly attributable to 
bringing the item to the location and condition 
necessary  for  it  to  be  capable  of  operating  in 
the  manner  intended  by  the  management  of 
the Group; (c) the initial estimate of the costs of 
dismantling and removing the item and restoring 
the site on which it is located, the obligation for 
which the Group incurs either when the item is 
acquired  or  as  a  consequence  of  having  used 
the item during a particular period for purposes 
other  than  to  produce  inventories  during  that 
period; and (d) for qualifying assets, borrowing 
costs capitalized in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy. 

Subsequently  capitalized  costs  include  major 
expenditures for improvements and replacements 
that  extend  the  useful  lives  of  the  assets  or 
increase  their  revenue  generating  capacity. 
Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do 
not meet the foregoing criteria for capitalization 
are  charged  to  the  consolidated  statement 
of  profit  or  loss  as  incurred.  For  all  groups  of 
property, plant and equipment carried at revalued 
amounts,  the  revaluations  are  performed  with 
sufficient regularity such that the carrying amount 

does not differ materially from that which would 
be determined using fair values at the reporting 
date. If the asset’s carrying amount is increased as 
a result of a revaluation, the increase is credited 
to equity through other comprehensive income as 
a revaluation reserve. However, such increase is 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss to the extent that it reverses a revaluation 
decrease of the same asset previously recognised 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. If 
the  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  decreased  as  a 
result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognised 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. 
However,  such  decrease  is  debited  to  the 
revaluation reserve through other comprehensive 
income to the extent of any credit balance existing 
in the revaluation reserve in respect of that asset.

The  carrying  amount  of  asset  is  adjusted  by 
eliminating of accumulated depreciation against 
gross carrying amount and subsequent increase 
or decrease of gross carrying amount to fair value.

Depreciation  on  revalued  assets  is  charged  to 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss. The 
excess of depreciation charge on the revalued 
asset    over  the  depreciation  that  would  have 
been  charged  based  on  the  historical  cost  of 
the asset is transferred from revaluation reserve 
directly to retained earnings over the assets useful 
life. On the subsequent sale or retirement of a 
revalued asset, the attributable revaluation surplus 
remaining in the revaluation reserve is transferred 
directly  to  retained  earnings.  Depreciation  of 
property, plant and equipment is charged so as to 
write off the depreciable amount over the useful 
life of an asset and is calculated using a straight 
line method. Useful lives of the groups of property, 
plant and equipment are as follows:

Buildings and 
structures

Grain storage 
facilities

Production 
machinery

Auxiliary and other 
machinery

Utilities and 
infrastructure

Vehicles and 
agricultural 
machinery

15 - 55 years

20 - 60 years

10 - 25 years

5 - 25 years

20 - 50 years

5 - 15 years

Other fixed assets

3 - 10 years

Depreciable  amount  is  the  cost  of  an  item  of 
property,  plant  and  equipment,  or  revalued 
amount, less its residual value. The residual value 
is  the  estimated  amount  that  the  Group  would 
currently  obtain  from  disposal  of  the  item  of 
property, plant and equipment, after deducting 
the estimated costs of disposal, if the asset was 
already of the age and in the condition expected 
at the end of its useful life. 

The  residual  value,  the  useful  lives  and 
depreciation  method  are  reviewed  at  each 
financial year-end. The effect of any changes from 
previous estimates is accounted for prospectively 
as a change in an accounting estimate.

The  gain  or  loss  arising  on  sale  or  disposal  of 
an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is 
determined as the difference between the sales 

proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss.

Construction in progress comprises costs directly 
related to the construction of property, plant and 
equipment including an appropriate allocation of 
directly attributable variable overheads that are 
incurred in construction. Construction in progress 
is not depreciated. Depreciation of construction 
in  progress  commences  when  completed 
consruction in progress transferred to the relevant 
class of property, plant and equipment.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist primarily of land lease 
rights,  trademarks  and  customer  relationships 
which are acquired in a business combination.  

Intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business 
combination  are  identified  and  recognised 
separately from goodwill where they satisfy the 
definition  of  an  intangible  asset.  The  cost  of 
such  intangible  assets  is  their  fair  value  at  the 
acquisition date. 

Intangible assets assessed as having an indefinite 
useful life are not amortised and are examined 
for impairment annually or more frequently where 
there is an indication of impairment. Where the 
carrying amount of an asset is greater than the 
amount that it is estimated to be recoverable, it 
is written down to its recoverable amount. The 
assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually 
to determine whether the indefinite life continues 
to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life 
from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective 
basis.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

112

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  intangible 
assets assessed as having finite useful lives are 
reported at cost less accumulated amortization 
and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization 
of intangible assets is recognised on a straight line 
basis over their estimated useful lives. The period 
of estimated useful life of intangibles is as follows:

Land lease rights

3 - 15 years

Customer 
relationship  

20 years

Trademarks

not amortised

Other intangible 
assets

3 - 10 years

The  amortization  period  and  the  amortization 
method for intangible assets with finite useful lives 
are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting 
period, with the effect of any changes in estimate 
being accounted for on a prospective basis.

An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, 
or when no future economic benefits are expected 
from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from 
derecognition of an intangible asset, measured 
as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, 
are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is 
derecognised.

RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS 

Right-of-use assets mainly represents rent of land 
from individuals (Ukrainian citizens) for agricultural 
purposes.  The  Group  recognises  right-of-use 

assets at the commencement date of the lease 
(i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for 
use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, 
less any accumulated depreciation and impairment 
losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of 
lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets 
includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, 
initial direct costs incurred and lease payments 
made at or before the commencement date less 
any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets 
are depreciated over the period of lease term. The 
depreciation starts at the commencement date 
of the lease. The Group recognises depreciation 
of right-of-use assets based on the lease term, 
presented  within  cost  of  goods  sold  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss.  The 
average maturity of land lease agreements is 7 
years.

IMPAIRMENT OF TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE 
ASSETS OTHER THAN GOODWILL

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the 
carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible 
assets  with  definite  useful  lives  to  determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets 
have  suffered  an  impairment  loss.  If  any  such 
indication  exists,  the  recoverable  amount  of 
the asset is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for 
impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  when 
there is an indication that they might be impared.

use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-
generating unit) is estimated to be less than its 
carrying  amount,  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
asset  (cash-generating  unit)  is  reduced  to  its 
recoverable  amount.  An  impairment  loss  is 
recognised immediately in the consolidated profit 
or loss unless the relevant asset is carried at a 
revalued amount, in which case the impairment 
loss is treated as a revaluation decrease through 
other comprehensive income.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, 
the carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating 
unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but so that the increased 
carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the  carrying 
amount that would have been determined had 
no impairment loss been recognised for the asset 
(cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal 
of an impairment loss is recognised immediately 
in  the  consolidated  profit  or  loss,  unless  the 
relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in 
which case the reversal of the impairment loss is 
treated as a revaluation increase through other 
comprehensive income.  

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets 
are grouped at the lowest levels for which there 
are  separately  identifiable  cash  flows  (cash-
generating  units).  Recoverable  amount  is  the 
higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in 

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is 
allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating 
units  (or  groups  of  cash-generating  units)  that 
is expected to benefit from the synergies of the 
combination.

A  cash-generating  unit  to  which  goodwill  has 
been allocated is tested for impairment annually, 
or more frequently when there is an indication 
that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its 
carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets 
of the unit pro rata based on the carrying amount 
of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for 
goodwill is recognised directly in the consolidated 
profit or loss. An impairment loss recognised on 
goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

INCOME TAXES 

Income taxes have been computed in accordance 
with the laws currently enacted or substantially 
enacted in jurisdictions where operating entities 
are located. Income tax is calculated based on 
the results for the year as adjusted for items that 
are  non-assessable  or  non-tax  deductible.  It  is 
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted 
by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance 
sheet  liability  method  in  respect  of  temporary 
differences  arising  from  differences  between 
the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  in 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the 
corresponding tax basis used in the computation 
of  taxable  profit.  Deferred  tax  liabilities  are 
generally  recognised  for  all  taxable  temporary 
differences  and  deferred  tax  assets  are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which 
deductible temporary differences can be utilized. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

113

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is 
reviewed at the end of each reporting period and 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to 
allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period in which the liability is settled or the asset 
realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the end of the reporting period. The measurement 
of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax 
consequences that would follow from the manner 
in  which  the  Group  expects,  at  the  end  of  the 
reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying 
amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred  tax  is  charged  or  credited  to  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss, except 
when  it  relates  to  items  credited  or  charged 
directly to equity or other comprehensive income, 
in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in 
equity or other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when:
•   The Group has a legally enforceable right to 
set off the recognised amounts of current tax 
assets and current tax liabilities;

•   The Group has an intention to settle on a net 
basis,  or  to  realize  the  asset  and  settle  the 
liability simultaneously;

•   The deferred tax assets and the deferred tax 
liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the 
same taxation authority in each future period 
in  which  significant  amounts  of  deferred  tax 
liabilities and assets are expected to be set-
tled or recovered.

The  majority  of  the  Group  companies  that  are 
involved  in  agricultural  production  (poultry 
farms and other entities engaged in agricultural 
production) benefit substantially from the status 
of  an  agricultural  producer.  These  companies 
are exempt from income taxes and pay the Fixed 
Agricultural Tax instead (Note 13).

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and 
net realizable value. Costs comprise raw materials 
and, where applicable, direct labour costs and 
those  overheads  that  have  been  incurred  in 
bringing the inventories to their present locations 
and condition. 

Cost  is  calculated  using  the  FIFO  (first-in,  first-
out) method. Net realizable value is determined 
as the estimated selling price less all estimated 
costs of completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing,  selling  and  distribution.  Agriculture 
related production process results in production 
of  joint  products:  main  and  by-products.  A  by-
product arising from the process is measured at 
net realizable value and this value is deducted 
from the cost of the main product.

BIOLOGICAL  ASSETS  AND  AGRICULTURAL 
PRODUCE

Agricultural  activity  is  defined  as  a  biological 
transformation of biological assets for sale into 
agricultural produce or into additional biological 
assets. The Group classifies hatchery eggs, live 
poultry  and  other  animals  and  plantations  as 
biological assets. 

The  Group  recognizes  a  biological  asset  or 
agricultural produce when the Group controls the 
asset as a result of past events, it is probable that 

future economic benefits associated with the asset 
will flow to the Group, and the fair value of the 
asset can be measured reliably.

aged chickens, with an allowance for costs to 
be  incurred  and  risks  to  be  faced  during  the 
remaining transformation process.

Biological  assets  are  stated  at  fair  value  less 
estimated costs to sell at both initial recognition 
and as of the reporting date, with any resulting 
gain or loss recognised in the consolidated profit 
or loss. 

Costs  to  sell  include  all  costs  that  would  be 
necessary  to  sell  the  assets,  including  costs 
necessary to get the assets to market.

The difference between fair value less costs to sell 
and total production costs is allocated to biological 
assets as of each reporting date as a fair value 
adjustment. 

The change in this adjustment from one period to 
another is recognised as “Net change in fair value 
of biological assets and agricultural produce” in 
the consolidated profit or loss.

Agricultural produce harvested from biological 
assets is measured at its fair value less costs to 
sell at the point of harvest. A gain or loss arising 
on  initial  recognition  of  agricultural  produce 
at fair value less costs to sell is included in the 
consolidated profit or loss.

Based on the above policy, the principal groups 
of biological assets and agricultural produce are 
stated as follows:

Biological Assets

Broiler chickens
Broilers  comprise  poultry  held  for  chicken 
meat  production.  The  fair  value  of  broilers 
is determined by reference to the cash flows 
that will be obtained from the sales of 42-day 

Breeders held for hatchery eggs production
The fair value of breeders is determined using 
the discounted cash flow approach based on 
hatchery eggs’ market prices.

Cattle and pigs
Cattle  and  pigs  comprise  cattle  held  for 
regeneration  of  livestock  population  and 
animals  raised  for  milk  and  beef  and  pork 
meat production. The fair value of livestock is 
determined based on market prices of livestock 
of similar age, breed and genetic merit. Cattle, 
for which market-determined prices or values are 
not available and for which alternative estimates 
of  fair  value  are  determined  to  be  clearly 
unreliable,  are  measured  using  the  present 
value of expected net cash flows from the asset 
discounted at a current market-determined pre-
tax rate.

Crops in fields
The fair value of crops in fields is determined by 
reference to the cash flows that will be obtained 
from sales of harvested crops, with an allowance 
for costs to be incurred and risks to be faced 
during the remaining transformation process.

Hatchery eggs
The fair value of hatchery eggs is determined 
by  reference  to  market  prices  at  the  point  of 
harvest.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

114

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

BIOLOGICAL  ASSETS  AND  AGRICULTURAL 
PRODUCE (CONTINUED)

Agricultural Produce 

Dressed poultry, beef and pork
The fair value of dressed poultry, beef and pork 
is determined by reference to market prices at 
the point of harvest.

Grain
The  fair  value  of  fodder  grain  is  determined 
by  reference  to  market  prices  at  the  point  of 
harvest.

The  Group’s  biological  assets  are  classified 
into  bearer  and  consumable  biological  assets 
depending upon the function of a particular group 
of  biological  assets  in  the  Group’s  production 
process. Consumable biological assets are those 
that are to be harvested as agricultural produce, 
and  include  hatchery  eggs  and  live  broiler 
chickens intended for the production of meat, as 
well as pork and meat cows. Bearer biological 
assets  include  poultry  held  for  hatchery  eggs 
production, milk cows and breeding bulls.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are 
recognised in the Group’s statement of financial 
position when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  of  the 
Group  are  represented  by  cash  and  cash 
equivalents,  long-term  bank  deposits,  bank 
borrowings,  bonds  issued  and  other  financial 
liabilities.  The  accounting  policies  for  initial 

recognition  and  subsequent  measurement 
of  financial  instruments  are  disclosed  in  the 
respective accounting policies set out below in 
this Note.
Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially 
recognised at fair value. Transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue 
of financial assets and financial liabilities (other 
than  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  at 
fair value through profit or loss) are added to or 
deducted from the fair value of the financial assets 
or  financial  liabilities,  as  appropriate,  on  initial 
recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable 
to the acquisition of financial assets or financial 
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.

FINANCIAL ASSETS
All  recognised  financial  assets  are  measured 
subsequently in their entirety at either amortised 
cost or fair value, depending on the classification 
of the financial assets.

Classification of financial assets
Debt  instruments  that  meet  the  following 
conditions  are  measured  subsequently  at 
amortised cost (this category is the most relevant 
to the Group):
•   the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business 
model whose objective is to hold financial as-
sets in order to collect contractual cash flows; 
and

•   the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  asset 
give rise on specified dates to cash flows that 
are solely payments of principal and interest 
on the principal amount outstanding. 

 Debt  instruments  that  meet  the  following 
conditions  are  measured  subsequently  at 
FVTOCI:
•   the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business 
model  whose  objective  is  achieved  by  both 
collecting contractual cash flows and selling 
the financial assets; and

•   the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  asset 
give rise on specified dates to cash flows that 
are solely payments of principal and interest 
on the principal amount outstanding.

By default, all other financial assets are measured 
subsequently at FVTPL.
Financial  assets  at  amortised  cost  are 
subsequently  measured  using  the  effective 
interest  (EIR)  method  and  are  subject  to 
impairment. 

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of 
calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument 
and of allocating interest income over the relevant 
period.

The  amortised  cost  of  a  financial  asset  is  the 
amount at which the financial asset is measured at 
initial recognition minus the principal repayments, 
plus  the  cumulative  amortisation  using  the 
effective  interest  method  of  any  difference 
between  that  initial  amount  and  the  maturity 
amount,  adjusted  for  any  loss  allowance.  The 
gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the 
amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting 
for any loss allowance.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognises an allowance for expected 

credit losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not 

held  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss.  ECLs 

are  estimated  as  the  difference  between  all 

contractual cash flows that are due to the Group 

in  accordance  with  the  contract  and  all  the 

cash  flows  that  the  Group  expects  to  receive, 

discounted at the original effective interest rate. 

The amount of expected credit losses is updated 

at each reporting date to  reflect changes in credit 

risk  since  initial  recognition  of  the  respective 

financial instrument.

For  trade  accounts  receivable  and  contract 

assets, the Group applies a simplified approach 

in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does 

not  track  changes  in  credit  risk,  but  instead 

recognises a loss allowance based on ECLs at 

each reporting date. The Group has established 

a provision matrix that is based on its historical 

credit  loss  experience,  adjusted  for  forward-

looking factors specific to the debtors and the 

economic environment.

For  all  other  financial  instruments,  the  Group 

recognises  lifetime  ECL  when  there  has  been 

a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  since  initial 

recognition.  However,  if  the  credit  risk  on  the 

financial instrument has not increased significantly 

since initial recognition, the Group measures the 

loss allowance for that financial instrument at an 

amount equal to 12-month ECL.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

115

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

calculating  the  amortised  cost  of  a  financial 
liability and of allocating interest expense over the 
relevant period. The effective interest rate is the 
rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash 
payments (including all fees and points paid or 
received that form an integral part of the effective 
interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums 
or  discounts)  through  the  expected  life  of  the 
financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter 
period, to the amortised cost of a financial liability.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

FINANCIAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)
Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses 
that  will  result  from  all  possible  default  events 
over the expected life of a financial instrument. In 
contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of 
lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default 
events on a financial instrument that are possible 
within 12 months after the reporting date.

Significant increase in credit risk
In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial 
instrument  has  increased  significantly  since 
initial recognition, the Group compares the risk 
of a default occurring on the financial instrument 
at  the  reporting  date  with  the  risk  of  a  default 
occurring on the financial instrument at the date 
of initial recognition. In making this assessment, 
the  Group  considers  both  quantitative  and 
qualitative  information  that  is  reasonable  and 
supportable, including historical experience and 
forward-looking  information  that  is  available 
without  undue  cost  or  effort.  Forward-looking 
information  considered  includes  the  future 
prospects of the industries in which the Group’s 
debtors operate, obtained from economic expert 
reports, financial analysts, governmental bodies, as 
well as consideration of various external sources 
of actual and forecast economic information that 
relate to the Group’s core operations.

Irrespective  of  the  outcome  of  the  above 
assessment, the Group presumes that the credit 
risk on a financial asset has increased significantly 
since  initial  recognition  when  contractual 
payments are more than 30 days past due, unless 
the  Group  has  reasonable  and  supportable 
information that demonstrates otherwise.

Low credit risk financial instruments
Despite the foregoing, the Group assumes that 
the credit risk on a financial instrument has not 
increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition 
if the financial instrument is determined to have 
low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial 
instrument is determined to have low credit risk if:
•   The  financial  instrument  has  a  low  risk  of 

default,

•   The debtor has a strong capacity to meet its 
contractual cash flow obligations in the near 
term, and

•   Adverse changes in economic and business 
conditions in the longer term may, but will not 
necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower 
to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

Default definition
The Group considers that default has occurred 
when  a  financial  asset  is  more  than  90  days 
past due unless the Group has reasonable and 
supportable  information  to  demonstrate  that  a 
more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

Credit impaired financial assets
A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or 
more events that have a detrimental impact on the 
estimated future cash flows of that financial asset 
have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is 
credit-impaired includes observable data about 
the following events:
•   significant  financial  difficulty  of  the  issuer  or 

the borrower;

•   a breach of contract, such as a default or past 

due event;

•   the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or 
contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s 
financial difficulty, having granted to the bor-

rower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would 
not otherwise consider;

•   it is becoming probable that the borrower will 
enter bankruptcy or other financial reorgani-
sation; or

•   the disappearance of an active market for that 
financial asset because of financial difficulties.

Write-off policy
The Group writes off a financial asset when there 
is  information  indicating  that  the  debtor  is  in 
severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic 
prospect of recovery, e.g. when the debtor has 
been placed under liquidation or has entered into 
bankruptcy proceedings, or in the case of trade 
accounts receivable, when the amounts are over 
three years past due, whichever occurs sooner. 
Financial assets written off may still be subject 
to  enforcement  activities  under  the  Group’s 
recovery procedures, taking into account legal 
advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made 
are recognised in profit or loss.

Inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques 
used  by  measurement  and  recognition  of 
expected credit losses are disclosed in respective 
Notes 18 and 23 on financial assets.

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Initial recognition and measurement
The  Group’s  financial  liabilities  include  loans 
and borrowings, leases and derivative financial 
instruments.
Financial  liabilities  are  recognised  initially  at 
fair  value  and  are  measured  subsequently  at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

116

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Derecognition of financial liabilities
The  Group  derecognises  financial  liabilities 
when,  and  only  when,  the  Group’s  obligations 
are  discharged,  cancelled  or  have  expired. 
The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount 
of  the  financial  liability  derecognised  and  the 
consideration paid and payable is recognised in 
profit or loss.
When  the  Group  exchanges  with  the  existing 
lender one debt instrument into another one with 
the substantially different terms, such exchange 
is  accounted  for  as  an  extinguishment  of  the 
original financial liability and the recognition of a 
new financial liability. Similarly, the Group accounts 
for substantial modification of terms of an existing 
liability or part of it as an extinguishment of the 
original financial liability and the recognition of 
a new liability. It is assumed that the terms are 
substantially different if the discounted present 
value  of  the  cash  flows  under  the  new  terms, 
including any fees paid net of any fees received 
and discounted using the original effective rate is 
at least 10 per cent different from the discounted 
present value of the remaining cash flows of the 
original financial liability. If the modification is not 
substantial, the difference between: (1) the carrying 
amount  of  the  liability  before  the  modification; 
and (2) the present value of the cash flows after 
modification should be recognised in profit or loss 
as the modification gain or loss. 

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Trade  accounts  receivable  is  recognised  if  an 
amount of consideration that is unconditional is 
due from the customer. Trade  accounts receivable 
that  do  not  contain  a  significant  financing 
component are measured at the transaction price.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, 
cash with banks, deposits and government bonds 
with maturity of less than three months from the 
date of acquisition.

BANK  BORROWINGS,  CORPORATE  BONDS 
ISSUED AND OTHER LONG-TERM PAYABLES
Interest-bearing bank borrowings, bonds issued 
and  other  long-term  payables  are  initially 
measured  at  fair  value  that  is  calculated  by 
taking into account any discount or premium on 
acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral 
part of the effective interest rate (EIR). They are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the EIR method, where amortization is included 
as finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.         
Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss 
when the liabilities are derecognised as well as 
through the EIR amortisation process.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
The  Group  enters  into  derivative  financial 
instruments  to  purchase  sunflower  seeds  and 
sales of grains. Derivatives are initially recognised 
at fair value at the date the derivative contracts 
are entered into and subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at the end of each reporting period. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or 
loss immediately.

TRADE AND OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Accounts  payable  are  measured  at  initial 
recognition at fair value, and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method.

LEASE LIABILITIES
The  Group  assesses  whether  a  contract  is  or 
contains a lease, at inception of the contract. 

The  Group  recognises  lease  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position, 
initially measured at the present value of future 
lease payments. The Group does not apply the 
short term and low-value lease exemptions. 
The  Group  measures  the  lease  liability  at  the 
present value of the lease payments that are not 
paid at the commencement date, discounted by 
using the incremental borrowing rate, because 
the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily 
determinable.  The  incremental  borrowing  rate 
is defined as the rate of interest that the lessee 
would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, 
and with a similar security the funds necessary to 
obtain an asset of a similar value to the right of use 
asset in a similar economic environment.
The lease liability is presented as a separate line 
in the consolidated statement of financial position. 
The lease liability is subsequently measured by 
increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest 
on the lease liability and by reducing the carrying 
amount to reflect the lease payments made. The 
Group  recognises  interest  on  lease  liabilities 
and presents it within interest expenses in the 
consolidated profit or loss.
The  Group  remeasures  the  lease  liability  (and 
makes a corresponding adjustment to the related 
right-of-use asset) whenever:
•   The  lease  term  has  changed  or  there  is  a 
change  in  the  assessment  of  exercise  of  a 
purchase  option,  in  which  case  the  lease 
liability  is  remeasured  by  discounting  the 
revised lease payments using a revised dis-
count rate.

•   The lease payments change due to changes 
in  an  index  or  rate  or  market  rate,  in  which 
cases the lease liability is remeasured by dis-
counting  the  revised  lease  payments  using 

the initial discount rate (unless the lease pay-
ments change is due to a change in a floating 
interest rate, in which case a revised discount 
rate is used).

A  lease  contract  is  modified  and  the  lease 
modification is not accounted for as a separate 
lease,  in  which  case  the  lease  liability  is 
remeasured  by  discounting  the  revised  lease 
payments using a revised discount rate.
In the statement of cash flows the Group separates 
the  total  amount  of  cash  paid  into  a  principal 
portion (presented within financing activities) and 
interest (presented within operating activities). 

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has 
a present legal or constructive obligation (either 
based on legal regulations or implied) as a result 
of past events, and it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation 
and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be 
made.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

117

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

3. CHANGES IN THE GROUP STRUCTURE

4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF 

presented  as  a  single  amount  as  profit  or  loss 
after  tax  from  discontinued  operations  in  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. All other 
notes to the financial statements include amounts 
for  continuing  operations,  unless  otherwise 
mentioned.

ACQUISITIONS
On 01 June 2021, the Group acquired a 51% share 
in  the  company  Lubnym`yaso  LLC,  a  Ukrainian 
meat  production  plant,  whose  main  economic 
activity is the production and sale of beef meat 
under the trade mark Scott Smeat. As of the date 
of  acquisition,  the  net  assets  of  the  acquired 
meat production plant amounted to USD 1,800 
thousand. Purchase consideration of the acquired 
share amounted to USD 1,840 thousand and was 
paid in cash. Goodwill in the amount of USD 921 
thousand is attributable to the expectation that this 
acquisition will support strategic transformation to 
a culinary company through launch of additional 
products.

DISCONTINUED OPERATION
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group disposed of the Ptujska klet, which was 
involved  in  wine  production  and  distribution 
located in Slovenia, and was previously presented 
within Europe Operating Segment. Net assets as 
of the date of disposal amounted to USD 4,852 
thousand. The total cash consideration amounted 
to  USD  2,293  thousand,  which  was  received 
during this reporting period.
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group disposed  of the assets of its subsidiary 
Dobropilskyi  GPP  PrJSC,  which  was  located  in 
Ukraine and carried out grain storage operations, 
and was previously presented within Poultry and 
Related Operations Segment. The net assets as 
of  the  date  of  disposal  amounted  to  USD  620 
thousand.  Before  sale  the  property  plant  and 
equipment included in the net assets disposed 
were impaired by USD 4,105 thousand. Impairment 
was  recognized  as  a  decrease  in  revaluation 
reserve  related  to  those  property,  plant  and 
equipment. The total cash consideration amounted 
to USD 671 thousand, which was received during 
this reporting period.
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the 
Group disposed of the Snyatynska poultry farm, 
which  carried  out  goose  meat  and  foie  gras 
operations located in Ukraine, and was previously 
presented  within  Meat  Processing  and  Other 
Agricultural Operations Segment. Net assets as 
of the date of disposal amounted to USD 3,303 
thousand. The total cash consideration amounted 
to  USD  2,700  thousand,  which  was  received 
during this reporting period.
Discontinued  operations  are  excluded  from 
the  results  of  continuing  operations  and  are 

ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

In  the  application  of  the  Group’s  accounting 
policies,  which  are  described  in  Note  2, 
management  is  required  to  make  judgements, 
estimates  and  assumptions  about  the  carrying 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not 
readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  The 
estimates and associated assumptions are based 
on historical experience and other factors that are 
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are 
reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Revisions  to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period 
in  which  the  estimate  is  revised  if  the  revision 
affects both current and future periods.

CRITICAL JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The  following  are  the  critical  judgments,  apart 
from those involving estimations (see below), that 
management has made in the process of applying 
the Group’s accounting policies and that have the 
most significant effect on the amounts recognised 
in the consolidated financial statements.

Going concern
On  February  24,  2022,  Russian  forces  began 
a military invasion of Ukraine resulting in a full-
scale war across the Ukrainian state (the “War”). 
Focused  on  continuity  and  sustainability  of  its 
business  and  the  preservation  of  value  for  all 
stakeholders,  the    Group  has  concentrated  on 
two key areas: the safety of its employees and 
the food security of the country by prioritizing a 
continuous supply of food to the population of 
Ukraine. 
As a result of the War, MHP has experienced a 
number of significant disruptions and operational 

issues within its business, which are described in 
details in Note 33 Operating Environment and in 
Note 39 Subsequent Events.
The currently known impacts of the War on the 
Group are:
•   the Group’s poultry production facilities have 

not suffered any physical damage;

•   a stock of poultry products worth USD 6.1 mil-
lion was destroyed by a Russian missile strike 
on a rented warehouse in the Kyiv region;
•   escalation  of  the  situation  in  the  Donetsk 
region  increases  the  risks  and  dangers  to 
the  security  of  the  Group’s  employees’  in 
that  region.  MHP  has  decided  to  temporari-
ly  suspend  operations  of  “Ukrainian  Bacon” 
(a  meat-processing  operation  with  34,000 
tonnes annual capacity located in the Donetsk 
region);

•   all  of  the  Group’s  other  inventories  are  in 

good condition and in safe storage;

•   since the War began, MHP has provided hu-
manitarian  aid  to  the  population  of  Ukraine 
through supply of over 11,000 tonnes of poul-
try products pro bono;

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

118

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors 
have therefore concluded that it is appropriate to 
apply the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the 2021 financial statements. However, 
due to the currently unpredictable effects of the 
ongoing  War  on  the  significant  assumptions 
underlying management forecasts, the Directors 
have concluded that a material uncertainty exists, 
which  may  cast  significant  doubt  about  the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, 
therefore, the Group may be unable to realize its 
assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal 
course of business.

4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF 

ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

Going concern (continued)
•   the Group is able to continue operations on 
the majority of its land bank although, with up 
to 2,000 hectares in the Sumy region being 
temporarily inaccessible to the Group, MHP’s 
sowing campaign cannot be conducted in this 
region according to the schedule;

•   MHP  continues  commercial  poultry  sales  in 
Ukraine almost at the pre-War level, despite 
domestic  deliveries  in  some  regions  having 
been  and  continuing  to  be  significantly  dis-
rupted due to active hostilities;

•   export sales reduced significantly due to clo-
sure  of  all  Ukrainian  seaports.  Only  certain 
roads and railways are now available for ex-
port;

•   the Group’s European operations at Perutnina 
Ptuj  have  not  been  affected  in  any  way  by 
events  in  Ukraine  as  they  are  fully  indepen-
dent  and  self-sufficient  from  an  operational 
and  supply  chain  perspective,  and  continue 
to produce at full capacity;

•   most of the Group’s existing undrawn financ-
ing facilities are not available (including USD 
154 million) due to liquidity constraints in the 
Ukrainian banking system.

In response to these matters, the Group has taken 
the following actions:
•   optimized  utilization  of  production  facilities 
to meet domestic demand and part of export 
orders; the Group is maintaining the level of 
inventories necessary to allow it to return to 
normal production capacity as soon as prac-
tically possible;

•   delivering  exports  via  alternative  routes,  in-

cluding by road and rail, although this is prob-
lematic due to logistical issues caused by in-
frastructure damage and low capacity;

the current environment for a period of up to 
270 days on conditions referred in Note 29;
•   the Directors have decided not to declare a 

•   the  spring  sowing  campaign  has  already 
been started; the Group has sufficient seeds, 
fertilisers,  fuel,  pesticides  and  other  inputs 
required  for  the  sowing  season,  as  well  as 
the  necessary  vehicles,  agricultural  machin-
ery and human resources. In total, the Group 
now  plans  to  harvest  around  340  thousand 
hectares of its Ukrainian landbank (spring and 
winter crops) in 2022;

•   in  order  to  continue  to  provide  Ukrainians 
with products under its “Bashchynsky” brand, 
which were originally produced at “Ukrainian 
Bacon”, the Group is working actively to com-
mission similar production sites at other MHP 
facilities  as  well  as  organise  production  of 
“Ukrainian Bacon” products in facilities rented 
from other Ukrainian meat processors;

•   selling, general and administrative and other 
operating expenses, as well as CAPEX, have 
been  reduced  to  the  minimum  required  to 
meet the primary needs of the Group’s core 
business;

•   to preserve cash for operational priorities, on 
30 March 2022 the Group received consent 
from holders of its Eurobonds to postpone the 
semi-annual interest payments due in Spring 
2022  on  each  of  its  2024,  2026  and  2029 
Notes for a period up to 270 days;

•   in  response  to  non-availability  of  undrawn 
bank financing facilities, and to protect work-
ing  capital  requirements,  the  Group  has  al-
ready requested its bank lenders to agree to 
a general postponement of debt servicing in 

final dividend for the 2021 financial year.

Management have prepared and reviewed with 
the Directors updated financial forecasts, including 
cash flow projections, for the twelve months from 
the date of approval of these financial statements, 
taking into consideration most likely and possible 
downside  scenarios  for  the  ongoing  business 
impacts of the War.

These forecasts were based on the following key 
assumptions:
•   further development of the War and the mili-
tary invasion of Ukraine will enable utilization 
of  at  least  60%  of  MHP’s  poultry  production 
facilities;

•   ability  to  run  sowing  and  harvesting  cam-
paigns on at least 290 thousand hectares of 
the Company’s land bank;

•   all  of  the  Group’s  assets  remain  safe  and  in 

good condition;

•   remaining  logistic  routes  (rail  and  road)  will 

continue to be available;

•   MHP will be able to procure sufficient levels 
of  vitamins  and  minerals  for  production  of 
feed as well as the required volume of plant 
protection materials, fuel and other inputs for 
grain growing;

•   MHP  will  be  able  to  successfully  complete 
postponement of debt servicing with its bank 
lenders referred above.

These forecasts indicate that, taking account of 
reasonably possible downsides, the Group has 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

119

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF 

ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

Determination  of  variable  lease  payments 
As  described  in  Note  2,  the  Group  measures 
lease  liabilities  at  the  present  value  of  future 
lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s 
incremental  borrowing  rate.  Future  lease 
payments  consist  of  both  fixed  payments 
(including  in-substance  fixed  payments)  and 
variable lease payments that depend on an index 
or rate, including payments that vary to reflect 
changes  in  market  rental  rates.  Management 
are  required  to  make  significant  judgement  in 
determining  whether  variable  lease  payments 
depend on an index or rate. Regardless of the 
lease  payments  stated  in  the  lease  contracts, 
customary  business  practices  complement  the 
contractual terms in a way that at each particular 
date the rate is a market rate. Since the entire 
market  operates  on  the  basis  of  expectations 
of a periodic revision of rates (based on current 
market rates), Management has concluded that the 
rates are determined by the market mechanism. 
In substance, non-contractual changes in lease 
payments are driven by competitive forces and 
changes in payments are based on the average 
changes of lease payments in the region, which 
means  that  the  variable  component  of  lease  
payments depends on a market index.

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
As described in Note 2, the Group applies the 
revaluation  model  to  the  measurement  of  all 
groups of property, plant and equipment, except 
land  and  other  fixed  assets  (Note  14).  At  each 
reporting date, the Group carries out a review of 
the carrying amount of items of property, plant 
and equipment accounted for using a revaluation 
model to determine whether the carrying amount 

differs materially from fair value. When determining 
whether  to  perform  a  fair  value  assessment 
in  a  given  period,  Management  considers 
development  of  macroeconomic  indicators 
including  changes  in  prices  (producer  price 
indices, price indices for non-residential buildings, 
transport facilities, utilities and other engineering 
structures), inflation rates, GDP growth rates and 
changes of the Ukrainian Hryvnia (“UAH”) against 
USD and EUR. 
Also, different internal and external factors such 
as  changes  in  political,  legislative,  economic 
situation  are  reviewed.    Based  on  the  results 
of  this  review,  Management  concluded  that 
grain storage facilities, vehicles and agricultural 
machinery, production machinery, auxiliary and 
other  machinery  should  be  revalued  as  of  31 
December 2021. Management also concluded that 
the fair value of buildings and structures, utilities 
and infrastructure was not materially different from 
the reported book values as of 31 December 2021, 
so that no revaluation was required.

KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
The following are the key assumptions concerning 
the future, and other key sources of estimation 
uncertainty  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period 
that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year.

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles not 
amortised
As  disclosed  in  Notes  16  and  17,  the  Group 
determines at least on an annual basis whether 
indefinite life intangible assets and goodwill have 
been impaired. This requires an estimate of an 

asset’s recoverable amount which is the higher 
of an asset’s or cash  generating unit’s (CGU’s) 
fair value less costs of disposal and its value in 
use and it is determined for an individual asset, 
unless the asset does not generate cash inflows 
that are largely independent of those from other 
assets or groups of assets. Estimating a value-
in-use amount requires management to make an 
estimate of the expected future cash flows from 
the cash generating unit and also to choose a 
suitable discount rate and growth rates in order 
to calculate the present value of those cash flows.
The Group constantly monitors climate-related 
matters affecting the value-in-use of intangibles 
and goodwill. At the current time, there are no 
material effects that will impact the Group. The 
Group  will  adjust  the  key  assumptions  used  in 
value-in-use  calculations  should  a  change  be 
required.

Determination of incremental borrowing rate
As  described  in  Note  2,  the  Group  uses 
incremental borrowing rate as discounting factor 
for the purpose of calculation of lease liability, 
if  the  rate  implicit  in  the  lease  is  not  readily 
determinable.  Incremental  borrowing  rate  is 
determined as the available rate for the Group 
adjusted for specifics of particular lease contracts.

Fair value less costs to sell of biological assets 
and agricultural produce

Biological assets are recorded at fair values less 
costs to sell. The Group estimates the fair values 
of biological assets based on the following key 
assumptions:
•   Average meat output for broilers and livestock 

for meat production;

•   Average productive life of breeders and cattle 
held for regeneration and milk production;

•  Expected crops output;
•  Estimated changes in future sales prices;
•   Projected production costs and costs to sell; 

and,

•  Discount rate.

During the year ended 31 December 2021 the fair 
value of biological assets was estimated using 
discount factors of 15.4% and 13.6% (31 December 
2020: 11.2% and 11.5%) for non-current and current 
assets, respectively.

Although some of these assumptions are obtained 
from published market data, the majority of these 
assumptions are estimated based on the Group’s 
historical and projected results (Note 19 ).

In determining fair value measurement, the impact 
of  potential  climate-related  matters,  including 
legislation,  climate  change,  and  company 
climate objectives which may affect the fair value 
measurement of biological assets and agricultural 
produce  has  been  considered.  At  present,  the 
impact of climate-related matters is not material 
to the Group’s financial statements.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

120

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF 

ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2021, 
Management appointed an independent appraiser 
to perform a revaluation of grain storage facilities, 
vehicles and agricultural machinery, auxiliary and 
other machinery as of 31 December 2021. 
The  independent  appraiser  has  performed 
the  valuation  in  accordance  with  International 
Valuation  Standards  applying  the  following 
techniques:
•   depreciated  replacement  cost  for  grain 

storage facilities;

•   market comparable approach for vehicles and 

agricultural machinery; and

•   depreciated  replacement  cost  and  market 
comparable approach, if applicable, for auxil-
iary and other machinery

Key  assumptions  used  by  the  independent 
appraiser in assessing the fair value of property, 
plant  and  equipment  using  the  depreciated 

replacement  cost  and  market  comparable 
methods were as follows:
•   changes in market prices of assets and con-
struction materials from the date of their ac-
quisition/construction/date of previous valua-
tion to the date of this valuation;
•  external market prices for vehicles;
•  normative and remaining useful lives; and
•  rates of physical depreciation.

The  results  of  revaluation  based  on  the 
depreciated  replacement  cost  and  market 
comparable  approaches  were  compared  with 
a  revaluation  performed  using  the  income 
approach to check for impairment indicators of 
revalued assets, if any. For all CGUs in Ukraine 
the Group used a discount factor of 13.6% and 
terminal growth rate of 5.6 % for projected cash 
flows beyond the five-year projected period for 
revaluation performed using the income approach. 
For  CGUs  in  Poultry  and  Related  Operations 

Segment,  Grain  Growing  Operations  Segment 
and  Meat  Processing  and  Other  Agricultural 
Operations Segment the revenue growth rates 
within the five-year period are 5.5%, 1.7% and 4.6%, 
respectively. 

wear and tear, the physical environment in which 
the asset is operated and other factors (including 
climate-related matters). Changes in any of these 
conditions or estimates may result in adjustments 
for future depreciation rates.

IIn determining fair value measurement, the impact 
of  potential  climate-related  matters,  including 
legislation,  climate  change,  and  Company 
climate objectives which may affect the fair value 
measurement of property, plant and equipment 
has  been  considered.  At  present,  the  impact 
of climate-related matters is not material to the 
Group’s financial statements.

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment
The  estimation  of  the  useful  life  of  an  item  of 
property,  plant  and  equipment  is  a  matter  of 
management estimate based upon experience 
with similar assets. In determining the useful life 
of an asset, Management considers the expected 
usage, estimated technical obsolescence, physical 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets, including those arising from 
unused tax losses are recognised to the extent 
that  it  is  probable  that  they  will  be  recovered, 
which is dependent on the generation of sufficient 
future  taxable  profit.  Based  on  management’s 
assessment  the  Group  determined  it  was 
appropriate  to  recognize  deferred  tax  assets 
on  unused  tax  losses,  which  will  be  utilized  in 
future against existing deferred tax liabilities and 
available future tax profits.

The estimation uncertainty therefore pertains to 
the level of deferred tax assets to be recognised.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

121

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The  accounting  policies  of  the  reportable 
segments are the same as the Group’s accounting 
policies  described  in  Note  2.  Sales  between 
segments are carried out at market prices.
The  segment  result  represents  operating 
profit under IFRS before unallocated corporate 
expenses  and  loss  on  impairment  of  property, 
plant  and  equipment.  Unallocated  corporate 
expenses  include  management  remuneration, 
representative expenses, and expenses incurred 
in respect of the maintenance of office premises. 
This is the measure reported to the CODM for the 
purposes of resource allocation and assessment 
of segment performance.
European Operating Segment primarily includes 
sales  of  chicken  meat  and  meat  processing 
products, produced in the facilities of Perutnina 
Ptuj. However, the CODM manages this as a single 
segment,  on  the  basis  that  each  of  research, 
development, manufacture, distribution and selling 
of chicken meat and meat processing products 
requires single marketing strategies, centralised 
budgeting process and centralised management 
of production operations.

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group’s business is managed on a worldwide 
basis, but operates manufacturing facilities and 
sales offices primarily in Ukraine and Europe.
Reportable segments are presented in a manner 
consistent  with  the  internal  reporting  to  the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”).
Segment  information  is  analysed  on  the  basis 
of the types of goods supplied by the Group’s 
operating  divisions.  The  Group’s  reportable 
segments under IFRS 8 are as follows:

Poultry and Related 
Operations Segment

Grain Growing 
Operations 
Segment 

Meat Processing and 
Other Agricultural 
Operations Segment

European Operating 
Segment

Sales of chicken 
meat

Sales of 
vegetable oil and 
related products

Culinary products 
and other poultry 
related sales

Sales of grain

Sales of meat 
processing 
products and 
other meat

Other agricultural 
operations (milk, 
feed grains and 
other)

Sales of meat 
processing and 
chicken meat 
products in 
Southeast Europe

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

122

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

As of 31 December 2021 and for the year then ended the Group’s segmental information from continuing 
operations was as follows:

POULTRY 
AND RELATED 
OPERATIONS

GRAIN GROWING 
OPERATIONS

MEAT PROCESSING 
AND OTHER 
AGRICULTURAL 
OPERATIONS 

EUROPEAN 
OPERATING 
SEGMENT

TOTAL 
REPORTABLE 
SEGMENTS

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

Unallocated corporate expenses

-

YEAR ENDED 
31 DECEMBER 2021

External sales

Sales between segments

TOTAL REVENUE

SEGMENT RESULT

Loss on impairment of property, 
plant and equipment 4

Other expenses, net 1

PROFIT BEFORE TAX FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS

OTHER INFORMATION

Additions to property, plant and 
equipment 2

Depreciation and amortization 
expense 3

Net change in fair value of 
biological assets and agricultural 
produce

 1,607,067  

 67,752  

 1,674,819  

 170,424  

 (4,635) 

-

-

 188,344  

 312,277  

500,621  

 325,812  

-

 (1,832) 

-

-

 92,663  

26,247

 96,482  

71,377  

 176,264  

 522  

 176,786  

 4,339  

-

 (312) 

-

-

1,267  

 6,245  

400,587  

 -  

400,587  

 48,136  

-

2,372,262  

 380,551  

 2,752,813  

548,711  

-

 (3,642) 

 (10,421) 

-

-

-

-

24,639  

144,816  

 17,436  

191,540  

-

 (380,551) 

 (380,551) 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 2,372,262  

-

 2,372,262  

 548,711  

 (32,101) 

 (10,607) 

 (102,294) 

 403,709  

144,816  

191,540  

184,926  

 13,871  

169,057  

 (1,096) 

 3,094  

 184,926  

1  Include finance income, finance costs, foreign exchange loss, net and other expenses, net. 
2  Additions to property, plant and equipment in 2021 do not include unallocated additions in the amount of USD 10,442 

thousand.

3  Depreciation and amortization for the year ended 31 December 2021 does not include unallocated depreciation and 

amortization in the amount of USD 1,318 thousand.

4 Loss on impairment of property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2021 includes unallocated loss in 
the amount of USD 186 thousand.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

123

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

As of 31 December 2020 and for the year then ended the Group’s segmental information from continuing 
operations was as follows:

YEAR ENDED 31 
DECEMBER 2020

External sales

Sales between segments

TOTAL REVENUE

SEGMENT RESULT

Unallocated corporate expenses

Loss on impairment of property, 
plant and equipment 

Other expenses, net 1

LOSS BEFORE TAX FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS

OTHER INFORMATION

Additions to property, plant and 
equipment 2

Depreciation and amortization 
expense 3

Net change in fair value of 
biological assets and agricultural 
produce

POULTRY 
AND RELATED 
OPERATIONS

GRAIN GROWING 
OPERATIONS

MEAT PROCESSING 
AND OTHER 
AGRICULTURAL 
OPERATIONS 

EUROPEAN 
OPERATING 
SEGMENT

TOTAL 
REPORTABLE 
SEGMENTS

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

1,297,904

41,642

1,339,546

95,797

-

-

-

41,192

98,138

133,713

213,419

347,132

80,866

-

-

-

3,283

68,778

(16,534)

46,078

144,472

387

144,859

13,284

-

-

-

743

6,755

(97)

335,048

-

335,048

37,718

1,911,137

255,448

2,166,585

227,665

(1,730)

(1,730)

-

-

-

-

20,854

66,072

17,316

1,055

190,987

30,502

-

(255,448)

(255,448)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,911,137

-

1,911,137

227,665

(24,814)

(1,730)

(337,828)

(136,707)

66,072

190,987

30,502

1  Include finance income, finance costs, foreign exchange gain, net and other expenses, net. 
2  Additions to property, plant and equipment in 2020 do not include unallocated additions in the amount of USD 11,274 

thousand. 

3  Depreciation and amortization for the year ended 31 December 2020 does not include unallocated depreciation and 

amortization in the amount of USD 1,116 thousand.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

124

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

6. REVENUE

The Group’s export sales to external customers 
by major product types were as follows during the 
years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Non-current  assets  based  on  the  geographic 
location of the manufacturing facilities were as 
follows as of  31 December 2021 and 31 December 
2020:

Revenue for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Chicken meat 
and related 
products

Vegetable oil and 
related products

2021

2020

769,563   

577,255

2021

2020

Chicken meat

POULTRY AND RELATED OPERATIONS SEGMENT

Ukraine

Europe

 2,146,434 

1,816,045

Vegetable oil and related products

 261,772  

262,912

Other poultry related sales

 290,230   

274,979

2,408,206  

2,078,957

GRAIN GROWING OPERATIONS SEGMENT

Grain

 140,072   

114,304

Non-current assets excluding deferred tax assets, long-
term deposits and non-current financial assets.

Grain

2021

2020

 1,223,635   

970,183

307,541  

 75,891   

281,566

46,155

 1,607,067  

1,297,904

188,344   

188,344  

133,713

133,713

No single customer contributed more than 10% of 
the Group’s revenue in either 2021 or 2020.

Other agricultural 
segment 
products

 65,564  

49,217

 1,265,429  

1,015,755

Export sales includes revenue from shipping and 
handling services in the amount of USD  70,527    
thousand as for the year ended 31 December 2021 
(2020: USD 56,586 thousand). 
Export sales of vegetable oil and related products 
and export sales of grains are primarily made to 
global trading companies. 
The sales of chicken meat to major markets of 
the Group  - MENA and EU amounted to 38% and 
21% of total export sales respectively (2020: 40% 
and 22%).

MEAT PROCESSING AND OTHER AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS SEGMENT

Meat-processing products

Other agricultural sales

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT

Chicken meat

Meat-processing products

Other agricultural sales

 143,152  

 33,112  

 176,264  

253,404  

121,155  

26,028  

114,474

29,998

144,472

191,207

117,149

26,692

400,587  

335,048

 2,372,262  

1,911,137

The geographic structure of revenue for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Export

Domestic

2021

2020

 1,265,429   

1,015,755

 1,106,833   

895,382

2,372,262   

1,911,137

Advances received from third parties as of 31 December 2020 in the amount of USD 15,227 were recognized 
as revenue during the year ended 31 December 2021.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

125

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

7. COST OF SALES

8. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Cost of sales for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as 
follows:

Poultry and related operations segment

 1,260,528  

1,017,223

2021

2020

Grain growing operations segment

Meat processing and other agricultural operations segment

European operating segment

 96,742   

157,854   

297,548   

158,655

125,148

243,075

1,812,672   

1,544,101

Cost of sales includes shipping and handling expenses and were for the years ended 31 December 2021 
and 2020 as follows:

Poultry and related operations segment

Grain growing operations segment

Meat processing and other agricultural operations segment

European operating segment

2021

 75,916   

19,438   

 4,420   

 8,851   

2020

70,465

8,672

4,572

8,417

 108,625   

92,126

Revenue includes shipping and handling costs in the price of the product.
For the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 cost of sales comprised the following

Costs of raw materials and other inventory used

 1,201,855   

1,029,260

2021

2020

Payroll and related expenses

Depreciation and amortization expense

Other costs

287,210 

243,533

 172,619   

150,988   

174,410

96,898

 1,812,672   

1,544,101

Social security contributions, included in Payroll and related expenses above, amounted to USD 45,971 
thousand for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: USD 39,419 thousand).

Payroll and related expenses

Services

Depreciation and amortization expense

Advertising expense

Representative costs and business trips

Fuel and other materials used

Insurance expense

Bank services and conversion fees

Other

2021

 113,377  

55,536  

20,501  

14,363  

 8,909  

 6,691  

2,671  

749

 5,386  

2020

84,910

52,633

17,693

12,581

8,185

4,742

1,453

966

4,638

 228,183  

187,801

Payroll and related expenses includes social security contributions which amounted to USD 12,204 thousand 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: USD 8,862 thousand).

Remuneration to the auditors, included in Services above, amounted to USD 1,018 thousand for the year 
ended 31 December 2021 (2020: USD 1,000 thousand). This includes both audit and non-audit services, 
with the statutory audit fees amounting to USD 885 thousand for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: 
USD 758 thousand), tax advisory service fees amounting to USD 86 thousand (2020: USD 70 thousand) 
and other non-audit services fees amounting to USD 77 thousand for the year ended 31 December 2021 
(2020: USD 172 thousand).

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

126

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

9. OTHER OPERATING INCOME

11. DEFERRED INCOME

Other operating income for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Government grants

Insurance compensation

Gain on write-off of trade accounts payable

Other income

2021

2020

 7,405   

1,328   

1,238   

 1,864   

 11,835   

7,951

5,466

1,015

2,094

16,526

10. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Other operating expenses for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

Charity expenses

Loss on sale Property, plant and equipment

Provision for claims, penalties and indemnification

Expected credit losses and write-off of trade accounts receivable

Other expenses

2021

2020

 7,930   

 992   

1,700

-

936

11,558   

5,963

546

12,369

3,858

676

23,412

The  Ukrainian  Government  supports  domestic  agricultural  producers  and  attracts  investments  into 
the agricultural sector. Also, during the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020, the Group received 
government compensations in accordance with EU farming subsidies policy and other compensations 
in accordance with the EU national programs of employment, assigned contributions for employees, and 
refunds of excise duties. 

For the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 following government grants were received:

Compensation received in EU 

Compensation of construction and reconstruction of livestock farms

Compensation of the cost of machinery and equipment 

Other compensations

2021

5,997

1,514

50

195

7,756

2020

6,771

1,730

135

187

8,823

Government  grants  for  compensation  of  construction  and  reconstruction  of  livestock  farms  and 
compensation of cost of machinery and equipment are presented in the Statement of the Financial Position 
as deferred income, which is recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the useful life of the 
related assets. All other compensations received were recognised in Consolidated Statement of Profit or 
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in full.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

127

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

12. FINANCE COSTS

13. INCOME TAX

Finance costs for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

The majority of the Group’s operating entities are located in Ukraine, therefore the effective tax rate 
reconciliation is completed based on Ukrainian statutory rates.

Interest on corporate bonds

Interest on obligations under leases 

Interest on bank borrowings

Bank commissions and other charges

TOTAL FINANCE COSTS

Less

Finance costs included in the cost of qualifying assets

2021

 104,700   

45,284   

 2,163   

 2,068   

2020

105,187

37,692

3,291

2,640

 154,215   

148,810

 (3,791) 

 150,424  

(4,553)

144,257

For qualifying assets, the weighted average capitalization rate on funds borrowed during the year ended 
31 December 2021 was 7.80% (2020: 7.80%).

Interest on corporate bonds for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 includes the amortization 
of premium and debt issue costs on bonds issued in the amounts of USD 5,821 thousand and USD 5,331 
thousand, respectively.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group’s companies that have the status of Corporate 
Income Tax (the “CIT”) payers in Ukraine were subject to income tax. The Tax Code of Ukraine introduced 
an 18% income tax rate effective from 1 January 2014. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of 31 
December 2021 and 2020 are measured based on the tax rates expected to be applied to the period when 
the temporary differences are expected to reverse.The majority of the Group companies that are involved 
in agricultural production (poultry farms and other entities engaged in agricultural production) benefit 
substantially from the status of an agricultural producer. The tax rates for agricultural producers is calculated 
as a percentage of the target-ratio based monetary valuation per hectare of agricultural land resulting in 
substantially lower tax charges compared to CIT. Agricultural manufacturers are eligible to apply for a single 
tax if they meet both the following two requirements:
•   The share of the entity’s revenue from agricultural production (i.e. sale of the entity’s cultivated and 

processed products) to the total share of its income equals or exceeds 75 per cent; and 

•   These agriproducts were cultivated on land that such agricultural manufacturers own or lease, and the 

ownership title and leases have been duly registered.

The components of income tax (benefit)/expense  were as follows for the years ended 31 December 2021 
and 2020:

5,408

Current income tax expense 

Withholding tax

Deferred tax benefit

INCOME TAX (BENEFIT)/EXPENSE

2021

 9,773

8,605

(11,464)

 6,914

2020

5,408

9,241

(19,781)

(5,132)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

128

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

13. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

The reconciliation between (loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations multiplied by the statutory tax 
rate and the tax expense for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020 deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised the following:

2021

2020

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS ARISING FROM

Other current liabilities

Current assets

Tax losses 

TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES ARISING FROM

Property, plant and equipment

TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

Accounting (loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations

 403,709

(136,707)

Loss before tax from a discontinued operation

(3,457)

(1,482)

Income tax (benefit)/expense calculated at rates effective during 
the year ended in respective jurisdictions

71,686  

(23,080)

TAX EFFECT OF

(Loss)/income generated by FAT payers and other exempt from 
income tax

Effect on income tax generated by EU companies

Derecognition and utilisation of previously recognised tax losses/ 
assets

Withholding tax

Non-deductible expenses

Translation (gain)/loss

INCOME TAX (BENEFIT)/EXPENSE

(75,129) 

 532   

10,215

1,604

 (3,421) 

(4,540)

8,605  

3,692  

949

 6,914   

9,241

2,919

(1,491)

(5,132)

Derecognition of previously recognised tax losses results from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related 
to property revaluation that were the source of taxable income relied on previously to support recognition. 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets not recognised 

2021

2020

 3,334  

 3,129

 29,498  

 35,961 

(77,647)  

(77,647)

 (41,686) 

2,486

3,083

24,893

30,462

(56,594)

(56,594)

(26,132)

2021

 3,018   

2020

3,735

 (44,704)  

(29,867)

 (1,052)  

(1,913)

 (42,738)  

(28,045)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal 
authority. The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are presented in the consolidated 
statement of financial position as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

During the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 the Group did not recognize tax losses in the amount 
of USD 5,851 (USD 1,052 thousand of deferred tax assets), USD 10,629 thousand (USD 1,913 thousand 
of deferred tax asset), respectively, as the Group did not intend to deduct the relevant expenses for tax 
purposes in subsequent periods, as there are uncertainties on whether sufficient taxable profits will be 
generated by particular companies of the Group in the future. There is no expiration date of accounting tax 
losses according to Tax Code of Ukraine.
Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised in respect of unremitted earnings of Ukrainian subsidiaries 
as the earnings can be remitted free from taxation currently and in future years, based on current legislation.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

129

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

13. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

The movements in net deferred tax liabilities for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as 
follows:

NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES AS OF BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

Deferred tax benefit

Deferred tax on revaluation of property, plant and equipment 
charged directly to other comprehensive income as result of 
revaluation 

2021

2020

 (28,045) 

 11,464   

(53,021)

19,781

 (26,597)

-

Translation difference

 440   

5,195

NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES AS OF END OF THE YEAR

 (42,738)  

(28,045)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

130

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

1 Other fixed assets include bearer plants, office furniture and equipment;
2  Construction in progress include advances for property plant and equipment, machinery and equipment not 

The following table represents movement in property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2021:

in use, construction materials and spare parts, projects in progress. 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

BUILDINGS

GRAIN

LAND

AND

STORAGE

STRUCTURES

FACILITIES

PRODUCTION 

MACHINERY

AUXILIARY 

UTILITIES

VEHICLES AND 

OTHER 

AND OTHER 

AND

AGRICULTURAL 

FIXED 

MACHINERY

INFRASTRUCTURE

MACHINERY

ASSETS1

CONSTRUCTION

IN PROGRESS2

TOTAL

Cost or fair value

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

 37,591  

 922,975  

 95,639  

413,912  

 62,569  

 136,953  

180,060  

 31,648  

71,347  

 1,952,694  

Additions

 1,517  

 23,526  

 1,427  

 30,993  

13,498  

6,099  

21,564  

 8,277  

40,669  

Transfer from Right-of-use assets

Transfers

Disposals

-

122

-

-

 (2,776) 

 (3,244) 

 (1,462) 

 (9,444) 

Disposal of subsidiary

 (246) 

 (2,484) 

Revaluation

Impairment loss

 -

 (732) 

-

-

 (4) 

 -  

5,088

 (181) 

-

 (48) 

 (4,848) 

 (475) 

 (59,438) 

 (3,466) 

11,338  

Translation difference

 (2,151) 

 19,518  

 3,245  

AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

 34,639  

 951,315  

101,970  

 387,968  

Accumulated depreciation

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

Depreciation charge for the year

Elimination upon disposal

Elimination upon revaluation

Disposal of subsidiary

Transfers

Transfer from Right-of-use assets

Translation difference

AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Net book value

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 48,341  

 35,574  

(2,011) 

-

 (292)

186

-

 126

 81,924  

 8,707  

8,216  

(2) 

118,354  

 40,921  

 (4,482) 

 (17,046) 

 (157,916) 

 (17,593) 

 -  

 (186) 

-

311

 -

-

 (2) 

-

3,125  

- 

 (166) 

254

 -

166

 258  

-

9,044  

 (887) 

 -

 (2,102) 

 (1,889)  

 1,429  

81,662  

 9,731  

 8,475  

(609) 

-

 1,537  

(52) 

-

 (346) 

 (169) 

 4,832  

148,854  

9,532  

8,454  

 (36) 

 (655) 

 -

 (174) 

-

 258  

 17,379

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

37,591 

874,634 

 86,932 

 295,558 

AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

34,639 

 869,391 

 101,970  

387,969 

52,838 

 81,404 

127,421 

 131,475 

11,848

 (560) 

-

-

 (7,064) 

 2,989  

-

 (6,938) 

 (2,888) 

 (3,552) 

147,570  

11,848

 (30,075) 

 (3,609) 

 (54,754) 

 (10,607) 

46,192  

-

-

-

1,376  

 112,829  

 2,059,259  

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

273,777  

149,911  

 (12,791) 

 (300,860) 

 (747) 

-

4,193  

 6,169  

 119,652  

71,347 

1,678,917 

 112,829 

 1,939,607 

 (20) 

2,972  

 (2,708) 

5,917  

212,135  

 (384) 

 (928) 

 (1,462) 

 688  

27,887  

58,481  

 20,631  

43,023  

 (3,828) 

 5,248  

 (1,823) 

 (103,618) 

 (4,032) 

(7) 

 -  

 4,193  

 1,790  

 34  

121,579 

212,101 

 (282) 

 (78) 

-

 393  

20,057  

 11,017 

 7,830 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

131

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

1 Other fixed assets include bearer plants, office furniture and equipment;
2  Construction in progress include advances for property plant and equipment, machinery and equipment not 

The following table represents movement in property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2021:

in use, construction materials and spare parts, projects in progress. 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

BUILDINGS

GRAIN

LAND

AND

STORAGE

STRUCTURES

FACILITIES

PRODUCTION 

MACHINERY

AUXILIARY 

UTILITIES

VEHICLES AND 

OTHER 

AND OTHER 

AND

AGRICULTURAL 

FIXED 

MACHINERY

INFRASTRUCTURE

MACHINERY

ASSETS1

CONSTRUCTION

IN PROGRESS2

TOTAL

Cost or fair value

AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

 39,175  

1,046,726  

 108,122  

459,238  

Additions

Transfers

Disposals

Reclassified as held for sale

Impairment loss

309

 11,714  

668

 (1,715) 

 12,071  

 4,355  

 (1,043) 

 (5,292) 

-

 (468) 

 (528) 

 (96) 

 (4) 

-

 -  

 9,672  

14,594  

 (1,770) 

 (13)

-

 65,311  

 1,284  

 8,306  

 (594) 

 (73) 

-

Translation difference

 1,333  

 (141,620) 

 (17,502)

 (67,809) 

 (11,665) 

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

 37,591  

 922,975  

95,639  

 413,912  

62,569  

Accumulated depreciation

AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

Depreciation charge for the year

Elimination upon disposal

Reclassified as held for sale

Transfers

Translation difference

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

Net book value

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

16,728

35,710   

 (184)

(528)

 (163)  

 (3,222)  

48,341   

 2,553  

 94,664  

 7,181  

 (36)  

-

-

 (991) 

8,707   

 43,252  

 (875) 

-

 (3,680) 

3,594  

 7,986  

 (109) 

 (12) 

 330  

 (15,007) 

 (2,058) 

 118,354  

9,731  

155,029  

 203,948  

 28,346  

108,818  

 2,214,713  

 1,086  

6,177  

 (36)

-

 (65) 

 (25,238) 

 136,953  

2,400  

 7,478  

(8) 

(1) 

 388  

 (725)

 9,532  

894

 19,921  

 (7,583) 

-

-

1,932  

 7,149  

(427)

 (1) 

 (1,101)  

 49,787  

(70,858)

 (1,161) 

 (24) 

-

 77,346  

-

 (17,910) 

(639) 

 (1,730) 

(37,120) 

 (4,250) 

(15,215) 

 (319,086) 

180,060  

 31,648  

 71,347  

 1,952,694   

 20,690  

18,689  

45,355  

 3,545   

 (1,171) 

 (414)  

-

 1,604  

 (7,997) 

-

 1,521  

 (2,710) 

 58,481  

 20,631  

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 159,318  

 150,507   

 (2,797)  

 (541)  

-

 (32,710) 

273,777  

AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

39,175

1,029,998   

 105,569  

364,574  

61,717  

AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

37,591  

 874,634  

 86,932  

 295,558  

52,838  

152,629  

127,421  

183,258  

121,579  

 9,657  

11,017  

 108,818  

 2,055,395  

71,347  

 1,678,917  

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

132

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

REVALUATION OF UTILITIES AND 
INFRASTRUCTURE
During the years ended and as of 31 December 
2021 and 2020, the Group evaluated if the fair 
value of utilities and infrastructure was materially 
different from the reported book values. Based 
on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative index 
of inflation of construction works and the index of 
physical depreciation, Management assessed the 
fair value of utilities and infrastructure not to be 
materially different from the reported book values. 
For details of analysis refer to Note 4.

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

As  of  31  December  2021,  included  within 
construction in progress were prepayments for 
property,  plant  and  equipment  in  the  amount 
of  USD  24,333  thousand  (2020:  USD  8,052 
thousand).

As of 31 December 2021, included within property, 
plant and equipment were fully depreciated assets 
with the original cost of USD 22,635 thousand 
(2020: USD 25,875 thousand).

As of 31 December 2021, certain of the Group’s 
property, plant and equipment with the carrying 
amount  of  USD  91,931  thousand  (2020:  USD 
102,587 thousand) were pledged as collateral to 
secure its bank borrowings.

IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENT
The  Group  reviews  its  property,  plant  and 
equipment  each  period  to  determine  if  any 
indication of impairment exists. Based on these 
reviews, there were no indicators of impairment 
as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, except for the 
impairment of certain assets in the amount of USD 
10,607 thousand and USD 1,730 thousand as of 31 
December 2021 and 2020, respectively.

REVALUATION OF VEHICLES AND 
AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group  engaged  independent  appraisers  to 
revalue its vehicles and agricultural machinery. 
The  effective  date  of  revaluation  were  31 
December 2021. The valuation, which conformed 
to  the  International  Valuation  Standards,  was 
determined using market comparable approach 
adjusted  based  on  age  and  condition  of  the 
machinery. During the year ended and as of 31 
December 2020, the Group evaluated whether the 
fair value of vehicles and agricultural machinery 
was materially different from the reported book 

values. Based on analysis of fluctuations of the 
cumulative index of producer’s prices, the index of 
physical depreciation and the functional currency 
depreciation, Management assessed the fair value 
of vehicles and agricultural machinery not to be 
materially different from the reported book values.

REVALUATION OF PRODUCTION MACHINERY
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group  engaged  independent  appraisers  to 
revalue its production machinery. The effective 
date of revaluation was 31 December 2021. The 
valuation, which conformed to the International 
Valuation  Standards,  was  determined  using 
market comparable approach adjusted based on 
age and condition of the machinery or for items 
of specialized nature depreciated replacement 
cost method. During the year ended and as of 
31 December 2020, the Group evaluated if the 
fair value of production machinery was materially 
different from the reported carrying values. Based 
on  analysis  of  fluctuations  of  the  cumulative 
index  of  producers  prices,  index  of  physical 
depreciation and functional currency depreciation, 
the Management assessed it not to be materially 
different from the reported book values. 

REVALUATION OF BUILDINGS AND 
STRUCTURES
During the years ended and as of 31 December 
2021 and 2020, the Group evaluated if the fair 
value of buildings and structures was materially 
different from the reported book values. Based 
on analysis of the fluctuations of the cumulative 
index of inflation of construction works and index 
of physical depreciation, Management assessed 
the fair value of such buildings and structures not 
to be materially different from the reported book 
values. For details of analysis refer to Note 4.

REVALUATION OF GRAIN STORAGE FACILITIES
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group engaged independent appraisers to revalue 
its  grain  storage  facilities  as  of  31  December 
2021.  The  valuation,  which  conformed  to  the 
International Valuation Standards, was determined 
using  depreciated  replacement  cost  method 
by  reference  to  observable  prices  in  an  active 
market adjusted based on age and condition of 
the facilities. During the year ended and as of 31 
December 2020, the Group evaluated if the fair 
value  of  grain  storage  facilities  was  materially 
different from the reported book values. Based 
on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative index 
of inflation of construction works and the index 
of physical depreciation, Management assessed 
the fair value of grain storage facilities not to be 
materially different from the reported book values.

REVALUATION OF AUXILIARY AND OTHER 
MACHINERY
During the year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Group  engaged  an  independent  appraiser  to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  its  Auxiliary  and 
other machinery as of 31 December 2021. The 
valuation, which conformed to the International 
Valuation Standards, was determined using the 
market comparable approach adjusted based on 
age and condition of the machinery or for items 
of specialized nature depreciated replacement 
cost method. During the year ended and as of 
31 December 2020, the Group evaluated if the 
fair value of Auxiliary and other machinery was 
materially different from the reported book values. 
Based on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative 
index of inflation of construction works and the 
index  of  physical  depreciation,  Management 
assessed  the  fair  value  of  Auxiliary  and  other 
machinery not to be materially different from the 
reported book values.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

133

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

The following unobservable inputs were used to measure Buildings and structures, Utilities and infrastructure, Grain storage facilities, Vehicles and 
agricultural machinery, Auxiliary and other machinery and Production machinery:

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION

VALUATION 
TECHNIQUE(S)

UNOBSERVABLE 
INPUTS

RANGE OF 
UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 
2021 (AVERAGE)

RELATIONSHIP OF UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS TO FAIR VALUE

Grain storage 
facilities

Depreciated replacement 
cost method

Index of physical 
depreciation

Cumulative index of inflation 
of construction works

Vehicles and 
agricultural 
machinery

Market comparable 
approach

Index of physical 
depreciation

Auxiliary and other 
machinery

Market comparable 
approach

Index of physical 
depreciation

Production 
machinery

Market comparable 
approach

Market comparable 
approach

0 – 80%
(53.3%)

1.00 – 11.42
(1.19)

0 – 80%
(n/a)

0 – 90%
(47.2%)

0 – 90%
(53.2%)

The higher the index of physical depreciation, the lower the fair value

The higher the index, the higher the fair value

The higher the index of physical depreciation, the lower the fair value

The higher the index of physical depreciation, the lower the fair value

The higher the index of physical depreciation, the lower the fair value

Had the Group’s property plant and equipment been measured on a historical cost basis, their carrying amount would have been as follows:

DESCRIPTION

FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY

NET BOOK VALUE UNDER REVALUATION 
MODEL

NET BOOK VALUE IF CARRIED AT COST

Buildings and structures

Production machinery

Utilities and infrastructure

Vehicles and agricultural machinery

Grain storage facilities

Auxiliary and other machinery

Level 3

Level 2, 3

Level 3

Level 2

Level 3

Level 2, 3

There are no restrictions on the distribution of the revaluation surplus to the shareholders (Note 4).

2021

869,391   

 387,968   

131,475   

212,101  

 101,970  

 81,404  

2020

874,634

295,558

127,421

121,579

86,932

52,838

 1,784,309  

1,558,962

2021

 338,921   

279,710   

75,899   

 178,284  

 53,348  

56,577  

982,739  

2020

417,665

205,077

69,684

68,928

33,892

36,555

831,801

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

134

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

15. RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

The following table represents movements in right-of-use assets for the year ended 31 December 2021:

Net book value

AS OF 31 DECEMBER  2020

Additions

Amortization charge for the year

Termination of the lease

Reassessment of the lease liabitity

Translation difference

AS OF 31 DECEMBER  2021

LAND

BUILDINGS AND 
VEHICLES

TOTAL

 173,283  

 15,865   

 (37,736)  

 (2,589)  

90,025  

5,815  

244,663  

 33,718  

 15,287   

 (6,439)  

 (9,712)  

125

 (354) 

 32,625  

207,001  

 31,152   

 (44,175)  

 (12,301)  

 90,150  

 5,461  

 277,288  

The following table represents movements in right-of-use assets for the year ended 31 December 2020:

Net book value

AS OF 31 DECEMBER  2019

Additions

Amortization charge for the year

Termination of the lease

Reassessment of the lease liabitity

Translation difference

AS OF 31 DECEMBER  2020

LAND

BUILDINGS AND 
VEHICLES

TOTAL

198,711

19,198

(27,945)

-

14,586

(31,267)

173,283

30,533

7,977

(5,111)

(2,039)

5,263

(2,905)

33,718

229,244

 27,175   

(33,056)

(2,039)

19,849

(34,172)

207,001

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

135

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table represents movements in intangible assets for the year ended 31 December 2021:

The following table represents movements in intangible assets for the year ended 31 December 2020:

LAND 

LEASE 

TRADEMARKS

RIGHTS

CUSTOMER 

RELATIONS

OTHER 

LAND 

INTANGIBLE 

TOTAL

LEASE 

TRADEMARKS

ASSETS

RIGHTS

CUSTOMER 

RELATIONS

OTHER 

INTANGIBLE 

TOTAL

ASSETS

Cost

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

Additions

Disposals

Translation 
difference

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2021

69,349   

 34,505   

 21,481  

 14,837  

 140,172   

Cost

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2019

82,783   

31,327

 19,503  

12,666  

146,279  

-

-

 -

 (249)  

-

-

 11,504  

11,504   

Additions

(103) 

 (352)  

Disposals

-

-

-

-

-

-

 4,064  

 4,064  

 (94) 

(94) 

 2,532   

(2,659)  

 (1,661) 

1,390  

 (398)  

71,881  

 31,597  

19,820  

27,628  

150,926  

Translation 
difference

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

 (13,434)

3,178  

 1,978  

 (1,799) 

 (10,077) 

 69,349   

34,505  

 21,481  

 14,837  

 140,172  

Accumulated amortization

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

 33,929  

Amortization 
charge for the year

Disposals

Translation 
difference

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2021

Net book value

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2021

-

-

-

-

-

 1,968  

 7,434  

 43,331  

 1,035  

 1,208  

8,709  

-

 (71) 

 (71) 

 (196) 

 122  

 1,166  

 2,807  

8,693

53,135   

 6,466  

- 

 1,240  

 41,635  

 35,420  

34,505  

 19,513  

7,403  

 96,841   

 30,246  

 31,597  

17,013  

 18,935  

 97,791   

Accumulated amortization

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2019

Amortization 
charge for the year

Translation 
difference

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

Net book value

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2019

AS OF 31 
DECEMBER 2020

33,206

 6,409   

 (5,686)  

 33,929   

-

-

-

-

 812  

5,739  

39,757  

998

 2,509  

 9,916  

 158  

 (814) 

 (6,342) 

 1,968  

 7,434   

 43,331  

 49,577   

 31,327  

 18,691  

 6,927  

106,522  

 35,420   

 34,505  

 19,513  

7,403  

 96,841  

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

136

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Revenue  within  the  five-year  period  was 
extrapolated  using  a  weighted  average  2.4% 
sales growth rate and 2.0% terminal growth rate 
for revenue beyond this period (2020: 2,0% and 
2.0%  respectively).  A  reduction  by  1423  basis 
points in the budgeted sales growth would result 
in impairment in 2021 (2020: 963 basis points).

Weighted average royalty rate used in calculation 
of cash flows was set at a level of 2.2% (2020: 
2.4%).  A  reduction  by  77  basis  points  in  the 
weighted  average  royalty  rate  would  result  in 
impairment in 2021 (2020: 96 basis points).

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, no impairment 
of trademarks was identified.

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

The  Group  has  recognised  certain  trademarks 
and customer relationships as a part of intangible 
assets  through  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries 
in previous years. Customer relationships were 
identified among customers of the core products 
portfolio of acquired subsidiaries. The remaining 
useful life of customer relationships was estimated 
at 20 years.

The  trademarks  acquired  by  the  Group  mainly 
consist  of  PP  and  Topiko  poultry  meat  brands 
and  the  Poli  meat  processing  products  brand. 
The Group believes that, since trademarks are 
well-positioned and  recognizable within a stable 
and  mature  industry,  there  are  no  technical 
barriers that would limit their lifetime, and as a 
result of further promotion of the trademarks, the 
Group will obtain economic benefits from them 
for  an  indefinite  period  of  time.  Accordingly, 
the  trademarks  that  belong  to  the  Group  are 
considered to have an indefinite useful life and 
thus are not amortized but tested for impairment 
by comparing their recoverable amount with their 
carrying amount annually.

The  Group  allocates  trademarks  to  individual 
entities as separate cash-generating units (CGU). 
A summary of the allocation of trademarks values 
to separate CGUs is presented below:

The impairment testing of the value of trademarks 
was performed internally. The recoverable amount 
of  trademarks  of  all  cash-generating  units  is 
determined based on the value in use method 
which uses cash flow projections covering a five-
year period.

Discount  rates  represent  the  current  market 
assessment  of  the  risks  specific  to  each  CGU, 
taking into consideration the time value of money 
and individual risks of the underlying assets that 
have  not  been  incorporated  in  the  cash  flow 
estimates. The discount rate calculation is based 
on the specific circumstances of the Group and 
its  operating  segments  and  is  derived  from  its 
weighted average cost of capital (WACC). 

The  WACC  takes  into  account  both  debt  and 
equity.  The  cost  of  equity  is  derived  from  the 
expected  return  on  investment  by  the  Group’s 
investors.  The  cost  of  debt  is  based  on  the 
interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged 
to service. Segment-specific risk is incorporated 
by applying individual beta factors. 

The weighted average discount rate of 15% (2020: 
12.3%) was used. An increase by 760 basis points 
in the weighted average discount rate would result 
in impairment in 2021 (2020: 693 basis points).

SEGMENT

CASH-GENERATING UNIT

European operating

Slovenia

Serbia

Bosnia and Herzegovina

Croatia

TRADEMARKS CARRYING 

VALUE

2021

2020

 18,051 

2,279 

 5,812 

 5,455 

 31,597 

19,707

2,490

6,349

5,959

34,505

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

137

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

17. GOODWILL

The  following  table  represents  movements  in 
goodwill for the years ended 31 December 2021 
and 2020:

The Group allocates goodwill to individual entities as to separate cash-generating units (CGU). A summary of goodwill allocation to separate CGUs is presented 
below:

2021

2020

SEGMENT

CASH-
GENERATING UNIT

GOODWILL CARRYING 
VALUE

METHODOLOGY ASSUMPTIONS AND METHODS USED 
FOR GOODWILL

Cost

AS OF 1 JANUARY

 70,614  

64,843

Aquisitions of 
subsidiaries (Note 3)

 921   

-

Translation difference

  (5,153)     

5,771

AS OF 31 DECEMBER

 66,382    

70,614

Net book value

AS OF 1 JANUARY

70,614

64,843

AS OF 31 DECEMBER

 66,382  

70,614

2021

2020

Grain Ukraine

 2,513  

2,425

Ukraine

Meat processing and 
other agricultural 
operations

954

-

Slovenia

 39,448 

42,755

Serbia

 4,089 

4,432

European 
operating

Bosnia and Herzegovina

 11,388 

12,343

Croatia

  7,990   

8,659

 66,382  

70,614

Average sales growth: -0.1% (5.4%)

Terminal sales growth: 4.9% (5.0%)

Discount rate: 13.6% (11.2%)

Projection period: 5 years (5 years)

Average sales growth: 4.6% (n/a)

Terminal sales growth: 4.9% (n/a)

Discount rate: 13.6% (n/a)

Projection period: 5 years (n/a)

Average sales growth: 2.1% (2.6%)

Terminal sales growth: 2.0% (2.0%)

Discount rate: 6.3% (8.1%)

Projection period: 5 years (5 years)

Average sales growth: 2.6% (3.3%)

Terminal sales growth: 2.0% (2.0%)

Discount rate: 8.1% (10.4%)

Projection period: 5 years (5 years)

Average sales growth: 2.6% (3.8%)

Terminal sales growth: 2.0% (2.0%)

Discount rate: 11.5% (13.2%)

Projection period: 5 years (5 years)

Average sales growth: 2.0% (3.2%)

Terminal sales growth: 2.0% (2.0%)

Discount rate: 7.6% (9.3%)

Projection period: 5 years (5 years)

The recoverable amount of cash-generating units 
is determined based on a value in use calculation 
which  uses  cash  flow  projections  based  on 
financial forecasts approved by the Directors. 
The  discount  rate  calculation  is  based  on  the 
specific  circumstances  of  the  Group  and  its 
operating  segments  and  is  derived  from  its 
weighted average cost of capital (WACC), adjusted 
on segment-specific risk by applying individual 

beta  factors.  An  increase  by  695  basic  points 
in the weighted average discount rate to 15,5% 
would result in impairment in 2021 (2020: 659 
basic points to 15,9%).
The growth rates and gross margins used for cash 
flows extrapolations are supported by industry 
trends such as consumer prosperity and dietary 
trends. These inputs were estimated by Directors 
based on past performance of the cash-generating 

unit and their expectations of market development. 
A reduction by 573 basic points in the budgeted 
sales growth or reduction in gross margin by 628 
basic points would result in impairment in 2021 
(2020: 1,321 and 728 resprectively).
As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, no impairment 
of goodwill was identified.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

138

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

18. NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL 
ASSETS

19. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

The balances of non-current financial assets were 
as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

2021

2020

Loan receivables

 21,171 

18,611

The balances of non-current financial assets were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

THOUSAND 
UNITS

CARRYING 
AMOUNT

THOUSAND 
UNITS

CARRYING 
AMOUNT

2021

2020

Receivables 
for claims 
indemnification

Other financial 
assets

1,757

-

Milk cows,boars and sows, units

 5,836 

4,472

28,764 

23,083

Other non-current bearer biological assets

TOTAL BEARER NON-CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS 

Non-current cattle and pigs, units

 14.9

 2.3

TOTAL CONSUMABLE NON-CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

TOTAL NON-CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

The balances of current biological assets were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

15.1

2.0

 22,746  

 14  

 22,760  

 4,378  

 4,378  

 27,138  

21,947

32

21,979

3,605

3,605

25,584

Loan receivables are represented by loans with 
fixed interest at 2.5% (EIR of 4.25%) with maturity 
as of 31 December 2025, 31 December 2026 and 
31 December 2027. Total gross carrying amount of 
loans granted as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 
is USD 19,959 thousand and USD 19,161 thousand 
respectively.

The Group determines the expected credit loss 
of other non-current loan receivables and other 
financial assets based on different scenarios of 
probability of default and expected loss applicable 
to each of the material underlying balances. The 
movement in loss allowance for loan receivables 
and other financial assets classified at amortised 
cost is detailed below:

Breeders held for hatchery eggs production, units

TOTAL BEARER CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

Broiler chickens, units

Hatchery eggs, units

2021

2020

Crops in fields, hectare

1 JANUARY

(4,268)

(3,816)

Cattle and pigs, units

Charged during the 
year

 326

(452)

Other current consumable biological assets

31 DECEMBER

(3,942)

(4,268)

TOTAL CONSUMABLE NON-CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

TOTAL NON-CURRENT BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

THOUSAND 
UNITS

CARRYING 
AMOUNT

THOUSAND 
UNITS

CARRYING 
AMOUNT

2021

2020

4,969

55,310

39,147

62

6

79,583

79,583

89,257

11,688

33,565

 1,293

 73

135,876

215,459

4,706

48,523

42,954

60

6

70,059

70,059

67,481

11,053

24,846

1,619

27

105,026

175,085

 
 
STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

139

19. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)

The following table represents movements in major biological assets for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

MILK COWS, BOARS, 
SOWS

BREEDERS HELD FOR 
HATCHERY EGGS 
PRODUCTION

BROILER CHICKENS

CROPS IN FIELDS

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2019

Costs incurred

Gains arising from change in fair value of 
biological assets less costs to sell

Transfer to consumable biological assets

Increase due to birth and weight increase

Decrease due to sale

Decrease due to harvest

Translation difference

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2020

Costs incurred

Gains arising from change in fair value of 
biological assets less costs to sell

Transfer to consumable biological assets

Increase due to birth and weight increase

Decrease due to sale

Decrease due to harvest

Translation difference

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2021

25,967

10,096

8,386

-

6,996

(41)

(25,356)

(4,101)

21,947

 12,921  

9,593  

 -  

 8,765  

 -  

 (31,229) 

749

 22,746  

78,063

167,925

9,900

(157,481)

-

-

(17,886)

(10,462)

70,059

199,928  

 9,577  

 (178,613) 

-

-

 (23,267) 

1,899  

 79,583  

Information on movements in hatchery eggs and cattle and pigs groups have been considered immaterial for disclosure.  

79,382

745,651

221,889

157,481

-

-

(1,126,488)

(10,434)

67,481

1,010,123  

234,694  

178,613  

-

-

 (1,403,791) 

 2,137  

 89,257  

35,036

281,755

89,186

-

-

-

(375,721)

(5,410)

24,846

323,462  

 353,464  

-

-

-

 (669,029) 

 822  

 33,565  

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

140

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

19. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Biological assets of the Group are measured at fair value within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, except for cattle and pigs that can be measured based on market prices of livestock of a similar age, breed and genetic 
merit, and which are therefore measured at fair value within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers between any levels during the year.

The following unobservable inputs were used to measure biological assets:

1data of European operating segment

DESCRIPTION

VALUATION 

SIGNIFICANT 

RELATIONSHIP OF UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

RANGE OF UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS  

SENSITIVITY OF THE INPUT TO FAIR VALUE 

TECHNIQUE

UNOBSERVABLEINPUTS

TO FAIR VALUE

(AVERAGE) 

INCREASE/ (DECREASE) USD THOUSAND 

Input 5% higher

Input 5% lower

Crops yield - tonnes per 
hectare

The higher the crops yield, the higher the fair value

Crops in fields

DCF method

Crops price – per tonne

The higher the market price, the higher the fair value

Discount rate

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair value

Number of hatchery eggs 
produced by one breeder

The higher the number, the higher the fair value

DCF method

Hatchery egg price – per egg

The higher the market price, the higher the fair value

Breeders 
held for 
hatchery eggs 
production

Discount rate

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair value

Broiler 
chickens

Cash flows
method

Average weight of one broiler 
- kg

The higher the weight, the higher the fair value

Poultry meat price – per kg

The higher the market price, the higher the fair value

Daily milk yield - litre per cow

The higher the milk yield, the higher the fair value

Milk cows

DCF method

Weight of the cow - kg per cow

The higher the weight, the higher the fair value

Milk price – per litre

The higher the market price, the higher the fair value

2021: 3.0  -  5.5   (4.5)

2020: 3.0 - 5.8 (4.4)

2021: USD 255 -  617  (403) 

2020: USD 185 -  446  (316)

2021: 15.4%

2020: 11.5%

2021: 165

2020: 165

2021: USD  0.30

2020: USD 0.24

2021: 13.6%

2020: 11.2%

2021:  2.41

2020: 2.33

2021: UAH  35.80 2.27 EUR1

2020: UAH 31.08 2.92 EUR1

2021:  15.55 -  20.54 ( 18.28)

2020: 12.70 - 18.61 (16.54)

2021:  550 -  585 ( 562)

2020: 523 - 570 (553)

2021: UAH 11.91 - 12.58 ( 12.22)

2020: UAH 11.31 - 12.17 (11.64)

 4,962

3,190

 4,962

 3,190

(116)

(67)

 3,148

 3,611

 5,592

 4,682

(182)

(25)

 7,888

 5,583

 7,888

 5,583

 1,060

 1,015

222

 206

 5,194

 4,794

(4,962)

(3,910)

(4,962)

(3,190)

 116

68

(3,148)

(3,611)

(5,592)

(4,682)

 184

 25

(7,888)

(5,583)

(7,888)

(5,583)

(1,060)

(1,015)

(222)

(206)

(5,194)

(4,794)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

141

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

19. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)

DESCRIPTION

VALUATION 

SIGNIFICANT 

RELATIONSHIP OF UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

RANGE OF UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS  

SENSITIVITY OF THE INPUT TO FAIR VALUE 

TECHNIQUE

UNOBSERVABLEINPUTS

TO FAIR VALUE

(AVERAGE) 

INCREASE/ (DECREASE) USD THOUSAND 

Milk cows

DCF method

Meat price – per kg

The higher the market price, the higher the fair value

Discount rate

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair value

Input 5% higher

Input 5% lower

2021: UAH  15.98 -  34.13 ( 22.97) 

2020: UAH 16.30 – 25.91 (21.22) 

2021: 13.6%

2020: 11.2% 

 222

 206

(421)

(341)

(222)

(206)

 434

349

20. INVENTORIES

21. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE

The balances of inventories were as follows as of 31 December 2021 
and 2020:

The balances of agricultural produce were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Components for mixed fodder production

192,362

130,124

2021

2020

Work in progress

Other raw materials

Spare parts

Mixed fodder

Sunflower oil

Meat processing products

Packaging materials

Other inventories

40,103

72,518

18,935

6,180

15,153

8,422

9,544

4,002

29,213

31,552

18,042

8,801

6,115

6,110

7,106

3,652

367,219

240,715

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020 work in progress in the amount of 
USD 39,225 thousand and USD 29,213  thousand was mainly comprised 
of expenses incurred in cultivating fields to be planted in the years 2022 
and 2021, respectively. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. No impairment or reversal of impairment were made as 
of 31 December 2021 and 2020. 

THOUSAND TONNES

CARRYING AMOUNT

THOUSAND TONNES

CARRYING AMOUNT

Grain

Chicken meat

Other various crops

Other various meat

1,201

 72.3   

2021

2020

716

70.5

372,343  

128,757  

 9,181  

 986  

 511,267  

161,150

100,453

6,515

927

269,045

The fair value of Agricultural produce was estimated based on market price as of date of harvest and is within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
As of 31 December 2021, agricultural produce in amount of USD 38,188 thousand was pledged as collateral to secure bank borrowings (2020: 
USD 18,750 thousand). 

22. TAXES RECOVERABLE AND PREPAID

Taxes recoverable and prepaid were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

52,201

VAT recoverable

Miscellaneous taxes prepaid

2021

 66,915   

 1,236   

68,151   

2020

52,201

2,446

54,647

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

142

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

23. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The balances of trade accounts receivable were 
as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

2021

2020

Chicken meat

 124,669   

89,020

Meat processing 
and convenience 
food

Sunflower oil sales

Grain

Due from related 
parties (Note 32)

Other agriculture 
operations

Less: expected 
credit losses 

 28,153   

21,331

 304   

 1,874   

3,197

1,283

 113   

109

 16,981   

18,769

 (15,216)  

(14,522)

 156,878   

119,187

The average credit period on sales of poultry is 
30 days and on sales of agricultural goods is 60 
days. No interest is charged on outstanding trade 
accounts receivable. The expected credit losses 
on trade accounts receivable are estimated on 
a  collective  basis  using  a  provision  matrix  and 
on individual basis using different scenarios of 
probability of default. 
The provision matrix is used by reference to past 
default experience of the debtor and an analysis 
of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted 
for factors that are specific to the debtors, general 
economic  conditions  of  the  industry  in  which 
the debtors operate and an assessment of both 
the current as well as the forecast direction of 
conditions at the reporting date. 
An  individual  assessment  is  used  for  the 
individually  significant  debtors  with  credit  risk 
characteristics that are not aligned with others.
The Group has recognised a loss allowance of 

USD 2,781 thousand against all trade accounts 
receivable  over  270  days  past  due,  which  are 
assessed on a collective basis, because historical 
experience  has  indicated  that  these  trade 
accounts receivable are generally not recoverable.
There  has  been  no  change  in  the  estimation 
techniques  or  significant  assumptions  made 
during the current reporting period. The Group 
writes off a trade accounts receivable when there 
is  information  indicating  that  the  debtor  is  in 
severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic 
prospect of recovery, e.g. when the debtor has 
been  placed  under  liquidation  or  has  entered 
into bankruptcy proceedings, or when the trade 
accounts receivable are over 3 years past due, 
whichever  occurs  earlier.  None  of  the  trade 
accounts receivable that have been written off 
are subject to enforcement activities.
The  following  table  details  the  risk  profile  of 
trade accounts receivable based on the Group’s 

provision  matrix.  It  discloses  chicken  meat 
Ukraine,  chicken  meat  export  and  agricultural 
Ukraine, agricultural export sales and European 
operating segment as separate classes of financial 
instruments and applies the simplified approach 
to its trade accounts receivable so that the loss 
allowance is always measured at an amount equal 
to lifetime expected credit losses. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

143

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

23. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)

The balances of trade accounts receivable were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

31 DECEMBER 2021

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT

Chicken meat Ukraine

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Chicken meat export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Agricultural Ukraine 

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Agricultural export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

European operating segment

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

ESTIMATED TOTAL GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT AT DEFAULT

TOTAL LIFETIME ECL

Individual assessment:

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL 

ESTIMATED TOTAL GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT AT DEFAULT

TOTAL LIFETIME ECL

 NOT PAST DUE 

< 30

31-90

91-270

 >270 

 TOTAL

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE – DAYS PAST DUE

0.00%

 25,864

 -

0.095%

32,843

(31)

0.04%

18,606

(7)

0.10%

163

-

0.02%

36,220

(7)

34.69%

735

(255)

0.01%

3,155

-

0.22%

14,664

(32)

0.11%

7,604

(8)

0.13%

1,017

(1)

0.18%

5,099

(9)

79.25%

425

(337)

0.06%

 124

-

0.58%

 3,690

(21)

0.24%

2,126

(5)

1.66%

187

(3)

0.47%

1,459

(7)

22.4%

 1,023

(229)

0.08%

 34

-

1.95%

 350

(7)

0.50%

 913

(5)

13.00%

 35

(5)

4.88%

199

(10)

24.61%

 1,593

(392)

100%

 115

(115)

100%

899

(899)

100%

1,714

(1,714)

100%

-

-

100%

53

(53)

98.93%

11,185

(11,064)

 29,292

(115)

 52,446

 (990)

30,963

(1,739)

 1,402

(9)

43,030

(86)

 157,133

(2,939)

 14,961

(12,277)

 172,094

(15,216)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

144

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

23. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)

The following table illustrates the use of a provision matrix as a risk profile disclosure under the simplified approach as at 31 December 2020:

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

31 DECEMBER 2020

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT

Chicken meat Ukraine

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Chicken meat export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Agricultural Ukraine 

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Agricultural export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

European operating segment

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

ESTIMATED TOTAL GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT AT DEFAULT

TOTAL LIFETIME ECL

Individual assessment:

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL 

ESTIMATED TOTAL GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT AT DEFAULT

TOTAL LIFETIME ECL

 NOT PAST DUE 

< 30

31-90

91-270

 >270 

 TOTAL

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE – DAYS PAST DUE

0.01%

 21,088

(2)

0.16%

11,676

(19)

0.08%

12,733

(10)

0.13%

1,360

(2)

0.03%

31,811

(10)

0%

 2,710

-

0.11%

 1,347

(1)

0.35%

 8,824

(31)

0.26%

 3,417

(9)

0.28%

 3,143

(9)

0.18%

 5,826

(10)

100%

13

(13)

0.49%

 172

(1)

0.86%

 6,664

(57)

0.53%

 1,170

(6)

3.71%

120

(4)

1.12%

818

(9)

100%

49

(49)

0.70%

45

-

2.46%

1,239

(30)

0.93%

364

(3)

7.49%

-

-

10.33%

 92

(10)

23.22%

6,240

(1,449)

100%

 283

(283)

100%

399

(399)

100%

 1,484

(1,484)

100%

-

-

100%

146

(146)

100%

 10,476

(10,476)

22,935

(287)

28,802

(536)

 19,168

(1,512)

 4,623

(15)

 38,693

(185)

 114,221

(2,535)

-

 19,488

(11,987)

 133,709

(14,522)

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

145

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

23. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)

25. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL that has been recognised for trade 
and other  accounts receivable in accordance with the simplified approach set out in IFRS 9. 

COLLECTIVELY 
ASSESSED

INDIVIDUALLY 
ASSESSED

1 JANUARY 2020

Charged/(reversed) during the year

31 DECEMBER 2020

Charged/(reversed) during the year

31 DECEMBER 2021

3,013

(478)

 2,535  

404 

 2,939  

10,459

1,528

 11,987  

 290   

12,277  

24. OTHER CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS

The balances of other current assets were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Loans and finance aid provided to 
related parties (Note 32)

Loan provided to third parties

Receivables for claims and 
indemnification

Other financial assets

2021

450

 5,685 

 1,969

8,052

 16,156 

2020

68,695

5,179

345

7,095

81,314

The  Group  determines  the  expected  credit  loss  of  loans  and  finance  aid  receivable  and 
other financial assets based on different scenarios of probability of default and expected loss 
applicable to each of the material underlying balances.

The movement in loss is detailed below:

1 JANUARY

Charged/(reversed) during the year

31 DECEMBER

2021

(4,340)

1,819

(2,521)

2020

(3,128)

(1,212)

(4,340)

Cash and cash equivalents at banks 
and on hand in

Ukrainian Hryvnia

Euro

US Dollars

Other currencies

Short-term deposits with an original 
maturity of less than 90 days

Ukrainian Hryvnia

US Dollars

Euro

Government bonds

Ukrainian Hryvnia

TOTAL CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

2021

2020

DEPOSIT 
RATES

USD’ 000

DEPOSIT 
RATES

USD’ 000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 44,535  

105,416   

 91,150   

 22,889  

-

-

-

 11,247 

 275,237  

-

-

-

-

5,5%-8%

0,02%-1,8%

0%

-

23,649

42,498

16,547

10,784

29,001

85,002

6,545

3,553

217,579

In accordance with the international rating agency of Moody’s, credit ratings of the banks with which the Group had 
accounts opened as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

International banks with A rating

International banks with B rating

Subsidiaries of international  banks with 
A rating

Subsidiaries of international  banks with 
B rating

Ukrainian banks with B rating

Domestic government bonds (OVDPs) 
of Ukraine

Other banks without ratings

2021

162,941   

 30,321   

39,702   

 17,098   

 9,677  

 11,247  

4,251

 275,237   

2020

75,891

5,975

56,789

38,666

36,684

3,553

21

217,579

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

146

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

26. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

27. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020 the authorized, 
issued  and  fully  paid  share  capital  of  MHP  SE 
comprised the following number of shares:

The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-
controlling interests:

2021

2020

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY

Number of 
shares issued 
and fully paid

Number 
of shares 
outstanding

 110,770,000 

110,770,000   

107,038,208

107,038,208

The authorized share capital as of 31 December 
2021  and  2020  was  EUR  221,540  thousand 
represented by 110,770,000 shares with par value 
of EUR 2 each.
All  shares  have  equal  voting  rights  and  rights 
to  receive  dividends,  which  are  payable  at  the 
discretion of the Company.

Agro-S

AgroKryazh

Myronivsky Plant of Manufacturing 
Feeds and Groats

Other subsidiaries with immaterial 
non-controlling interests

PROPORTION OF OWNERSHIP 
INTERESTS AND VOTING 
RIGHTS HELD BY NON-
CONTROLLING INTERESTS

PROFIT/(LOSS) ALLOCATED 
TO NON-CONTROLLING 
INTERESTS

2021

49.0%

49.0%

11.5%

n/a

n/a

2020

49%

49%

11.5%

n/a

n/a

2021

10,427

 5,937

(625)

 2,088

17,827

2020

 4,399

 981

 (2,271)

340

3,449

ACCUMULATED 
NON-
CONTROLLING 
INTERESTS

2021

2020

11,625

10,028

6,566

 4,689

4,944

 2,288

 3,203

  2,830   

  29,800

  16,373

Summarised financial information in respect of each of the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling interests is set out below. The summarised financial 
information below represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.

Summarised statement of financial position as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

TOTAL EQUITY

Attributable to

Owners of the Group

Non-controlling interest

AGRO-S

AGROKRYAZH

MYRONIVSKY PLANT OF 
MANUFACTURING FEEDS 
AND GROATS

2021

 55,353

 29,137

 (49,243)

 (11,887)

23,360

 11,735

11,625

2020

37,357

21,765

  (33,821)

  (10,212)

 15,089

 8,523

 6,566

2021

37,157

22,655

 (35,667)

 (9,332)

 14,813

4,785

 10,028

2020

 15,962

17,518

 (20,852)

 (6,729)

5,899   

 1,210

4,689

2021

61,762

117,710

 (132,105)

 (11,737)

 35,630

30,686

4,944

2020

 62,353

94,134

 (59,088)

 (84,894)

 12,505

10,217

2,288

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

147

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

27. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (CONTINUED)

Summarised statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020:

AGRO-S

AGROKRYAZH

MYRONIVSKY PLANT OF MANUFACTURING 
FEEDS AND GROATS

Revenue

Expenses

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

Profit/(loss) attributable to

Owners of the Group

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL PROFIT/(LOSS)

OCI attributable to

Owners of the Group

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL OCI

Comprehensive income attributable to

Owners of the Group

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)  FOR THE 
YEAR

DIVIDENDS PAID TO NON-CONTROLLING 
INTEREST

2021

39,717

 (18,440)

 21,277

10,850

 10,427

 21,277

1,098

1,057

 2,155

 11,948

 11,484

 23,432

2020

18,730

 (9,756)

8,974

 4,575

4,399

 8,974

(618)

 (594)

 (1,212)

3,957

 3,805

 7,762

2021

27,604

 (15,496)

12,108

6,171

5,937

 12,108

 1,664

1,598

 3,262

7,835

 7,535 

15,370

 (6,425)

 -

 (2,196)

2020

17,965

 (15,962)

 2,003

 1,022

981

 2,003

(916)

 (879)

(1,795)

106

 102

208

 -

2021

80,144

 (85,594)

 (5,450)

 (4,825)

 (625)

  (5,450)

25,323

 3,281

28,604

20,498

2,656

23,154

-

2020

 67,366

 (87,160)

 (19,794)

 (17,523)

 (2,271)

 (19,794)

 (5,197)

 (675)

 (5,872)

 (22,720)

 (2,946)

(25,666)

-

Summarised cash inflow/(outflow) for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Operating activities

Investing activities

Non-controlling interests

AGRO-S

AGROKRYAZH

MYRONIVSKY PLANT OF MANUFACTURING 
FEEDS AND GROATS

2021

 16,252 

(1,850)

(12,870)

2020

1,738 

 (717)

 (1,010)

2021

8,816 

(1,052)

(4,615)

2020

 2,037 

 (434)

 (1,598)

2021

10,310 

(2,602)

(6,072)

2020

 8,475 

 (1,969)

 (6,612)   

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

148

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

28. BANK BORROWINGS

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes bank borrowings and credit lines outstanding as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Term loans and credit line facilities were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

2021

2020

CURRENCY

WAIR 1

USD’ 000

WAIR 1

USD’ 000

EURIBOR + 
1.23%

103,604   

EURIBOR2 
+2.62%

63,142

Credit lines

Term loans

2021

2020

 110,086   

27,137

114,976   

77,259

 225,062  

104,396

 -   

2.54%

 1,466   

103,604 

64,608

Bank borrowings and credit lines outstanding as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 were repayable 
as follows:

Non-current

EUR

EUR

UAH

-

-

6.25%

3,537

Current

USD

SOFR3 + 2.20%

10,550  

LIBOR + 
3.25%

15,000

Within one year

EUR

EUR

2.00%

99,536  

2.30%

8,601

EURIBOR + 
1.23%

11,372   

2.62%

12,650

In the second year

In the third to fifth year inclusive

After five years

Current portion of 
long-term bank 
borrowings  

TOTAL BANK BORROWINGS

121,458  

225,062  

39,788

104,396

2021

2020

121,458   

39,788

13,233   

76,456

 13,915  

17,196

47,412

-

225,062   

104,396

The  Group’s  borrowings  are  drawn  from  various  banks  as  term  loans,  credit  line  facilities  and  overdrafts. 
Repayment terms of principal amounts of bank borrowings vary from monthly repayment to repayment on 
maturity depending on the agreement reached with each bank. Interest on borrowings drawn with foreign banks 
is payable mostly semi-annually.
As of 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the Group’s bank term loans and credit lines bear floating and 
fixed interest rates.

1 WAIR represents the weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings.
2  According to the agreements terms, if market EURIBOR becomes negative, it shall be deemed to be zero for calculation of 
interest expense.
3  The Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by 
Treasury securities

As of 31 December 2021, the Group had available undrawn facilities of USD 255,970 thousand 
(2020: USD 304,910 thousand). These undrawn facilities expire during the period until November 
2026.

The Group, as well as particular subsidiaries of the Group, have to comply with the following 
maintenance covenants imposed by the banks providing the loans: EBITDA to interest expenses 
ratio, current ratio and liabilities to equity ratio. Separately, there are negative covenants in 
respect of restricted payments, including dividends, capital expenditures, additional indebtedness 
and restrictions on mergers or consolidations, limitations on liens and dispositions of assets and 
limitations on transactions with affiliates in case of excess of Net Debt to EBITDA ratio. 

The Group subsidiaries are also required to obtain approval from lenders regarding property, 
plant and equipment to be used as collateral. During the years ended 31 December 2021 and 
2020 the Group has complied with all covenants imposed by banks providing the borrowings. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

149

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

28. BANK BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of 31 December 2021 the Group has complied 
with all bank covenants. As at 31 December 2021, 
the Group’s leverage ratio improved to 1,90 to 1 
from 3.66 to 1 as at 31 December 2020. 
The  Group’s  bank  borrowings  are  jointly  and 
severally guaranteed by MHP, Myronivsky Plant 
of Manufacturing Feeds and Groats, Oril-Leader, 
Peremoga  Nova,  Starynska  Ptakhofabryka, 
Zernoproduct  MHP,  Katerinopilskiy  Elevator, 
Agrofort,  SPF  Urozhay,  MHP  SE,  Scylla  Capital 

Limited, Myronivska Pticefabrika, Ptakhofabryka 
Snyatynska  Nova,  Vinnytska  Ptakhofabryka, 
Zakhid-Agro  MHP,  MHP-Urozhayna  Krayina, 
Raftan Holding Limited. But the bank borrowings 
of Perutnina Ptuj - Pipo d.o.o., Perutnina Ptuj d.o.o., 
Perutnina Ptuj - Topiko d.o.o. are guaranteed by 
Perutnina Ptuj.
As  of  31  December  2021,  the  Group  had 
borrowings of USD 75,084 thousand that were 
secured by property, plant and equipment with 

a  carrying  amount  of  USD  91,931  thousand  (31 
December 2020: USD 60,958 thousand and USD 
102,587 thousand respectively) (Note 14).
As  of  31  December  2021,  the  Group  had 
borrowings of USD 30 550 thousand that were 
secured by agricultural produce with a carrying 
amount of USD 38,188 thousand (31 December 
2020:  USD  15,000  thousand  and  USD  18,750 
thousand respectively) (Note 21).
As of 31 December 2021, the deposit with carrying 

amount  of  USD  2,555  thousand  (31  December 
2020:  USD  3,632  thousand)  was  restricted  as 
collateral to secure bank borrowings.
As of 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, 
interest payable on bank borrowings was USD 423 
thousand and USD 730 thousand, respectively.

29. BONDS ISSUED

As  of  31  December  2021  and  2020  accrued 
interest  on  bonds  issued  was  USD  20,757 
thousand and USD 20,757 thousand, respectively.

6.25% SENIOR NOTES
On 19 September 2019, MHP Lux S.A., a public 
company with limited liability (société anonyme) 
incorporated in 2018 under the laws of the Grand 
Duchy  of  Luxembourg,  issued  USD  350,000 
thousand 6.25% Senior Notes due in 2029 at par 
value. The funds received were used to satisfy 
and  discharge  the  8.25%  Senior  Notes  due  in 
April 2020, for debt refinancing and for general 
corporate purposes.
All expenses associated with the placement of 
the 6,25% Senior Notes amounted to USD 2,888 
thousand and were capitalized. 

The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally 
guaranteed on a senior basis by MHP SE, PrJSC 
“Oril – Leader”, PrJSC “Myronivska Pticefabrika”, 
“SPF “Urozhay” LLC, “Starynska Ptakhofabryka” 
ALLC, “Vinnytska Ptakhofabryka” LLC, “Peremoga 
Nova” SE, “Katerinopolskiy Elevator” LLC, PrJSC 
“MHP”,  PrJSC  “Zernoprodukt  MHP”  and  PrJSC 
“Agrofort”. 
Interest  on  the  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-
annually  in  arrears  in  March  and  September. 
These  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  certain 
restrictive  covenants  including,  but  not  limited 
to,  limitations  on  the  incurrence  of  additional 
indebtedness in excess of Net Debt to EBITDA 
ratio as defined by the indenture, restrictions on 
mergers  or  consolidations,  limitations  on  liens 
and  dispositions  of  assets  and  limitations  on 

transactions with affiliates. If the Group fails to 
comply with the covenants imposed, the Trustee 
or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount 
of outstanding Notes may, upon written notice to 
the Group, declare all outstanding Senior
Notes to be due and payable immediately. If a 
change of control occurs, the Group shall make 
an  offer  to  each  holder  of  the  Senior  Notes  to 
purchase such Senior Notes at a purchase price in 
cash in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate 
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid 
interest and additional amounts, if any.
6.95% SENIOR NOTES
On  3  April  2018,  MHP  Lux  S.A.  issued  USD 
550,000  thousand  6.95%  Senior  Notes  due  in 
2026 at par value. Out of the total issue amount 
USD  416,183  thousand  were  designated  for 

redemption and exchange of the existing 8.25% 
Senior Notes due in 2020.
The part of expenses, connected with placement 
of  the  6,95%  Senior  Notes  amounted  to  USD 
11,564 thousand were capitalized, including USD 
10,413 thousands related to the exchange. All other 
related expenses in the amount of USD 32,915 
thousand were expensed as incurred.  
As  a  result  of  a  non-substantial  modification, 
the difference between the present value of the 
cash flows under the original and modified terms 
discounted at the original effective interest rate 
was recognised as a gain in the amount of USD 
4,733 thousand at the date of modification in the 
consolidated profit or loss.

Bonds issued and outstanding as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

7.75% Senior Notes due in 2024

6.95% Senior Notes due in 2026

6.25% Senior Notes due in 2029

Unamortized debt issuance cost

CARRYING AMOUNT

NOMINAL AMOUNT

31 DECEMBER 2021

31 DECEMBER 2020

31 DECEMBER 2021

31 DECEMBER 2020

 490,851   

538,346

 347,623   

-

 1,376,820   

487,480

536,153

347,366

-

1,370,999

 500,000   

 550,000   

350,000   

 (23,180)  

 1,376,820   

500,000

550,000

350,000

(29,001)

1,370,999

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

150

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

29. BONDS ISSUED (CONTINUED)

6.95% SENIOR NOTES 
The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally 
guaranteed on a senior basis by MHP SE, PrJSC 
“MHP”, PJSC “Myronivsky Plant of Manufacturing 
Feeds and Groats”, PrJSC “Zernoprodukt MHP”, 
PrJSC  “Agrofort”,  PrJSC  “Oril-Leader”,  PrJSC 
“Myronivska Pticefabrika”, “SPF “Urozhay” LLC, 
“Starynska  Ptakhofabryka”  ALLC,  “Vinnytska 
Ptakhofabryka”  LLC,  “Peremoga  Nova”  SE, 
“Katerinopolskiy  Elevator”  LLC,  Scylla  Capital 
Limited.  
Interest  on  the  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-
annually  in  arrears  in  April  and  October. 
These  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  certain 
restrictive  covenants  including,  but  not  limited 
to,  limitations  on  the  incurrence  of  additional 
indebtedness in excess of Net Debt to EBITDA 
ratio as defined by the indenture, restrictions on 
mergers  or  consolidations,  limitations  on  liens 
and  dispositions  of  assets  and  limitations  on 
transactions with affiliates. If the Group fails to 
comply with the covenants imposed, the Trustee 
or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount 
of outstanding Notes may, upon written notice to 
the Group, declare all outstanding Senior Notes 
to be due and payable immediately. If a change 
of control occurs, the Group shall make an offer 
to each holder of the Senior Notes to purchase 
such Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash in 
an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount 
thereof,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and 
additional amounts, if any.

7.75% SENIOR NOTES 
On 10 May 2017, MHP SE issued USD 500,000 
thousand  7.75%  Senior  Notes  due  in  2024  at 
par value. Out of the total issue the amount of 
USD  245,200  thousand  were  designated  for 
redemption  and  exchange  of  existing  8.25% 
Senior Notes due in 2020.
The  carrying  amount  of  the  Senior  Notes  was 

adjusted on transition to IFRS 9. Under IFRS 9, 
as a result of a non-substantial modification, the 
difference  between  the  present  value  of  the 
cash flows under the original and modified terms 
discounted at the original effective interest rate 
should  be  recognised  as  a  gain  at  the  date  of 
modification. The difference between the carrying 
amount of the Senior Notes under IAS 39 and IFRS 
9 was recognised in opening retained earnings in 
the amount of USD 7,566 thousand.
The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally 
guaranteed on a senior basis by PrJSC “MHP”, 
PJSC “Myronivsky Plant of Manufacturing Feeds 
and Groats”, PrJSC “Zernoprodukt MHP”, PrJSC 
“Agrofort”, PrJSC “Oril-Leader”, PrJSC “Myronivska 
Pticefabrika”,  “SPF  “Urozhay”  LLC,  “Starynska 
Ptakhofabryka” ALLC, Vinnytska Ptakhofabryka 
LLC,  SE  “Peremoga  Nova”,  “Katerinopolskiy 
Elevator” LLC, Scylla Capital Limited.
Interest  on  the  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-
annually in arrears in May and November. These 
Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  certain  restrictive 
covenants including, but not limited to, limitations 
on the incurrence of additional indebtedness in 
excess of Net Debt to EBITDA ratio as defined 
by  the  indenture,  restrictions  on  mergers  or 
consolidations, limitations on liens and dispositions 
of  assets  and  limitations  on  transactions  with 
affiliates.  If  the  Group  fails  to  comply  with  the 
covenants imposed, the Trustee or the Holders 
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then 
outstanding Notes may, upon written notice to the 
Group, declare all outstanding Senior Notes to be 
due and payable immediately. 
If  a  change  of  control  occurs,  the  Group  shall 
make an offer to each holder of the Senior Notes 
to purchase such Senior Notes at a purchase price 
in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal 
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest 
and additional amounts, if any. 

Covenants
Certain  restrictions  under  the  indebtedness 
agreements  (e.g.  incurrence  of  additional 
indebtedness,  restricted  payments,  dividends 
payment) are dependent on the leverage ratio 
of the Group. Once the leverage ratio exceeds 
3.0 to 1, it is not permitted for the Group to make 
certain  restricted  payments,  declare  dividends 
exceeding USD 30 million in any financial year, 
incur additional debt except that is defined as a 
Permitted Debt. According to the indebtedness 
agreement,  the  consolidated  leverage  ratio  is 
tested  on  the  date  of  incurrence  of  additional 
indebtedness  or  restricted  payment  and  after 
giving  pro  forma  effect  to  such  incurrence  or 
restricted payment as if it had been incurred or 
done  at  the  beginning  of  the  most  recent  four 
consecutive  fiscal  quarters  for  which  financial 
statements  are  publicly  available  (or  are 
made  available).  The  Group  has  tested  all  the 
transactions occurred prior to publication of these 
financial statements and has complied with all the 
covenants defined by indebtedness agreement 
during the reporting periods ended 31 December 
2021 and 31 December 2020.
As at 31 December 2021 the leverage ratio of the 
Group is  1.90 to 1 (31 December 2020: 3.66 to 1), 
lower than the defined limit 3.0 to 1. The Group 
believes  that  since,  as  at  the  interim  reporting 
date,  it  improved  the  leverage  ratio  and  met 
the  covenants  imposed,  the  aforementioned 
restrictions are no longer applicable to the Group 
as from 9 September 2021, the date of publication 
of    reviewed  interim  condensed  consolidated 
financial statements for the three and six months 
ended 30 June 2021.

Consent solicitation
On 30 March 2022, the Group received consent 
from the Holders to postpone the semi-annual 
interest payments on each of the 2024 Notes, 

the 2026 Notes and the 2029 Notes scheduled 
for Spring 2022 for a period up to 270 days (the 
“Support Period”). The unpaid interest payments 
will continue accruing during the Support Period.
As  defined  by  the  Consent  Solicitation 
Memorandum,  the  Group  will  undertake  the 
following restrictions during the Support Period: 
•   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries 
shall not be able to incur Indebtedness pursuant 
to the ratio-based permission for the Incurrence 
of Indebtedness;  

•   the  “general  basket”  for  the  incurrence  of 
Permitted  Debt  shall  be  reduced  to  U.S.$10 
million in aggregate principal amount; 

•   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries 
will be prohibited from incurring new Liens on 
existing  Indebtedness  for  borrowed  money, 
other than Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness  
relating to existing secured Indebtedness; 

•   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will 
be prohibited from making Restricted Payments 
other  than  payments  constituting  Permitted 
Investments;  

•   the  Permitted  Investments  “general  basket” 

shall not be available;

•   the threshold at which an Affiliate Transaction 
must  be  approved  by  a  majority  of  the 
disinterested members of the Board of Directors 
shall be reduced to U.S.$1 million;

•   the Group is committed to paying no more than 
U.S.$12.5 million in the aggregate in satisfaction 
of any debt service payments in respect of any 
Indebtedness  of  the  Group,  excluding  any 
interest payment in respect of any of the 2024 
Notes,  the  2026  Notes  during  the  Support 
Period;

•   within 25 days of each calendar month end, the 
Company will provide a trading update detailing 
operational  data  relating  to  the  Group’s 
business segments.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

151

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

30. LEASE LIABILITIES

31. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Long-term lease obligations represent amounts 
due  under  agreements  for  the  leasing  of 
agricultural land, trucks, agricultural machinery and 
equipment. As of 31 December 2021, the weighted 
average interest rates on lease obligations were 
3.21% (2020: 3.32%) and 17.60% (2020: 19.20%) for 
lease obligations denominated in EUR and UAH 
respectively.
Amount  of  interest  expense  on  lease  liabilities 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 was USD 
45,398 thousand (2020: USD 37,692 thousand). 
The  total  cash  outflow  for  leases  for  the  year 

ended  31  December  2021  was  USD  66,254 

Other current liabilities were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

thousand  (2020: USD 53,215 thousand).

Amount of depreciation charge for right-of-use 

assets and additions to right-of-use assets for the 

year ended 31 December 2021 was USD 44,175 

thousand and USD 31,152 respectively (2020: USD 

33,056 thousand  and USD 27,175 thousand ).

The carrying amount of lease liabilities as at 31 

Aсcrued payroll and related taxes 

Amounts payable for property, plant and equipment

VAT paybable

December 2021 includes USD 254,036 thousand 

Provision for claims, penalties and indemnification

of  land  lease  liabilities  (2020:  USD  176,840 

thousand).

Other financial liabilities

The following are maturity analysis of  lease payments under the lease agreements as of 31 December 
2021 and 2020:

2021

2020

65,804

47,925

14,194

3,215

1,042

9,034

8,646

11,315

12,440

6,312

93,289 

86,638

AS AT 1 JANUARY

Cash repayments of lease liabilities

Foreign exchange movements

Non-cash additions and change in terms

Non-cash repayments of lease liabilities1

Interest charged

Translation difference

AS AT 31 DECEMBER

Current portion of lease liabilities

Long-term portion of lease liabilities

2021

2020

 198,499  

215,863

 (66,254)  

(53,215)

 (778)  

2,442

109,834

36,373

 (10,793) 

(9,134)

 45,398  

37,692

 5,344

(31,522)

 281,250  

198,499

 77,111  

62,004

 204,139  

136,495

1  Non-cash repayments are represented by grains and other agriculture produce provided to lessors of land as settle-
ment of lease liabilities.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

152

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

32. RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

For the purposes of these financial statements, 
parties are considered to be related if one party 
controls,  is  controlled  by,  or  is  under  common 
control with the other party, or exercises significant 
influence over the other party in making financial 
or  operational  decisions.  In  considering  each 
possible related party relationship, attention is 
directed to the substance of the relationship, not 
merely the legal form.
Related parties may enter into transactions which 
unrelated  parties  might  not,  and  transactions 
between related parties may not be effected on 
the same terms and conditions as transactions 
between unrelated parties.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES UNDER 
COMMON CONTROL
The Group, in the ordinary course of business, 
enters into transactions with related parties that 
are  companies  under  common  control  of  the 
Principal Shareholder of the Group (Note 1) for the 
purchase and sale of goods and services and in 
relation to the provision of financing arrangements. 
Terms and conditions of sales to related parties 
are determined based on arrangements specific 
to  each  contract  or  transaction.  The  terms  of 
the payables and receivables related to trading 
activities of the Group do not vary significantly 
from the terms of similar transactions with third 
parties.

The transactions with the related parties during the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as 
follows:

Loans and finance aid provided to related parties

 3,694   

57,106

Loans and finance aid repaid by related parties

 71,000   

10,000

2021

2020

Interest charged on loans and financial aid repaid

Interest charged on loans and finance aid provided

Sales of goods

Purchases from related parties

Key management personnel of the Group

Loans provided

Loans repaid

7,849   

 5,014   

 -   

 398  

1,024  

766

2,476

4,028

76

16

1,582

721

The balances owed to and due from related parties were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Loans and finance aid receivable

Less: expected credit losses

2021

2020

 2,971   

73,035

 (2,521)  

(4,340)

450

68,695

Loans to key management personnel

4,774   

4,698   

Less: expected credit losses

Trade accounts receivable (Note 23)

Payables due to related parties

RELATED  PARTY  LOANS  AND  FINANCE  AID 
RECEIVABLE
On 21 January 2020, the Board approved a loan 
facility  of  up  to  USD  80,000  thousand  to  the 
Company’s  principal  shareholder,  WTI  Trading 
Limited  (“WTI”)  to  meet  WTI’s  general  liquidity 
requirements and other corporate purposes for a 
maximum of three years.
As  of  31  December  2021,  all  loans  under  this 
facility had been fully repaid to the Group by WTI; 
as at 31 December 2020, the total outstanding 
balance  amounted  to  USD  67,400  thousand. 
During  the  year  ended  31  December  2021  the 
Group provided loans to WTI in  the gross amount 
of USD 3,600 thousand (31 December 2020: USD 
57,000 thousand) and received repayments from 

(397)  

 4 377  

113

25 

(218)

4,480

109

17

WTI in the amount of USD 71,000 thousand (31 
December 2020: USD 10,000 thousand). 
The Group’s Directors believe that the loans were 
issued at arm’s length terms and for fair market 
value, that they were in the best interests and for 
the commercial benefit of the Group and did not 
violate the terms of the Senior Notes (Note 29).
For other loans and finance aid receivable, credit 
risk increased to the point where it is considered 
credit-impaired. The expected credit loss for such 
loans amounted to USD 2,482 thousand and USD 
2,350 thousand as at 31 December 2021 and 2020 
respectively. 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

153

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

32.  RELATED PARTY BALANCES 

33. CONTINGENCIES AND CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

AND TRANSACTIONS 
(CONTINUED)

COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT 
PERSONNEL
Key management personnel totalled 22 individuals 
as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, including 3 
and 4 independent non-executive directors as of 
31 December 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Total  compensation  of  the  Group’s  key 
management  personnel  included  primarily  in 
selling, general and administrative expenses in 
the Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income amounted to 
USD 16,886 thousand and USD 15,141 thousand 
for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020, 
respectively. Compensation of key management 
personnel  consists  of  contractual  salary  and 
performance bonuses. 
Total compensation of the Group’s non-executive 
directors,  which  consists  of  contractual  salary, 
amounted to USD 696 thousand and USD 958 
thousand in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Total  compensation  of  the  Group’s  Executive 
Chairman, which consists of contractual salary, 
amounted to USD 643 thousand in 2021 (2020: 
US$ 622 thousand).

LOANS TO KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The  Group  has  provided  several  of  its  key 
management  personnel  with  unsecured  loans. 
The loans to key management personnel provided 
during 2021 and 2020 mainly include loans made 
by  the  Ukraininan  subsidiaries  to  the  Group’s 
executive directors which amounted to USD 1,024 
thousand and USD 1,465 thousand, respectively.

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT 
On 24 February 2022, Russian forces commenced 
a military invasion of Ukraine resulting in a full-
scale war across the Ukrainian state. The ongoing 
military attack has led, and continues to lead, to 
significant casualties, dislocation of the population, 
damage  to  infrastructure  and  disruption  to 
economic  activity  in  Ukraine.  Sea  ports  and 
airports are closed and have been damaged, and 
many roads and bridges have been damaged or 
destroyed,  further  crippling  transportation  and 
logistics.
The situation remains highly fluid and the outlook 
is  subject  to  extraordinary  uncertainty.  The 
economic consequences are already very serious.
The government has implemented appropriate 
emergency  measures  to  stabilize  markets  and 
the economy, but the country faces large fiscal 
and external financing gaps. Ukrainian authorities 
have  continued  to  service  their  external  debt 
obligations  and  the  country’s  payment  system 
remains operational, with banks open and mostly 
liquid. Most Ukrainian companies still paying taxes.
International organizations (IMF, EBRD, EU, World 
Bank), along with individual countries and charities, 
have provided Ukraine with financing, donations 
and material support. In total, international support 
has reached more than USD 15 billion.
In view of the large-scale armed assault in Ukraine 
by Russian forces, the National Bank of Ukraine 
(‘NBU’) decided to postpone a decision on the 
discount rate, leaving it unchanged at 10% and, 
when the war started, moved to a fixed exchange 
rate of UAH 29.25 to the US Dollar. The NBU has 
also  said  that  once  the  economy  and  financial 
system  return  to  operation,  it  will  revert  to  the 

traditional  format  of  inflation  targeting  with  a 
floating exchange rate. The Ukrainian government 
has introduced export licensing of key foodstuffs 
including wheat, corn, poultry meat, and sunflower 
oil. As of 15 March 2022, the Verkhovna Rada of 
Ukraine approved a set of taxation amendments 
to  support  Ukrainian  businesses  under  war 
conditions.  The  law  establishes  a  special 
economic  regime  during  the  period  of  martial 
law. The key innovation is that all companies with 
annual  turnover  of  up  to  UAH  10  bln  may  now 
stop paying VAT and corporate profit tax (CPT), 
switching  to  a  2%  turnover  tax.  Physically  lost 
goods are not subject to VAT. Reimbursement of 
VAT for exporters is frozen. Private entrepreneurs 
(Group 1 and Group 2) are allowed to pay no taxes 
at all (and they are not expected to pay united 
social contribution during 1 year after martial law 
ends). For car fuel, excise tax is zeroed and VAT 
rate is decreased from 20% to 7%. Also, support 
of the national war effort is relieved from taxation.  
Ukraine’s economy is expected to contract by 10% 
to 30% in 2022 as a result of Russia’s invasion, but 
the outlook could worsen sharply if the conflict 
lasts longer.

TAXATION AND LEGAL ISSUES
Ukrainian tax authorities are increasingly directing 
their  attention  to  the  business  community  as 
a  result  of  the  overall  Ukrainian  economic 
environment.  The  local  and  national  tax 
environment is constantly changing and subject 
to  inconsistent  application,  interpretation  and 
enforcement.  Non-compliance  with  Ukrainian 
laws and regulations can lead to the imposition 
of  severe  penalties  and  fines.  Future  tax 

examinations could raise issues or assessments 
which are contrary to the Group companies’ tax 
filings.  Such  assessments  could  include  taxes, 
penalties and fines, and these amounts could be 
material. While the Group believes it has complied 
with local tax legislation, new significant changes 
to the tax legislation may be introduced in the near 
future.
Management believes that the Group has been in 
compliance with all requirements of effective tax 
legislation.
The Group exports vegetable oil, chicken meat 
and related products, and performs intercompany 
transactions,  which  may  potentially  be  in  the 
scope  of  the  Ukrainian  transfer  pricing  (“TP”) 
regulations.  The  Group  has  submitted  the 
controlled transaction report for the years ended 
31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020 within 
the required deadlines.
As of 31 December 2021, the Group’s management 
assessed its possible exposure to tax risks for a 
total amount of USD 5,658 thousand related to 
corporate income tax (31 December 2020: USD 
5,459 thousand). No provision was recognised 
relating to such possible tax exposure.
As of 31 December 2021, companies of the Group 
were  engaged  in  ongoing  litigation  with  tax 
authorities for the amount of USD 73,147 thousand 
(2020:  USD  36,616  thousand),  including  USD 
59,670 thousand (2020: USD 26,153 thousand) 
of  litigations  with  the  tax  authorities  related  to 
disallowance of certain amounts of VAT refunds 
and deductible expenses claimed by the Group. Of 
this amount, USD 48,912 thousand as of 31 

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

154

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

33.  CONTINGENCIES 

35.  FAIR VALUE OF 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair  value  disclosures  in  respect  of  financial 
instruments  are  made  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements of IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: 
Disclosure” and IFRS 13 “Fair value measurement”. 
Fair value is defined as the amount at which the 
instrument  could  be  exchanged  in  a  current 
transaction  between  knowledgeable  willing 
parties in an arm’s length transaction, other than 
in forced or liquidation sale. 

As no readily available market exists for a large 
part of the Group’s financial instruments, judgment 
is necessary in arriving at fair value, based on 
current economic conditions and specific risks 
attributable  to  the  instrument.  The  estimates 
presented herein are not necessarily indicative of 
the amounts the Group could realize in a market 
exchange from the sale of its full holdings of a 
particular instrument. 

The fair value is estimated to be the same as the 
carrying  value  for  cash  and  cash  equivalents, 
short-term  bank  deposits,  trade  accounts 
receivables,  other  current  assets  and  trade 
accounts payable due to the short-term nature of 
the financial instruments.

Set out below is the comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial 
instruments, excluding those discussed above, that are carried in the consolidated statement of financial 
position:

CARRYING AMOUNT

FAIR VALUE

2021

2020

2021

2020

 225,485   

105,126

225,574   

103,737

 1,397,577   

1,391,756

1,389,024   

1,515,005

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Bank borrowings 
(Note 28)

Senior Notes due in 
2024, 2026, 2029 
(Note 29)

The fair value of bank borrowings was estimated 
by discounting the expected future cash outflows 
by a market rate of interest for bank borrowings 
1.8% (31 December 2020: 3.4%), and is within Level 
2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The  fair  value  of  Senior  Notes  was  estimated 
based on market quotations and is within Level 1 
of the fair value hierarchy. 
In determining fair value of financial instruments, 

the impact of potential climate-related matters, 
including  legislation,  climate  change,  and 
company climate objectives which may affect the 
fair value measurement of financial assets and 
liabilities has been considered. At present, the 
impact of climate-related matters is not material 
to the Group’s financial statements.

AND CONTRACTUAL 
COMMITMENTS 
(CONTINUED)

December  2021  (2020:  USD  289  thousand) 
relates to cases where court hearings have taken 
place and where the court in either the first or 
second instance has ruled in favour of the Group. 
Manage¬ment believes that, based on the past 
history of court resolutions of similar lawsuits by 
the Group, it is unlikely that a significant settlement 
will arise out of such lawsuits and, therefore, no 
respective provision is required in the Group’s 
financial statements as of the reporting date. 

CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS ON PURCHASE 
OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
During the years ended 31 December 2021 and 
2020, the companies of the Group entered into 
a number of contracts with foreign suppliers for 
the purchase of property, plant and equipment 
for  development  of  agricultural  operations.  As 
of  31  December  2021,  purchase  commitments 
amounted to USD 30,952 thousand (2020: USD 
15,396 thousand).

34. DIVIDENDS

At the extraordinary general meeting, held on 28 
April 2021, the Shareholders of MHP SE approved 
payment of an annual dividend of USD 0.2803 
per share, equivalent to USD 30,000 thousand to 
shareholders on the register as of 07 May 2021. 
At its meeting on 17 November, in recognition of 
the Company’s exceptional performance in 2021, 
the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  payment 
of a one-off special dividend of US$ 0.2803 per 
share, equivalent to USD 30,000 thousand. On 
13 April 2020, the Board of Directors approved 
payment of an interim dividend of USD 0.2803 
per share, equivalent to USD 30,000 thousand to 
shareholders on the register as of 24 April 2020.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

155

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

35.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
The tables below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both 
cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, 
or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows as cash flows from 
financing activities:

BANK 

BONDS 

LEASE 

BORROWINGS

ISSUED

OBLIGATIONS

TOTAL

BANK 

BONDS 

LEASE 

BORROWINGS

ISSUED

OBLIGATIONS

TOTAL

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2020

104,396

 1,370,999

 198,499

 1,673,894

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2019

 100,825

 1,365,669

215,863

 1,682,357 

Cash flow from proceeds / 
(repayments)

Non-cash movements

 120,054

Foreign exchange movements

 414

Non-cash additions and 
change in terms

Non-cash repayments of lease 
liabilities1

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Finance costs

Reclassification to interest 
payable

-

-

 595

2,741

 -

-

-

-

-

 (66,254)

 53,800

 (778)

 (364)

 109,834

109,834

 (10,793)

 (10,793)

 -

595

106,730

 45,398

 154,869

 (2,227)

 (100,909)

-

 (103,136)

Translation difference

 (911)

 -

 5,344

4,433

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2021

225,062

1,376,820

 281,250

 1,883,132

1   Non-cash repayments are represented by grains and other agriculture produce provided to lessors of land as settlement 
of lease liabilities.

Cash flow from proceeds / 
(repayments)

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange 
movements

Non-cash additions and 
change in terms

Non-cash repayments of 
lease liabilities1

 (5,233)

11,827

-

-

-

-

-

-

(53,215)

(58,448)

2,442

 14,269

 36,373

 36,373

 (9,134)

 (9,134)

Finance costs

3,813

105,967

37,692

 147,472

Reclassification to interest 
payable

 (3,291)

 (100,631)

-

 (103,922)

Translation difference

(3,545)

(6)

 (31,522)

 (35,073)

AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2020

 104,396

 1,370,999

 198,499

 1,673,894

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

156

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

36. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES

During the years ended 31 December 2021 and 
2020  there  were  no  material  changes  to  the 
objectives, policies and process for credit risk, 
capital risk, liquidity risk, currency risk, interest 
rate risk, livestock diseases risk and commodity 
price and procurement risk managing.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The  Group  manages  its  capital  to  ensure  that 
entities  of  the  Group  will  be  able  to  continue 
as a going concern while maximising the return 
to  the  equity  holders  through  maintaining  a 
balance between the higher returns that might 

be possible with higher levels of borrowings and 
the security afforded by a sound capital position. 
The management of the Group reviews the capital 
structure on a regular basis. Based on the results 
of this review, the Group takes steps to balance 
its  overall  capital  structure  through  new  share 
issues and through the issue of new debt or the 
redemption of existing debt.
The Group’s target is to achieve a gearing ratio of 
not higher than 2.5. The Group defines its gearing 
ratio as the proportion of total liabilities to total 
equity.

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020 the gearing ratio was as follows:

Total Liabilities

Total Equity

Total liabilities to Equity

MAJOR CATEGORIES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 25)

Trade accounts receivable (Note 23)

Other current financial assets (Note24 )

Non-current financial assets (Note 18 )

Long-term bank deposits

2021

2020

2,309,591

2,028,619

1,794,188

1,254,203

1.29

1.62

2021

2020

 275,237  

217,579

156,878   

119,187

16,156

81,314

 28,764   

23,083

 9,904  

4,612

 486,939  

445,775

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Bonds issued (Note 29)

Lease liabilities (Note 30)

Trade accounts payable

Bank borrowings (Note 28)

Accrued payroll and related taxes (Note 31)

Interest payable (Note 28,29)

2021

2020

 1,376,820   

1,370,999

281,250   

198,499

174,242   

149,768

 225,062   

104,396

65,804   

47,925

 21,180  

21,487

Amounts payable for property, plant and equipment (Note 31)

 14,194  

8,646

Provision for claims, penalties and indemnification (Note 31)

VAT payable (Note 31)

Other financial liabilities (Note 31)

1,042

3,215  

9,034  

12,440

11,315

6,312

2,171,843   

1,931,787

The main risks inherent to the Group’s operations 
are  those  related  to  credit  risk,  liquidity  risk, 
currency risk, interest rate and commodity price 
risk.

CREDIT RISK
The Group is exposed to credit risk which is the 
risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail 
to discharge an obligation and cause the other 
party to incur a financial loss. The Group does not 
hold any collateral or other credit enhancements 
to cover its credit risks associated with its financial 
assets. The carrying amount of financial assets 
disclosed  in  the  table  “Major  categories  of 
financial  instruments”  represent  the  maximum 
credit exposure.
The Group structures the levels of credit risk it 
undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk 
accepted in relation to one customer or group of 
customers. The approved credit period for major 

groups of customers, which include franchisees, 
distributors  and  supermarkets,  is  set  up  to  30 
days.
Limits  on  the  level  of  credit  risk  by  customer 
are approved and monitored on a regular basis 
by the management of the Group. The Group’s 
management assesses amounts receivable from 
the customers for recoverability starting from 30 
and 60 days for receivables on sales of poultry 
meat and receivables on other sales, respectively. 
As of 31 December 2021 about 17% (2020: 17%) of 
trade accounts receivable comprise amounts due 
from 12 large supermarket chains, which have the 
shortest contractual receivable settlement period 
among customers.
The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because 
the  counterparties  are  banks  with  high  credit-
ratings  assigned  by  international  credit-rating 
agencies.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

157

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

All  other  financial  liabilities  (excluding  those  disclosed 
above) are repayable within one year.
The Group’s target is to maintain its current ratio, defined 
as the proportion of current assets to current liabilities, at 
the level of not less than 1.2. As of 31 December 2021 and 
2020, the current ratio was as follows:

2021

2020

Current assets

 1,654,939   

1,174,348

Current liabilities

529,263

374,912

3.13

3.13

36. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (CONTINUED)

LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to 
settle all liabilities as they are due. The Group’s liquidity 
position is carefully monitored and managed. The Group 
has in place a detailed budgeting and cash forecasting 
process to help ensure that it has adequate cash available 
to meet its payment obligations.
The  following  table  details  the  Group’s  remaining 
contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table 

has been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows 
of financial liabilities using the earliest date on which the 
Group can be required to pay. The table includes both 
interest and principal cash flows as of 31 December 2021 
and 2020. The amounts in the table may not be equal to 
the statement of financial position carrying amounts since 
the table includes all cash outflows on an undiscounted 
basis.

CARRYING

CONTRACTUAL

LESS THAN

FROM 2ND 

AFTER 

AMOUNT

AMOUNTS

1 YEAR

TO 5TH YEAR

5TH YEAR

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Bank borrowings

225,485

229,766

 123,615

 92,188

13,963

Bonds issued

 1,397,577

 1,843,888

Lease liabilities

 281,250

 529,679 

98,850

 77,954

 1,329,413

 415,625

233,731

217,993

Trade accounts 
payable

Other current 
liabilities

 174,242

  174,242

174,242

93,289

93,289

93,289

-

-

-

-

TOTAL

 2,171,843

2,870,864

 567,950

 1,655,332

647,581

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020

Bank borrowings

105,126

109,620

Bonds issued

1,391,756

1,942,738

Lease liabilities

198,499

405,127

42,150

98,850

57,204

67,470

-

837,275

1,006,613

184,699

163,224

Trade accounts 
payable

Other current 
liabilities

149,768

149,768

149,768

86,638

86,638

86,638

-

-

-

-

TOTAL

1,931,787

2,693,891

434,610

1,089,444

1,169,837

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

158

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

36. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (CONTINUED)

CURRENCY RISK
Currency  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  value  of  a  financial 
instrument  will  fluctuate  due  to  changes  in  foreign 
exchange rates. The Group undertakes certain transactions 
denominated in foreign currencies. The Group does not 

use  any  derivatives  to  manage  foreign  currency  risk 
exposure, but the management of the Group sets limits 
on the level of exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in 
order to manage currency risk.

The table below illustrates the Group’s sensitivity to a change in the exchange rate of the 
Ukrainian Hryvnia against the US Dollar and EUR. The sensitivity analysis includes only 
outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at 
the year end for possible change in foreign currency rates.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities as of 31 December were 
as follows:

CHANGE IN FOREIGN 
CURRENCY EXCHANGE 
RATES

EFFECT ON PROFIT 
BEFORE TAX, GAIN/
(LOSS)

2021

2020

2021

ASSETS

Long-term bank deposits

Non-current financial assets

Trade accounts receivable

Other current financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Interest payable

Short-term bank borrowings

Short-term lease liabilities

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Long-term bank borrowings

Bonds issued1

Long-term lease liabilities

NET LIABILITY

USD

EUR

USD

EUR

-

 19,657  

 29,280  

 661  

 91,107  

 140,705  

 4,723  

 1,186  

 20,860  

110,086

-

7,203  

-

 21,341  

-

13,339  

 41,883  

 8,141  

3,235  

304

10,445

2,884  

-

18,162

20,906

68,681

101,549

209,298

6,691

3,165

20,770

15,000

-

136,855  

 25,009  

45,626

 150  

1,376,820  

-

1,376,970  

 1,373,120

12,450  

-

4,936  

17,386  

512

97

1,370,999

-

1,371,096

1,207,424

4,612

-

12,584

8

14,208

31,412

9,031

1,865

462

14,821

3,512

29,691

24,983

-

5,230

30,213

28,492

Increase in USD 
exchange rate 

Increase in EUR 
exchange rate

Decrease in USD 
exchange rate

Decrease in EUR 
exchange rate

2020

Increase in USD 
exchange rate

Increase in EUR 
exchange rate

Decrease in USD 
exchange rate

Decrease in EUR 
exchange rate

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

 (205,968)   

 (77)   

205,968   

77

(181,114)

(4,274)

181,114

4,274

During the year ended 31 December 2021 the Ukrainian Hryvnia appreciated against the EUR 
and USD by 12.34% and 3.65% respectively (2020: depreciated against the EUR by 23.94% 
and 16.23% against the USD). As a result, during the year ended 31 December 2021 the Group 
recognised net foreign exchange gain in the amount of USD 40,466 thousand (2020: foreign 
exchange loss in the amount of USD 203,664 thousand) in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

1  Bonds were issued by MHP Lux S.A. and MHP SE, which functional currency is USD. Proceeds from bonds issue were transferred in the form of USD denominated intragroup loans to Ukrainian subsidiaries of the Group, which functional currency is 
UAH, therefore the Group treats bonds issued balance as foreign currency denominated balance. Foreign exchange gain/loss on such intragroup loans is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, while loan balances themselves are 
eliminated on consolidation.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

159

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

36. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (CONTINUED)

CURRENCY RISK (CONTINUED)

LIVESTOCK DISEASES RISK

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The currency risk is mitigated by the existence of USD-denominated proceeds from sales of sunflower oil, grain and chicken meat, which are 
sufficient for servicing the Group’s foreign currency denominated liabilities and were as follows during the years, ended 31 December 2021 
and 2020:

Chicken meat and related products

Vegetable oil and related products 

Grain

Other agricultural segment products

INTEREST RATE RISK

2021

769,563   

 290,230   

140,072   

69,564   

2020

577,255

274,979

114,304

49,217

1,265,429  

1,015,755

Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect primarily borrowings by changing future cash flows. For 
variable rate borrowings, interest is linked to SOFR or EURIBOR.
The below table illustrates the Group’s sensitivity to increases or decreases of interest rates by 1%. The analysis was applied to interest bearing 
liabilities (bank borrowings and lease obligations) based on the assumption that the amount of liability outstanding as of the reporting date 
was outstanding for the whole year.

INCREASE/ (DECREASE) OF FLOATING RATE

EFFECT ON PROFIT BEFORE TAX, GAIN/(LOSS)

The Group’s agro-industrial business is subject to risks of outbreaks 
of  various  diseases.  The  Group  faces  the  risk  of  outbreaks  of 
diseases, which are highly contagious and destructive to susceptible 
livestock, such as avian influenza or bird flu for its poultry operations. 
These and other diseases could result in mortality losses. Disease 
control  measures  were  adopted  by  the  Group  to  minimize  and 
manage this risk. Management is satisfied that its current existing 
risk management and quality control processes are effective and 
sufficient to prevent any outbreak of livestock diseases and related 
losses.

COMMODITY PRICE AND PROCUREMENT RISK 

Commodity  price  risk  arises  from  the  risk  of  an  adverse  effect 
on  current  or  future  earnings  from  fluctuations  in  the  prices  of 
commodities. To mitigate this risk the Group continues expansion of 
its grain growing segment, as part of vertical integration strategy, and 
also accumulates sufficient commodity stock to meet its production 
needs.

2021

SOFR

SOFR

EURIBOR

EURIBOR

2020

LIBOR

LIBOR

EURIBOR

EURIBOR

1%

-1%

1%

-1%

1%

-1%

1%

-1%

 (106)     

 106     

 (1,200)   

 969    

(150)

150

(817)

59

The effect of interest rate sensitivity on shareholders’ equity is equal 
to that on consolidated statement of profit or loss.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

160

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

37. PENSIONS AND RETIREMENT PLANS

38. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The earnings and weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculation of 
earnings per share are as follows:

FROM CONTINUED 
OPERATIONS

Profit for the year attributable to 
equity holders of the Parent

Earnings used in calculation of 
earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares 
outstanding

Basic and diluted earnings per share 
(USD per share)

2021

2020

 378,968   

(135,024)

378,968

(135,024)

 107,038,208  

107,038,208

 3.54  

(1.26)

The Group has neither potentially dilutive ordinary shares nor other dilutive instruments; 
therefore,  the  diluted  earnings  per  share  equal  basic  earnings  per  share.  The 
denominators used are the same as those detailed above for both basic and diluted 
earnings per share from discontinued operations presented in Note 3.

The employees of the Group receive pension benefits 
from the government in accordance with the laws and 
regulations of respective jurisdictions. 
The Group’s contributions to the State Pension Fund for 
the yThe Group’s contributions to the State Pension Fund 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 was USD 58,458 
thousand and is recorded in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income on an 
accrual basis (2020: USD 51,465 thousand). The Ukrainian 
companies  of  the  Group  are  not  liable  for  any  other 
supplementary  pensions,  post-retirement  health  care, 

insurance benefits or retirement indemnities to its current 
or former employees, other than pay-as-you-go expenses.
In accordance with the legislative regulations, collective 
contract, and internal rules, the companies of the European 
operating segment are committed to the payment of loyalty 
bonuses to employees and severance payments upon 
their retirement for which long-term provisions are made. 
Provisions are recognized in other operating expenses in 
the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and in other non-current liabilities 
in the Statement of Financial Position.

The balances of provisions for employee benefits were as follows as of 31 December 2021 and 2020:

Provisions for severance payments

Provisions for loyalty bonuses

2021

4,731

1,182

 5,913

2020

 4,932

 1,328

6,260

The following table represents movements in provisions for employee benefits for the year ended 31 December 2021:

31 DECEMBER 2020

Formation

Expenditure

Translation Differences

31 DECEMBER 2021

PROVISIONS FOR 
SEVERANCE PAYMENTS

PROVISIONS FOR 
LOYALTY BONUSES

 4,932

 272

(85)

(388)

 4,731

1,328

 49

 (95)

 (100)

 1,182

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

161

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

39. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

On 24 February 2022, Russian forces commenced 
a military invasion of Ukraine resulting in a full-
scale  war  across  the  Ukrainian  state.  Many 
Ukrainian cities suffered substantial damage as 
a  consequence  of  the  continuous  missile  and 
artillery strikes, resulting in thousands of deaths 
and injuries, including among civilians.
As  a  result  of  the  invasion,  the  Group  has 
experienced a number of significant disruptions 
and  operational  issues  within  its  business, 
including, but not limited to:

Production and Sales
While MHP continues commercial poultry sales 
in  Ukraine,  export  sales  have  significantly 
reduced due to the closure of Ukrainian seaport 
infrastructure. MHP is evaluating remaining options 
to carry out export deliveries via alternative routes, 
including by road and rail, although this is also 
problematic  due  to  logistical  issues  caused 
by  infrastructure  damage  and  low  capacity.  In 
addition, domestic deliveries in some regions have 
been and continue to be significantly disrupted 
due to active hostilities.
There  have  been  significant  supply  chain 
disruptions due to logistical challenges, including 
the supply of vitamins and minerals for production 
of  feed,  plant  protection  materials,  diesel  and 
other  inputs.  Nonetheless,  having  received 
substantial  support  from  global  agricultural 
companies, the Group’s production facilities are 
now able to run at close-to-normal utilization, with 
production directed primarily to satisfy domestic 
needs  with the balance to partially meet export 
orders. The Group is taking all actions necessary 
to enable a return to full-scale production as soon 

as practically possible. Escalation of the situation 
in  the  Donetsk  region  increases  the  risks  and 
dangers of the Group’s employees’ security. MHP 
has decided to temporarily suspend operations of 
“Ukrainian Bacon” (meat-processing operations 
with  34,000  tonnes  annual  capacity,  Donetsk 
region).
The Group’s European operations at Perutnina 
Ptuj have not been affected in any way by events 
in Ukraine, as they are fully independent and self-
sufficient from an operational and supply chain 
perspective,  and  continue  to  produce  at  full 
capacity.

Continuous humanitarian efforts
The Group, working with volunteers, has been 
providing humanitarian aid (mainly through food 
supply)  to  the  population  of  Ukraine  since  the 
beginning of the war, despite logistical challenges. 
Since the invasion, MHP has provided over 11,000 
tonnes of poultry products pro bono.

Condition of Assets
As of 05 May 2022, the Group’s poultry production 
facilities have not suffered any damage. 
A stock of poultry products worth USD 6.1 million 
was destroyed by a Russian missile strike on a 
rented warehouse in the Kyiv region on 12 March 
2022.
The Group has been able to commence its 2022 
sowing  campaign  on  the  majority  of  its  land 
bank  although,  as  up  to  2,000  hectares  in  the 
Sumy region remains temporarily inaccessible to 
the Group, MHP’s sowing campaign cannot be 
conducted in this region according to schedule.

Impact  on  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations
Realization of the 2022 sowing campaign, with 
its  associated  working  capital  requirements, 
will be crucial for the continuity of the business. 
The  success  of  the  harvest  is  also  expected 
to  contribute  to  food  security  in  Ukraine  and 
internationally. While, under normal conditions, 
the sowing campaign is predominantly financed 
through the Group’s working capital facilities, the 
majority of the Group’s undrawn finance facilities 
are not available (including USD 154 million).  
As a consequence of the current situation, and 
in  order  to  preserve  cash,  on  30  March  2022, 
the  Group  received  consent  from  the  Holders 
to  postpone  the  interest  payments  on  each  of 
the 2024 Notes, the 2026 Notes and the 2029 
Notes  scheduled  for  Spring  2022  for  a  period 
up to 270 days (the “Support Period”). he unpaid 
interest payments will continue accruing during 
the  Support  Period,  and  at  the  same  time,  the 
Group has undertaken a number of restrictions 
(Note 29), as stipulated in the Consent Solicitation 
Memorandum.  The  proposed  measures  are 
expected  to  allow  the  Group  focusing  on  its 
operational objectives and business continuity in 
this unique and challenging environment. Also, 
the Group has already requested its bank lenders 
to  agree  to  a  general  postponement  of  debt 
servicing in the current environment for at least 
the same period of up to 270 days. Historically 
Management maintained a fruitful relation with 
IFI and banks having excellent credit history in 
2008, in 2014 crisis periods and through COVID 
pandemic period and expects to complete such 
postponement in the near future. The Group has 

determined that these events are non-adjusting 

subsequent  events.  Accordingly,  the  financial 

position and results of operations as of and for 

the year ended 31 December 2021 have not been 

adjusted to reflect their impact. The duration and 

impact of the war in Ukraine remains unclear at 

this time. It is not possible to reliably estimate the 

duration and severity of these consequences, as 

well as their impact on the financial position and 

results of the Group for future periods.

After consideration of all available evidence and 

actions taken and planned by the Group to off-

set the adverse effects of the on-going military 

invasion  on  the  business  up  to  the  date  when 

these financial statements are authorized for issue, 

Management  concluded  that  it  is  appropriate 

to prepare the financial statements on a going 

concern basis, while acknowledging a material 

uncertainty therein as discussed in Note 4.

40.  AUTHORIZATION OF THE 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 

STATEMENTS

These consolidated financial statements were 

authorized for issue by the Board of Directors of 

MHP SE on 05 May 2022.

STRATEGIC
REPORT

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

162

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

163  Financial Calendar

163  Key Contacts & Advisors

164  Glossary of Terms

MHP at a glanceSTRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

163

Shareholder Information

FINANCIAL CALENDAR
MHP’s financial calendar can be found here: 
mhp.com.ua/en/investor-relations/calendar. 
The calendar is updated to show relevant events and 
dates.

KEY CONTACTS & ADVISORS

Company Registered Office
16-18 Zinas Kanther Street,
Ayia Triada,
3035 Limassol,
Cyprus

Company Office
EB 1, Nicolaides Sea View City Block AB, 
3-7 Archbishop Makarios III Avenue,
6017 Larnaca,
Cyprus

Director of Investor Relations
and International Communications
Anastasiya Sobotyuk
Email: a.sobotyuk@mhp.com.ua
+38 050 339 29 99
+38 641 30 72 65

Website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit our websites: 
•  www.mhp.ua 
•   www.mhp.com.cy 

 to obtain information on the 
Company including its history, reports, news and 
press information. 

Auditor
Ernst & Young Cyprus Limited,
Jean Nouvel Tower,
6 Stasinou Avenue,
1511 Nicosia,
Cyprus

Registrar
Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG 
Reuterweg 16 60323 Frankfurt Germany

ANASTASIYA SOBOTYUK

DIRECTOR OF INVESTOR 
RELATIONS

STRATEGIC
REPORT

BUSINESS
REVIEW

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

164

AС 
AGM 
AI 
B2B 
Broiler 
CAPEX 
CEO 
CFO 
CIS 

Audit Committee
Annual general meeting
Artificial Intelligence
Business to Business
A young chicken raised for meat
Capital expenditure 
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
 Commonwealth of  
Independent States

Company  MHP SE  
COSO 

 Committee of Sponsoring 
Organisations
CO2 
Carbon Dioxide
CO2e 
Carbon Dioxide Equivalent
COVID-19  Coronavirus Disease 2019
CSR 
DAP 
EBITDA 

Corporate Social Responsibility
Delivered At Place
 Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation  and amortisation
 European Bank for Reconstruction 
and Development
 Extraordinary general 
meeting
European Operating Segment  

EBRD 

EGM 

EOS 

ERP 
ESG 

EU 
EUR 
FOB 
Fodder 
FX 
GCC 
GDP 
GFSI 
GDR 
GMO 
Greenfield 

GRI 
Group 
Grow-out 

GWP 
Ha 
HR 
IAS 

IEA 

Enterprise Кesource Planning
 Environmental, Social and 
Governance
European Union
Euro
Free On Board
Food for livestock
Foreign Exchange
Gulf Cooperation Council
Gross Domestic Product
Global Food Safety Initiative
Global depositary receipt
  Genetically Modified Organisms
 Relating to previously 
undeveloped sites 
Global Reporting Initiative 
MHP SE and its subsidiaries
 The period during which the 
broilers are raised
Global warming potential
Hectares
Human resources
 International Accounting 
Standards
International Energy Agency

Shareholder Information

 International Finance Corporation
 International financial institution 
 International Financial Reporting 
Standards
Investor relations
Joint venture 
Kilograms
Key performance indicators
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Left Hand Scale
Last twelve months 
Mergers and acquisitions
 Middle East and North Africa 
region 
Megawatt
National Bank of Ukraine
Non-executive director 
 Non-governmental  
organisation
 Nominations and 
Remuneration Committee
 Organisation for Economic 
Co-operation  and Development
 Perutnina Ptuj, acquired during 
2019

IFC 
IFI 
IFRS 

IR 
JV 
Kg 
KPIs 
KSA 
LHS 
LTM 
M&A 
MENA 

MW 
NBU 
NED 
NGO 

NBC 

OECD 

PP 

pps 
R&D 
RHS 
SE 
SKU 

SPOT  

UAE 
UAH 
UK 
UNIC 

Persentage Points
Research and development
Right Hand Scale
Societas Europaea
 Stock keeping unit, or 
distinct type of item for sale
 A contract for immediate settle-
ment on the spot date
United Arab Emirates
Ukrainian Hryvnia
United Kingdom
 Ukrainian Network of Integrity and 
Compliance
United States

US 
US$ /USD  United States Dollar
y/y 
VAT 

Year-on-year 
Value-added tax